The Proceedings of the 4Th Linefish Symposium Colin Attwood, Tony Booth, Sven Kerwath, Bruce Mann, Sean Marr, Jorisna Bonthuys, John Duncan and Warren Potts (Editors)

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Colin Attwood, Tony Booth, Sven Kerwath, Bruce Mann, Sean Marr, Jorisna Bonthuys, John Duncan and Warren Potts (Editors)

Marine Technical report title: WWF South Africa Report Series - 2013/Marine/001 Acknowledgements:

This work would not have been possible without the generous contributions of a scientists. These contributions are acknowledged within the various papers.

Key Funders:

Charl van Der Merwe Trust Two Oceans Aquarium

Key Partners:

Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF) University of Cape Town (UCT)

Citation: Attwood C, Booth T, Kerwath S, Mann B, Marr S, Duncan J, Bonthuys J & Potts W. (eds) 2013. A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium. WWF South Africa Report Series - 2013/ Marine/001

Published in December 2013 by WWF-World Wide Fund For Nature (Formerly World Wildlife Fund), Cape Town, South Africa. Any reproduction in full or in part must mention the title and credit the above-mentioned publisher as the copyright owner.

WWF is one of the world’s largest and most experienced independent conservation organizations, with over five million supporters and a global Network active in more than 100 countries.

WWF’s mission is to stop the degradation of the planet’s natural environment and to build a future in which humans live in harmony with nature, by: conserving the world’s biological diversity, ensuring that the use of renewable natural resources is sustainable, and promoting the reduction of pollution and wasteful consumption.

www.wwf.org.za page 2 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium

Held at Geelbek, West Coast National Park, Langebaan 16th to 20th April 2012

Edited by Colin Attwood (Marine Research Institute, University of Cape Town) Tony Booth (Department of Icthyology & Fisheries Science, Rhodes University) Sven Kerwath ( Department of Agriculture, Forestry & Fisheries) Bruce Mann (Oceanographic Research Institute) Sean Marr (Biological Sciences Department, University of Cape Town) Warren Potts (Department of Icthyology & Fisheries Science, Rhodes University) Jorisna Bonthuys (WWF-SA) John Duncan (WWF-SA)

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 3 Executive Summary

The fourth Marine Linefish Symposium held at Geelbek in the West Coast National Park, from the 16th to the 20th April 2012, was attended by 71 delegates representing a variety of academic institutions and government agencies. Linefish symposia have been held approximately every decade, hosted by the National Marine Linefish Research Group, a productive and ever-changing group of fishery scientists who work on species caught by the linefishery. This symposium broke with the tradition, by not inviting fishing and industry representatives, and not inviting papers from managers. For reasons related to the number of emerging scientists and the disharmony emanating from rights allocation issues, it was deemed preferable to focus solely on science. Nevertheless, of the 36 contributed papers (including four poster presentations), not one failed to address an important management problem.

The linefishery is a collective term for a variety of unrelated fish species, united only by their representation in the catches of linefishers, which themselves form a diverse group. Many such fishes are also targets of other fisheries, but the linefishery retains the Pariah status among fisheries in South Africa. Any discourse on linefish almost certainly alludes to over-exploitation, poor control and socio-economic hardships, yet this is South Africa’s oldest commercial fishery still in existence. Two likely reasons include (i) the diversity and low productivity of fishes, which has failed to attract sufficient funds for the management of any one species, and (ii) the low information content of CPUE data, which troubles conventional assessment approaches. The linefishery is in a rebuilding phase, following the legal emergency declared in 2000, and one of the most important themes of the symposium was an assessment of the effects of the regulations which followed. A renewed focus on assessment resulted in a number of important contributions, some of which, for the first time, have shown a recovery of some linefish species, and an arrest of a century-long downward spiral.

Technological advances, and particularly the use of telemetry to study fish behaviour, resulted in another batch of contributions, which were as facinating as they were relevant to management. Never before have we got to know fish at such a personal level, nor can we easily comprehend their amazing journeys.

Other contributions were based on genetic studies, examing stock structure and origins, trade- dynamics, user conflict and social research. Oral presentation are reproduced here in non-peer- reviewed papers, mostly condensed to 4000 words.

The symposium itself produced lively discussions and a healthy (and often frank) exchange of opinions. Proceedings were wrapped up by summaries from Dr Kim Prochazka and Mr Dennis Fredericks, both of the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, who praised the standard of the research but also made no attempt to hide the socio-economic challenges that have yet to be addressed.

Much gratitude is owed to the WWF and the Two Oceans Aquarium who funded the symposium, and to WWF who funded the publication.

page 4 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Foreword by Rob Tarr

Scientific Manager, Fisheries Branch, Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF)

With a coastline of over 3000 kilometres, a sunny climate, and two oceans supporting a vast array of marine species, it is no surprise that the South African Linefishery is both highly active and highly productive. This productivity was recognised early, dating back to the mid- 1600s from early Dutch colonists. Already, by the mid 1800s, there was an active boat-based linefishery. Yet, despite the productivity of our oceans, history has shown that the linefish resource was not able to match the high off-take from the many users, be they commercial, recreational or subsistence. As a result, and after sustained pressure from the research community who provided evidence of stock collapse and unsustainable harvests, an emergency was declared in 2000 by the then Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism, and the recreational linefishing regulations were revised in 2001.

The South African Linefishery is now facing severe challenges from new sectors. An expanding “Interim Relief” group that has been in existence for seven years, offers challenges in terms of increased effort, as well as the difficulty of data gathering and compliance. In addition the government’s new policy on Small Scale Fisheries is generating great interest among prospective linefishers, who are hoping for new access rights, which in terms of the policy, will be community based.

It is therefore imperative that there be a solid base of scientific evidence from which to derive the advice that will be required to ensure that the threatened linefish resource is not further weakened by unsustainable expansion of fisher effort.

In that regard, the content of this publication is welcomed, and timely. The purpose and theme of this Symposium, which was held in April 2012 at Geelbek, Langebaan, was to assess the effect of the major reductions in fishing effort that were imposed on the linefishery after the declaration of an Emergency, and contributions were invited that would report on this. As a result, we now have numerous papers covering the challenging area of stock assessment, as well as many others reporting on movement and genetic studies. This is an important aspect of resource management given the need to understand both stock delineation as well as the potential benefits of marine protected areas. The important area of socio-economic research is also reported on here, and this generated welcome and lively debate among the contributors to the symposium. The equally important areas of fish biology as well as some long-term monitoring studies are also reported on.

I am sure that the contents of this publication will provide a solid foundation for future advice to our fishery managers. And we hope, therefore, that this fishery might continue for many more centuries, to provide recreational, subsistence and commercial benefits to the people of South Africa.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 5 Table of Contents

Proceedings of the Linefish Symposium 3 Executive Summary 4 Foreword 5 Background to the theme: A decade after the emergency 9 Session 1 - Fish Stock Assesment: Chair Tony Booth 15

The National Marine Linefish System: The largest geo-referenced marine dataset in the world 15

Model-based standardization of multispecies catch and effort data from the South African linefishery 22

Session 2 – Fish Biology Studies: Chair Bruce Mann 35

The biology and fisheries of king mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson) in the south west Indian Ocean 35

The effects of barotrauma on five South African line caught fishes 44

Preliminary results of the life history of red stumpnose (Chrysoblephus gibbiceps) an endemic seabream. 56

Preliminary findings on the reproductive characteristics of yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) in South African waters 60

Session 3 – Fish Movement Studies: Chair Paul Cowley 65

Movement patterns and genetic stock structure of an estuarine-dependent, overexploited fish species, white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus (Teleostei: Sparidae) 65

Fish movements in the Pondoland Marine Protected Area: balancing conservation and fisheries enhancement 70

A review of the Oceanographic Research Institute’s (ORI) Voluntary Tagging Project: 27 years down the line 81

Session 4 – Fish Stock Assessment: Chair Henning Winker 89

Assessment of five South African linefish species with biomass production models 89

Long-term changes in a surf zone fish community associated with the linefish collapse in the Eastern Cape, South Africa 103

The Kosi Bay fishtrap catches, impacts and management 108

page 6 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 5 – Monitoring: Chair Colin Attwood 115

Monitoring the recovery of a previously exploited surf-zone habitat in the St Lucia Marine Reserve using a no-take sanctuary area as a benchmark 115

Status of chondrichthyans in False Bay 128

Attempts to contribute to a better understanding of the mortality of linefish due to recreational angling 139

Session 6 – Socio-Economic Research: Chair John Duncan 145

The recreational and subsistence linefisheries in the Knysna and Swartvlei Estuaries – some concerns and management challenges 145

Enactments, Disconcertments and Dialogues: Regarding marine social-ecological systems through the lens of relational ontologies 160

Trade dynamics of South African Linefish 173

Session 7 – Fish Distribution and Stock Delineation: Chair Meaghan McCord 185

Movement behaviour and genetic stock delineation of a coastal reef fish species, poenskop, Cymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae) 185

Are changing water temperatures in the Benguela about to alter the evolutionary history of our Argyrosomus fishes? 194

Identification of a warming hotspot in the northern Benguela, and the possible effects of this on Argyrosomus coronus 201

Session 8 – Fish Movement Studies: Chair Tor Næsje 207

The genetic stock structure of Slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) in the South West Indian Ocean 207

Does the restricted movement paradigm apply to the estuarine-dependent spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii? 212

Spatio-temporal dynamics of fish and fisheries in the Breede River estuary, South Africa 218

Patterns and volumes of commercial and recreational harvest of white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay: an assessment of the fishery 224

Notes on the spatio-temporal behavior of the smoothhound sharks of Langebaan Lagoon 232

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 7 Session 9 – Fish Stock Assessment: Chair Sven Kerwath 241

A comparison of the commercial and recreational sectors in the Port Alfred linefishery and their response to management changes between 1985 and 2008 241

An assessment of the shorefishery for largespot pompano, Trachinotus botla, in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa 242

Standardization of the Catch per Unit Effort for albacore (Thunnus alalunga) for the South African tuna-pole (baitboat) fleet for the time series 1999-2010 253

Session 10 – Miscellaneous: Chair Chris Wilke 260

Variation in shore-angler effort on the South African coast 1994 -2011 260

Baited Remote Underwater Video (BRUV) in the Stilbaai Marine Protected Area: a survey of reef fish with an assessment of monitoring requirements 261

Competition between line and trawl fisheries on the Cape south coast 267

Poster Contribution 278

Shore-based recreational angling catches and catch per unit effort adjacent to Agulhas and West Coast National Parks 278

page 8 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Background to the theme: A decade after the emergency

Colin G. Attwood Associate Professor Marine Research Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town

It gives me pleasure as chairman of the National Linefish Research Group to introduce the proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium, held at Geelbek from the 16th to 20th April 2012. The National Linefish Research Group represents a remarkably cohesive, co-operative and productive group of scientists - a group that, despite succession (I believe that only Bruce Mann has attended all four symposia), has been in existence for almost 30 years. Scattered across the country, the linefish scientists are employed at a variety of government research institutions, museums and centres of higher education. This diversity is part of the strength of linefish research. But whereas the scientists are a productive group, the same cannot be said of the fish.

Linefish research is a remarkably difficult subject to describe, partly because it is so varied in scope and partly because of the diversity of linefish itself. In the words of Lees (1969):’...the inshore fishermen provides the variety but not the bulk of the nation’s fish diet’. This time the diversity is the Archilles heel of the fishery, as I will try to explain in the following paragraphs.

You would have noticed that Microsoft’s spell-checker puts a red line under the term ‘linefish’. Is it trying to tell us that there is no such thing? Linefish, which make up at least 10% of our marine fish diversity, are scattered across the taxonomic spectrum, and occupy every habitat on the continental shelf, and some beyond. It would be very difficult to gain consensus on a list. And just as an aside, is it appropriate to define fish according to the methods we use to harvest them? There is some precedent in the word ‘game’, which, although still in use, has transcended its origin.

I thought I might tackle the problem of linefish definition empirically. I got hold of comprehensive data sets of fish catches, covering over 500 species, and eight fisheries and conducted a similarity analysis among the species on the basis of their fractional contribution to each South African fishery. I expected to get a clear ordination of species from which I could identify the targets of each method, but the exercise served only to emphasis the extent of overlap (Figure 1). Silver kob for example are caught in trek nets, by shore anglers, in trawls, yet we think of it as a commercial handline species. Several species are drawn to the centre of the ordination, not being exclusively targeted by any single fishery. This pattern makes it difficult to isolate causes of fish declines for many species, it complicates stock assessments and allows fishers plenty of scope to blame ‘others’.

At least I know what linefishing refers to. But even here I had a moment of insecurity when paging through an authoritative text book on fisheries (Jennings et al. 2002). Is it possible that Simon Jennings forgot about linefishing in his chapter on fishing methods employed throughout the world? His discourse covers every commercial fishing method imaginable from trawling to fishing with cormorants, but no mention of handlines and hook and bait fishing. Perhaps linefishing is an anachronism. After all, Gilchrist and his successor, von Bonde, strongly encouraged South African fishers to progress beyond their primitive ways, and embrace the industrial-scale methods of trawling and purse-seining, and trammel and set-nets. Von Bonde (1933), had this to say [my inserts]: ‘During the last few years considerable advances have been made in the types of craft [referring largely to the installation of engines] employed in the inshore [line] fisheries, but the actual fishing methods have not kept pace with these improvements, and in fact the inshore fishermen of today still practise the methods utilized by their forbears about a century ago.’

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 9 In the ensuing 80 years the craft have continued to improve, and yet the basic elements of the linefishing method have remained: manually operated lines, day-trips, no cold storage, no value added production, and, critically, no bargaining power on the part of the fishers. Without the ability to slowly release their product on the market, fishers are exposed to catch fluctuations and the vagaries of supply and demand.

Figure 1. A multi-dimensional scaling plot of similarity among fish species on the basis of their representation in catches of different fisheries. Colour code for symbols: Silver=Silver kob, Amber=longfin tuna, Turqoise=anchovy, Brown=Mini kob, Majenta=spotted grunter, light grey=galjoen

Gilchrist and Von Bonde played a major role in developing the trawl fisheries, but they never succeeded in diminishing enthusiasm for linefishing. In fact, Scott’s descriptions of the trawl grounds (Scott 1949) and the linefish grounds (Scott 1951) at the end of WWII would almost suffice today. Why did the linefishing method remain virtually unchanged in South Africa, whereas other countries turned to longlines, gillnets and pots to fish rocky grounds? The answer is possibly the lack of suitable harbours for larger vessels.

I mention this bit of history, not to attempt to resolve the claims of linefisher’s, but to contemplate why our oldest and least altered fishery should find itself in such a parlous state. What are the reasons that linefish feature negatively in any discussion on fisheries sustainability in South Africa? Most articles, scientific and popular, give the impression that it is the typical combination of life-history traits that render linefish unproductive - high longevity, hermaphroditism, territoriality etc. But given the high diversity and degree of taxonomic distinctiveness among linefish, this cannot be the ultimate cause. A more plausible explanation lies in the economics of the fishery. From the earliest 1900’s, the linefishery was cast in the primitive role, with the real resources being directed at more lucrative operations and industrial-scale activities. On a species-by-species comparison, the two hakes generate easily one hundred times greater revenue than the top linefish species. Despite this, the effort dedicated to the study of the biology of the harvested fishes themselves is not inequitable. In fact, our biological knowledge of hake is rather disappointing, and certainly well behind that

page 10 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium of many linefish species, but hake’s post-EEZ recovery rates as a rare success in Africa and the world. In contrast, the majority of linefish are believed to be over-exploited. I can only conclude that the skewed revenue allocation has disadvantaged the linefishery at the level of management and compliance.

Although I believe that the best efforts were made under the circumstances, I must report that assessments of linefish species to date have been unreliable. Most commonly, spawner biomass per recruit (SB/R) models were used to calculate the likely impact of fishing mortality rates, measured from size-distributions, as a percentage drop in SB/R. These declines were frequently over 90%. The SB/R statistics have been incorrectly taken to assume that stocks are depleted to these levels. I am aware that Griffiths (2000) reported a correlation between SB/R depletions and biomass (B/Bk,) depletion, but the two metrics refer to very different quantities. If I were to hazard a guess, I would say that the SB/R estimates were optimistic, judging from the likely biases in the estimation of fishing mortality rates.

In many cases low SB/R estimates were confirmed qualitatively by other sources of information, and these successfully formed the motivation for the much-quoted (and misquoted) emergency in the linefishery in 2000. The primary aim of the emergency was to enable a substantial reduction in effort in the commercial fishery. Nominally the reduction was a 70% removal of boats, although the effective reduction was probably lower, as the more efficient boats remained.

Politicians are regularly lambasted for their reluctance to act effectively in fisheries, even when signs of stock depletion are clear. Not this time. In Valli Moosa we had a Minister who responded decisively. The scale of the intervention was unprecedented among fisheries globally. But I have to ask - now twelve years later - why has no attempt been made to assess the impact of the reduction? For a stock assessment scientist, the cut should have been a gift. The contrast in the time series is precisely what is needed to test the response of the resource.

Was it because we had not been collecting data? No. On the contrary, the National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) is a massive, continuous and comprehensive set of catch records dating back to 1985. In fact, it has been rated as the largest geo-referenced set of biological data in the world! Are South Africans hopeless at stock assessment? Again not. South African universities have produced and continue to produce very capable stock assessment scientists, many of whom ply their trade in the USA, the UK, Arabia, the Antipodes and the FAO, where they are highly regarded.

The answer is more technical. Firstly, it is not useful to repeat per-recruit estimates. An assumption of the per-recruit model is that there is no inter-annual trend in recruitment, yet this is exactly what we hoped would happen by eliminating 70% of the fishing boats. What per- recruit models amount to is a method of assessment that only works when nothing changes. This is unfortunate, as SB/R is the one model that many linefish biologists (who are happier at sea than in front of a PC) have mastered. Fitting age-structured production models is now the industry standard, but for most of us this is close to voodoo. Production models rely on an index of abundance, which in the context of the linefishery is almost certainly catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE). The abundant CPUE data in the NMLS are low on information content. With so many species in the linefishery, and no indication of targeting, how does one apportion the effort among the species? Does a zero catch for species X imply no fish, or no attempt at catching that species. A brave attempt at solving this problem appears in these proceedings.

One change to the management of all fisheries since the last linefish symposium has been the introduction and profound influence of eco-labelling. Eco-labels, such as the South African Seafood Initiative (SASSI) and the Marine Stewardship Council have appropriately brought public opinion into the fisheries management arena, and have adjusted the relationship between the fishers and the government regulator. It is no longer sufficient for fishing enterprises to satisfy the law - both the regulator and the fishers need to satisfy public opinion if the products are to maintain market share. In South Africa, scientists are being consulted to provide SASSI with linefish assessments at the level of the stock and - to be blunt - this eco-labelling agency has done so with greater urgency and rigour than the government regulator up until now.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 11 The information content of CPUE data itself is imperilled by the very restrictions we put on fishers. Bag and size limits by their very action will reduce the catch rate (the pessimist will say it has no effect at all), but such reductions have no relation to stock size. To date such effects have not played an important role in our thinking on regulation, but this may need to change with a renewed focus on CPUE.

The severity of depletion of some species has resulted in complete closure of fisheries, such as the seventy-four. Closing fisheries: is it sensible, considering the need to maintain a data stream? Red steenbras is the latest to be shut. A quote from Biden provides some motivation for protecting red steenbras: “It is difficult to account for the present scarcity - the few hundreds, as compared with the thousands of twenty years ago.....” He wrote this in 1930. Considering that the real pressure on this species escalated from the 1970’s when ski-boats proliferated (Penney et al. 1989), and that the species has disappeared from much of its coastal range, this drastic step would seem to be necessary. But I have to ask how we now propose to monitor a recovery if the catches are outlawed. Whereas ski-boat anglers maintain that unintentional catches of seventy-four are now common place (hinting at a recovery since the ban on that species), scientific surveys are too few and too small (i.e. it is too expensive) to detect a recovery. What alternatives can we offer? The preliminary trials with Baited Underwater Videos featured in these proceedings may offer hope.

Marine protected areas (MPAs) are a theme that ran through many presentation at the symposium. Whereas other fisheries rely heavily on total allowable catch (TAC) or effort control, the linefishery in its recreational, subsistence and commercial guises, needs MPAs to maintain a critical level of spawner biomass. Linefish scientists find ample evidence to support this method of fishery control, but debates rage with traditional stock assessment modellers and social scientists. The stock assessors (e.g. Walters et al. 2007) theorise that fisheries are more efficiently managed by way of quota management (but can it be practical and economically viable in the linefishery?), while the sociologists highlight the unfairness in the system. MPAs, if carelessly designed, may bring unnecessary hardship to some communities (Hilborn et al. 2004). I will leave it to those groups of scientists to show me a better system - until then we should regard our twenty or so coastal MPAs as the backbone of linefish sustainability. Conservation is far from an exact science. I am reminded of Pinchot’s adaptation of the utilitarian principle of conservation: ‘ the greatest good to the greatest number - and that for the longest time.’ Fortunately, the overlap of objectives of fisheries management and biodiversity protection are increasingly being recognised (Rice et al 2012).

The success or otherwise of MPAs has driven research into fish movement and behaviour. Whereas the conventional tagging methods continue to provide useful data on fish behaviour, it is the telemetry contributions which provide exciting and novel insights. Never before have we got to know fish on a such a personal level. The day-to-day behaviour of fish in relation to environmental cues sheds light on the rôle of climate change in fishery dynamics. Several telemetry studies are included in these proceedings.

The theme of the symposium - A decade after the emergency -was intended to highlight the most recent attempts by members of the linefish working group to fit age-structured production models and to spark a discussion on the possible recovery of the linefishery. (As a personal aside: having been involved in linefish research for over 20 years, I would regard my career as something of a failure if we were not able to turn around the fortunes of South Africa’s most iconic fishes and the fishermen who depend on them.) More broadly, the symposium aimed to discuss recent trends across all habitats, with respect to effort and population sizes, and to highlight novel research approaches and technology, including genetics, telemetry and a new angle on sociological research. The latter takes most linefish biologists well outside their comfort zones, but I see a real need to engage on these issues. After digesting this volume, I am sure you will agree with me that linefish research in South Africa is as strong as ever.

A comparison between the 3rd and 4th Symposia shows an interesting shift in the subject of papers, much of which was driven by new technology (Table 1). The decision to eliminate management contributions was not easy, but was necessitated on the grounds that the number

page 12 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium of researchers had grown, and that young scientists needed a platform to expose their work. Whereas managers were invited to participate in discussions, it was decided to keep the focus on science rather than on management. Allocation disputes in the fishery have escalated and diversified, and the management issues related to these problems in all likelihood would have swamped the scientific debates. It was felt that these issues were best left for more appropriate fora. But as you will see, there is barely a paper in these proceedings which is not directly applied to a management problem.

It remains for me to thank WWF-South Africa and the Two Oceans Aquarium, who sponsored this symposium and the publication of the proceedings, in equal measure. We are most fortunate for the interest shown by these organisations.

Table 1. Breakdown of contributions by subject, in the 3rd and 4th Linefish Symposium

Subject 3rd 4th Stock assessment 2 8 Monitoring 3 7 Fish Biology 1 4 Socio-economic 0 4 Fish movement & distribution 5 11 Surveys 9 0 Marine protected areas 4 1 Management 9 1 Ecosystem 1 0 Research prioritisation 1 0 Total 35 36

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 13 References

Biden CL 1930. Sea-angling fishes of the Cape. London: Oxford University Press.

Griffiths MH 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: snapshots of the 20th century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81-110.

Hilborn R, Stokes K, Maguire J-J, Smith T, Botsford LW, Mangel M, Orensanz L, Parma A, Rice J, Bell J, Cochrane K, Garcia S, Hall SJ, Kirkwood GP, Sainsbury K, Stefansson G, Walters C. 2004. When can marine protected areas improve fisheries management? Ocean and Coastal Management 47(3-4): 197-205.

Jennings S, Kaiser MJ, Reynolds, JD 2001. Marine fisheries ecology. Malden: Blackwell Publishing.

Lees R 1969. Fishing for fortunes. the story of the fishing industry in southern Africa and the men who made it. Cape Town: Purnell.

Penney AJ, Buxton CD, Garratt PA and Smale MJ 1989. The commercial linefishery. In: Payne AIL, Crawford MJ (eds), Oceans of life of southern Africa. Cape Town: Vlaeberg. pp 214-229.

Rice J, Mokness E, Attwood C, Brown SK, Dahle G, Gjerde KM, Grefsrud ES, Kenchington R, Kleiven AR, McConney P, Ngoile MAK, Næsje TF, Olsen E, Olsen EM, Sanders J, Sharma C, Vestergaard O, Westlund L (2012) The role of MPAs in reconciling fisheries management with conservation of biological diversity. Ocean and Coastal Management 69: 217-230.

Scott P 1949. Otter trawl fisheries of South Africa. Geographical Review, 39(4): 529-551.

Scott P 1951. Inshore fisheries of South Africa. Economic Geography 27(2): 123-147.

Solano-Fernández S, Attwood CG, Chalmers R, Clark BM, Cowley PD, Fairweather T, Fennessy ST, Götz A, Harrison TD, Kerwath SE, Lamberth SJ, Mann BQ, Smale MJ, Swart L (2012) Assessment of the effectiveness of South Africa’s marine protected areas at representing ichthyofaunal communities. Environmental Conservation 39(3): 259-270.

Von Bonde C 1933. Report of the Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey for the year ending December, 1932. 10: 32-84.

Walters CJ, Hilborn R and Parrish R 2007. An equilibrium model for predicting the efficacy of marine protected areas in coastal environments. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 64: 1009-1018.

page 14 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 1 - Fish Stock Assesment: Chair Tony Booth The National Marine Linefish System: The largest geo- referenced marine dataset in the world

SE Kerwath1,2 , H Winker1, and CG Attwood1 1Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag Rondebosch 7700, South Africa. 2Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, South Africa.

Introduction

‘Linefishery’ is a South African term for a cluster of multi-species, multi-user fisheries in the country that target marine or estuarine organisms by means of hand-lines or rod and reels (i.e. longline fishing is not included). The National Marine Linefish System (NMLS), a database housed by the Linefish Section of the Fisheries Research Division of the Department of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF), is the primary repository for all data related to the South African Linefishery, which includes recreational angling, commercial boat-based linefishing and, to a certain point in time, squid jigging. A recently published book on the results of the ‘Census of Marine Life’ mega-project (McIntyre 2010) lists the NMLS with 2.7 million records as the largest dataset available within the Ocean Biographic Information System (OBIS), with the Sir Alistair Hardy Foundation zooplankton database a distant second (1.3 million records) and all listed European and North American initiatives far behind. On individual species level, the NMLS entries of Cape snoek, Thyrsites atun, makes it the most recorded organism ahead of the Arctic fulmar, a seabird, and the common dab, a pleuronectiform fish abundant in northern European waters. Although there might be bigger datasets of marine organisms not made available to the Census of Marine Life, the NMLS compares well with international datasets from some of the most renowned marine biological research centres in the world, a fact that is not widely recognised, even to people familiar with this system. The purpose of this contribution is therefore to: (1) re-introduce this database to the wider community of fisheries and marine biological scientists, fisheries managers and stakeholders, (2) provide a brief inventory of the data collected thus far, (3) discuss challenges associated with the NMLS, in particular with regard to data validity, accessibility and spatial integrity, and (4) provide an outlook into the future of this initiative.

History

South Africa has a long history of systematic recording of fisheries related data. In 1896, John Dow Fisher Gilchrist was appointed as the Government Marine Biologist at the Cape of Good Hope. Professor Gilchrist started recording landings of trawl and linefish catches from harbours around the Cape of Good Hope in addition to recording of survey data collected during experimental trawling and linefishing from a research vessel. These surveys were continued by his successor Dr. Cecil Von Bonde, but this data stream ends during World War II. New initiatives to collect linefish related data were initiated in the seventies at two different institutes, the Oceanographic Research Institute (ORI) in Durban and the Sea Fisheries Research Institute (SFRI) in Cape Town. Whereas ORI was collecting catch and effort data from recreational shore and boat anglers, sourced mainly from voluntarily submitted catch cards and angler interviews, the SFRI focused on commercial catches recorded in the form of daily landings from fisheries harbours (in the tradition of Gilchrist); dealer returns, and from voluntarily submitted catch return forms from some commercial fishers operating in more remote areas with little or no harbour infrastructure, such as Struisbay and Port Alfred (Penney

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 15 1994). According to Andrew Penney, the head of the linefish research section at the SFRI in the 1980s, the NMLS initiative was born when ORI approached SFRI for funding to cope with the ever growing administrative requirements for the collection of recreational angler data, which, at the time, already included data from shore angling patrols carried out by the Natal Parks Board. After much deliberation between the two institutes the SFRI as a governmental organization assumed full responsibility for administration and collection of linefish related data. In 1983, the linefish research section was established at the SFRI and the development of the NMLS was initiated. In 1985 the linefishery was formally recognized and catch returns where made mandatory for commercial fishers.

The NMLS data was stored with dumb terminals in a hierarchical INFOS database with programs were written in COBOL on a mini computer (MV10000) installed in some SFRI’s offices at the Foretrust building. ORI retained the collection and capture of recreational angler data under contract. ORI captured their data on an HP9825 (small device with limited memory and space). The SFRI then installed a mini computer (DG30) with limited capacity with dumb terminals in a computer room at ORI, where the data was stored in the INFOS database using the SFRI programs. The SFRI maintained a staff complement at the ORI office and the data was downloaded onto a floppy disk and dispatched to Cape Town on a weekly basis, and uploaded into the NMLS at the SFRI. Later, a Diginet line was installed and the ORI office could directly connect to the SFRI. In the 1990s, the yellowtail and the tuna pole dataset were added and the first summary reports were developed, to fulfil reporting requirements to ICCAT. In 1995 the NuTek project was initiated to transfer all data and programs (not only the NMLS) off the MV10000 as this computer was not Y2K compliant. Sybase was used as the backend database server which the front end application was written in Delphi. The development of the NMLS on Sybase was completed in 2001. The NMLS programs were written for a client/ server configuration and consist of two units; the Linefish_data and Linefish_reports. The Linefish_data was developed for the capturing of data whereas the Linefish_ module was designeds to extract the information. In 2004, a further upgrade to the data systems, the Marine Administration SysTem (MAST) application, was initiated at the SFRI, now called Marine and Coastal Management. MAST is a web-based application written in Java with Oracle as the database backend. The original vision was that MAST integrates all information related to fishing rights ranging from catches to levy declarations. Due to various constraints in budget, skills, commitment and buy-in, not all the catch systems (NMLS is one of them) have been transferred to MAST such that, at present, the NMLS being still run on the now outdated Sybase system with little development since a decade ago. Since 2007, the commercial catch data and the observer data have been exported to MS access format to facilitate analyses and reporting.

Inventory of data

By the end of 2011, the NMLS contained more than 5 million individual records of species per boat or per shore angler day. The data can be categorised into several different data series (Table 1). Most of the data were collected from 1985 onwards; however some data such as yellowtail size frequencies go back to the 1970s.

Although data were consistently recorded for the last 26 years, data volumes fluctuate considerably between years and between categories (Fig. 1). Commercial catch returns dropped considerably with the state of environmental emergency in the linefishery in 2000, which lead to a drastic reduction in effort. The drop in voluntary, recreational catch reporting around the same time is more difficult to explain but might be related to uncertainty regarding the changing fisheries management measures at the time. The shore patrol data from KZN has increased considerably, whereas the dealer and harbour return data streams have almost ceased, mainly due to the voluntary nature of these reports and a reduction in communication between research and compliance staff at the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF), which has been subjected to considerable restructuring and is currently split between two national departments. Observer data, length frequency data and biological data appear to be cyclic. These can be explained by the existence of national surveys and national observer programmes which are often run for limited time periods. At the time of the writing of this article, the last linefish observer programme ended in March 2011 with no further observer programmes planned.

page 16 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 1: A summary of data stored on the National Marine Linefish database. Note that number of records is expressed as number of individual species recorded per day per boat or per shore angler. For the length frequency and biological data, data for individual fish are recorded (i.e. length).

Data type No. of records (Species per day per boat or shore angler) Commercial catch returns 3,333,971 Harbour returns 108,776 Dealer returns 78,483 Recreational angling 1,257,177 Observers 87,594 Length frequencies 505,440 Biological data 16,875

Figure 1: Volumes of data recorded per year from the development of the National Marine Linefish System in 1985 to end of 2011, expressed in number of species per day per boat, or shore angler.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 17 Challenges

Since the inception of the NMLS, there has been criticism and scepticism of the system from a number of different sectors. Scepticism regarding the validity of the data has been expressed (Penny 1994): ” …one of the main criticisms ... of the NLMS … is that much of the data captured are incorrect, or greatly under- or over-reported by fishermen…”. Penney further observed that “…criticism of the NMLS … always escalates sharply whenever data are used in support of unpopular management measures…”. Now, almost 20 years after Penney’s observations, little has changed regarding these perceptions, but recent developments have provided confidence in the validity of the data increasing researchers leverage to convince the stakeholders of the validity of specific data streams. The commercial data returns which represent the largest, and in many respect the most important dataset within the system, have been mandatory since 1985 and represent log book entries of catches per species per day. Although the reported catch is essentially an estimate by the skipper, it is thought to be accurate within 10% as the weight of a full bin of fish is known. The validity and the accuracy of the data can be assessed by comparing these to data recorded from linefish observer programmes, which provide an independent recording of catch returns for a subset of linefish boat outings. The comparison of a subset of data from 2011, 800 species/day records from a cross-section of species, slinger, kob, carpenter, hottentot, geelbek and santer revealed little difference between reported and observed catch returns with a mean percent error of 5.76% (Fig. 2). The distribution of the differences in reported to observed catches was symmetrical around zero (median=0), indicating no systematic over- or under-reporting. Furthermore, the total catch between the observer and the skipper estimates only differed by 8%, confirming the perceived accuracy of the catch reporting. Although this analysis is preliminary, as it does not contain any information of nil-reporting or species-specific bias, the results are encouraging and should strengthen the confidence in the reported data.

Another criticism that has persisted since Andrew Penney’s time is that NMLS data is not easily assessable. However, in 1994 Anesh Govender, a linefish scientist then working at ORI, remarked: “The fact that the raw data can be downloaded as a sequential file to a PC means that the researcher … can quite easily parse the data. Then extracts and computations can quite easily [be] done on PC.” Govender’s remark demonstrates the main issue with assessing the NMLS: retrieving the data from the database. While output summaries are available for common reporting requirements, the system in its current format does not allow for customised queries and the raw data has to be extracted and manipulated prior to in-depth analyses. Whereas this does not a a challenge to most fisheries modellers, such as Govender, many biological scientists have not been trained to manipulate large, complex datasets. For the NMLS, this problem is exacerbated by the absence of continuous metadata recording and up to date documentation. However, requests for access to NMLS data are as frequent today as they were in 1994 (1- 4 /month). Moreover, since 2008, the NMLS has been exported into a more user friendly Microsoft Access database, allowing the users to construct their own queries.

page 18 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Relative Frequency

Difference between reported and observed catches (kg)

Figure 2: Relative frequency of differences between observed and reported catches for 800 catch return records in 2011. Data from five species from all three management zones were included.

Spatial integrity

The MS-Access format also allows for a direct connection to Geographical Information System software such as ArcView and ArcGIS. However, the system of recording catch location in the NMLS does not allow for direct plotting in GIS as it does not include geographical coordinates. Fishing locations are captured according to a shore code and a distance offshore. In 2010 these codes were translated into a 5X5 nautical mile grid system identical to the one used by the demersal research section. The positions were assigned to the grid blocks by first determining a latitude and longitude for every offshore distance associated with a shore locality by getting a bearing approximately perpendicular to the shoreline at the point of the shore locality. These points, along the bearings were then linked to the respective grid-blocks that they fell within (Fig. 3).

Figure 3: The geo-referencing of the shore code-offshore distance system into the linefish grid, a 5X5 nautical mile grid system.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 19 Whereas this system has been shown to be sufficient for tested positions within the first 10 nm from shore in areas where the coastline is relatively straight, it might not work as well in case of offshore positions and within large bays such as Algoa Bay. It is anticipated that inaccuracies in the assignment of known fishing positions to geographical coordinates will be discovered and rectified once the system is used more widely by the linefish research fraternity. The geo-referencing of the NMLS codes constitutes the first tool to visualize this dataset. Here we provide two examples, the distribution of species diversity in the catch (Fig. 4) and the distribution of total catch weight (Fig. 5).

Conclusions

The National Marine Linefish System has clearly been the single most important data source for linefish related research over the past two and a half decades. A quick search of citations using Google scholar reveals that more than 200 published papers have made use of NMLS data. Moreover, the NMLS forms the basis of most linefish related fisheries management recommendations, and countless management reports and working group documents are in one way or another based on information stored on the NMLS. The NMLS has undergone many changes during the 26 years of its existence. Fortunately, thanks to the dedicated staff of the Linefish research section of DAFF and their ORI counterparts, the standards of data validation and controls and the upkeep of the development of the system with technological advances have largely been maintained through many challenges, including change of government departments, funding and skill shortages and a lack of interest by decision makers.

Figure 4: Distribution of species richness in the catch of the commercial linefishery plotted on the linefish grid. The light green represents 1-5 species, the darkest green 50-97 species.

page 20 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 5: Distribution of total catch weight for linefish plotted on the linefish grid.

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Christopher Wilke and Marileen De Wet for providing invaluable information and insights on the early years of National Marine Linefish System.

References

McIntyre AD. 2010. Life in the world’s oceans : diversity, distribution, and abundance. In: Van den Berghe E, Stocks KI. Grassle JF (eds.), Data integration: The Ocean Biogeographic Information System. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester; Ames, Iowa. pp 333-353. Penney AJ. 1994. An assessment of the National Marine Linefish System. Sea Fisheries Institute Internal Report No. 128, Cape Town.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 21 Model-based standardization of multispecies catch and effort data from the South African linefishery

H Winker1, SE Kerwath2,1, CG Attwood1 1MA-RE Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, South Africa. 2Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Cape Town, South Africa.

Introduction

In South Africa, the boat-based commercial ‘linefishery’ provides an example of a multi- species fishery, in which more than 200 fish species are caught by handline or rod and reel over a large geographical range (Solano-Fernàndez et al. 2012). In the late 1990’s, decreases in catches and spawner-biomass per-recruit assessments indicated alarming states for many linefish stocks, which subsequently lead to the declaration of a state of emergency in this fishery in 2000, followed by a significant, forced reduction in commercial effort. To date, a decade later, quantitative assessments of the impact of these management interventions, which were designed to allow the stocks to recover, are overdue.

Fisheries-dependent catch and effort data represent one of the most important data sources used as a measure of abundance in many stock assessments (Quinn and Deriso 1999), particularly in coastal multi-species fisheries or stocks with large spatial distributions for which it is not economically feasible to collect sufficient fisheries-independent data. In South Africa, mandatory catch and effort returns from the boat-based commercial linefishery have been captured in the National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) since 1985. This database system was developed to archive and analyse recreational and commercial linefishing data and is hosted by the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF). The raw data from the NMLS should be used cautiously because changes in spatial and temporal effort allocation, and fishing behaviour, result in time-varying catchabilty that need to be accounted for in analyses using this data (Maunder and Punt 2004).

In particular, the adjustment for fishing behaviour can be a challenging task within a multi- species context because the available catch information may reflect a variety of alternative fishing tactics associated with different target species, even within a single fishing trip (Stephens and MacCall 2004; Palmer et al. 2009). Here, the term ‘fishing tactic’ (FT) is defined as a sequence of decisions made a skipper at sea, which may involve choices of gear, fishing ground and habitat-type (Marchal et al. 2006), while the term ‘targeting tactic’ denotes a particular choice associated with one or more target species. The choice of FT can be complex and may be influenced by the preference of the skipper, market conditions, fisheries regulations and the population dynamics of the various stocks targeted by the fishery (Hilborn and Walters 1992; Pelletier and Ferraris 2000). As a particular targeting tactic allocates effort towards a target species or species-complex, it also alters the catchability (i.e. fraction of biomass/abundance caught per unit effort) of other species. The use of CPUE as an index of abundance assumes that catchability for the species under assessment is constant and, therefore, critically relies on the ability to standardize for effects that impact on catchability other than abundance (Maunder and Punt 2004). Consequently, ignoring the effect of heterogeneous FTs in the standardization process may result in severely biased abundance indices and subsequent misinterpretation of the resource status.

In this paper, we apply Generalized Additive Models (GAMs) to standardize the CPUE for two commercially important linefish species, carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona) and silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorous), for spatial and temporal dynamics in effort allocation and fishing behaviour. Specifically, we explore two approaches to adjust for the heterogeneity of targeting strategies in this multispecies handline fishery.

page 22 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Material and Methods

Theoretical basis for standardizing across fishing tactics The idea of standardizing for multi-species targeting is to remove from the total variation in the CPUE data that component which is attributed to the direction of targeting. A common assumption of multi-species standardization approaches is that information on the direction of targeting can be found in the species composition of the catch (Pelletier and Ferraris 2000; Carvalho et al. 2010). From the mix of species in the catch (not the quantity of catch), a model can be used to estimate the degree to which a particular species was targeted. It follows that some combinations of species will tend to co-occur in catches, whereas others will be negatively correlated (they may be allopatric or be susceptible to alternative gear types), and yet others will show very little correlation, either positive or negative.

A simple four-species assemblage is used to illustrate the concept (Fig.1). Consider data from three separate fishing trips, collected on the same day: x, y and z. Although the CPUE of a particular target species T varies among them, the abundance of species T is common on the day, so the source of variation in CPUE is attributed to targeting, for which the species composition, illustrated in the pies, holds information (Fig. 1b). Catch data are used to cluster fishing trips on the basis of their similarity in catch composition (Pelletier and Ferraris, 2000; Deporte et al. 2012).

Several targeting clusters are identified and coded. Each record in the CPUE data base is assigned a fishing tactic code. A Generalized Linear Model (GLM) or GAM will attempt to remove some of the variation in the raw CPUE data by treating these clusters as categorical covariates (Carvalho et al. 2010). This is termed the ‘Clustering Fishing Tactics’ method (CFT). If the species under assessment features strongly within a certain fishing tactic, the estimated coefficient for this factor will be high. If it is a rarity in the fishing tactic, the coefficient will be low. In this way, targeting variation is removed, leaving the year effect to reflect real abundance trends.

A relatively novel method is to replace the categorical factors with a small number of continuous principle component scores (PCs), derived from a Principle Component Analysis (PCA) of the catch composition data (Fig. 1 c). The number of PC-axes are selected on the basis that they represent the majority of the variation in species composition. Each CPUE record is assigned PC scores, and these are used as continuous, rather than categorical, variables in the standardization model. This is termed the ‘Direct Principle Component’ method (DPC). It is important to ensure that the targeting predictors (fishing tactics or PC scores) contain information on targeting only and not on the abundance of the species under assessment. Some confounding (between targeting and abundance) will occur, but the extent will be reduced by using proportions in defining targeting tactics, and not absolute CPUE. Further elimination of abundance information can be achieved by transforming the proportions (square- or fourth- root) to down-weight the effect of abundance and to promote the information in species representation, i.e. to ensure that rare species are not ‘lost’.

Fishery data

Commercial catch and effort data for the period from 1985 to 2010 were extracted from the NMLS database. The raw data comprised mandatory daily catch returns (kg) per species per boat day as estimated by the skipper, vessel number, crew number, hours on sea, the date and catch location. The reported catch location, initially provided as a shore position and a distance offshore, is referenced to the midpoints of 5 × 5 nautical mile latitude and longitude grid- cells. For the analyses, we first subset the dataset into three regions along the South African south coast (Fig. 2): (i) south-west (SW), (ii) south-central (SC) and (iii) south-east (SE), containing a total of 404,646, 200,584 and 441,793 daily catch returns, respectively. These three regions cover the fishing grounds of carpenter and silver kob and were selected to reflect the geographical division of the fishery and the targeted stocks, and to account for geographical differences in species composition and targeting. Data were eliminated from the analyses for

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 23 several reasons: Records were rejected because information about crew size and hours at sea was missing. Time at sea was restricted to a maximum of 12 hours and crew size to 12 fishers. These two cut-offs were chosen to remove the impact of freezer vessels on the expected CPUE.

Data aggregation

All boat trips for the same month, vessel number, and grid-cell were combined into a single record and species-specific CPUE was expressed as average catch (kg) per boat day (trip). The reason for combining information from different boat trips in this way was because of concerns that temporal and spatial autocorrelation caused by boats that consecutively fished a particular grid-cell over several days may result in overestimated precision of the model results and subsequently violate the assumption of independence of data (Dobby et al. 2008). The source of fishing tactic information in the catch composition of each record was therefore not the individual fishing trip, but rather the choices of fishing techniques (e.g. bait, tackle), habitat- type and one or more target species, as made by the skipper of a particular vessel for a particular month and fishing ground. The numbers of records included in the final datasets were 97,295 for SW, 36,658 for SC and 58,566 for SE.

Figure 1: Conceptual graphs illustrating the CFT and DPC methods when applied to a hypothetical four-species hand-line fishery. The target species T occurs together with species A, overlaps randomly with species B, and occupies different habitat to species C, leading to positive, no and negative correlations in catch per unit effort (CPUE), respectively (a). Information on the strength of targeting directed at species T in three concurrent fishing trips labelled x, y and z, is contained in the catch composition of the trips, represented as pies (b), which form the basis of clusters in the CFT method. The DPC method utilises the same information represented in two principal component scores (c). The vector influence of each species on the ordination of the three fishing trips corresponds to the non-linear relationship between CPUE of species T and the PC scores.

page 24 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Adjusting for targeted effort

Two approaches were explored to derive variables as predictors for fishing tactics, hereafter referred to as ‘Clustering Fishing Tactics’ (CFT) and ‘Direct PCA’ approach (DPC).

The CFT approach has been used in recent years to identify fishing tactics from commercial data by applying clustering techniques to catch composition records (Pelletier and Ferraris 2000; Deporte et al. 2012). The first step entails applying a Principle Component Analysis (PCA) to a multidimensional catch composition matrix to obtain a smaller number of informative components, with most the variation in the data explained by the first few axes of the PCA- transformed data (Pelletier and Ferraris 2000; Deporte et al. 2012). For this purpose, a data matrix comprising CPUE records for each species was constructed for each region. The data were converted into relative proportions by weight and then square-root transformed to allow less dominant target species to contribute to the similarity among catch compositions. To eliminate noise from the data, data matrixes were restricted to the species under assessment and those species or species groups that contributed at least 1% to the total landings per region. This resulted in the selection of fourteen, nine and thirteen species for the SW, SC and SE regions, respectively (Table 1). All PCA-axes were retained for the cluster analysis (Pelletier and Ferraris, 2000). To identify clusters of fishing tactics, we selected the non-hierarchical clustering method CLARA (Kaufman and Rousseeuw 1990; Struyf et al. 1996), which provides a reasonably straightforward way for clustering large datasets.

Figure 2. Fishing regions along the coast, with bubble plots illustrating the model-predicted spatial distribution of standardized CPUE for (a) carpenter and (b) silver kob during 2010 along the South African coastline.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 25 The CLARA method is an extension for large datasets of the ‘Partitioning Around Medoids’ (PAM) method (Kaufman and Rousseeuw 1990), where medoids are objects within a cluster for which the average dissimilarity to the remaining objects in the cluster is minimal. As the PAM method is restricted to applications for small data matrixes, the CLARA algorithm was subsequently designed to apply PAM clustering to a number of data subsets of a fixed size within a large matrix. The CLARA analysis was based on 100 data subsets, each comprising 250 records. The optimal number of clusters was selected by way of iterative maximization of the ‘Average Silhouette Width’ (ASW), which can be used as a measure of within-cluster tightness and among cluster separation (Punzón et al. 2010).

Table 1: List of species and groups of fishes, including abbrivations, that were included in Principle Component Analyses (PCAs) for the south-west (SW), south-central (SC) and south- east coast (SE) along of South Africa. SW: n = 14, SC: n = 9; SE: n = 13

Classification and species Common name Regions Species code Caragidae Seriola lalandi yellowtail SW YLTL Gempylidae Thyrsites atun snoek SW SNOK Merlucciidae Merluccius sp. hakes S, SE HAKE Ophidiidae Genypterus capensis kingklip S KKLP Pomatomidae Pomatomus saltatrix elf SW, SE ELF Sciaenidae Argyrosomus inodorus silver kob SW, S, SE KOB Atractoscion aequidens geelbek SW, S, SE GLBK Scombridae Scomber japonicus mackerel SW, S, SE MCKR Sparidae Argyrozona argyrozona carpenter SW, S, SE CRPN Cheimerius nufar santer S, SE SNTR Chrysoblephus cristiceps dageraad SE DGRD Chrysoblephus gibbiceps red stumpnose SW, SE RSTM Chrysoblephus laticeps roman SW, S, SE ROMN Pachymetopon blochii hottentot SW HTTN Petrus rupestris red steenbras SE RDST Pterogymnus laniarius panga SW,SE PANG Rhabdosargus globiceps white stumpnose SW WSTM Spondyliosoma emarginatum steentjie SW STNT Elasmobranchii sharks SW, S, SE SHRK

For the iterative determination of the optimal cluster number, we assumed a range from 2 to 25 clusters to be sufficient to describe the possible combinations of different targeting tactics. In the last step, the identified fishing tactic clusters for each catch composition record, were aligned with the original dataset and treated as categorical variable in the GAM (Carvalho et al. 2010).

page 26 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The DPC approach, proposed by MacNeil et al. (2009), used the first- and second- PC-axes directly as predictor variable in a Generalized Linear Model (GLM) to model the effect of variations in long-line catch composition on expected shark depredation rates. Making direct use of the first n PC-axes as covariates appears appealing as it omits multiple steps involved in the clustering approach. This approach has, however, not been tested for CPUE standardization and it could be questioned whether GLMs are appropriate for the potentially non-linear relationships between CPUE and PC covariates. The alternative would be to first test this approach using a GAM framework. Therefore, we followed the same steps described above for the PCA of the catch composition matrix, but directly related the first four PC-axes to the records in the original datasets as covariates for the GAM analysis.

Modelling

The application of GLMs and GAMs has been the most frequently employed modelling approach used to standardise CPUE (Maunder and Punt 2004). The GAM class of models is a semi-parametric extension of the GLM and provides increased flexibility for modelling non- linear relationship between CPUE and continuous predictor variables. GAMs have proved to be particularly useful for incorporating spatial effects and other nonlinear relationships into the CPUE standardization process (Bigelow et al. 2002; Su et al. 2011) and were therefore considered as the most suitable framework for this study.

As carpenter and silver kob represent major target species along the three south coast regions, it was deemed extremely difficult to objectively distinguish between fishing trips where either species were targeted but no catch was made (‘true zeros’) and those trips where zero catches were caused by non-targeted effort (‘false zeros’). To avoid zero-inflation caused by ‘false zero’ catches, we excluded trips with zero CPUE values for the species under assessment from the standardization datasets such that only records that indicated at least partial targeting of the species under assessment were used.

Because frequency distributions of positive CPUE data were considerably right-skewed, we considered the log-normal distribution an adequate statistical error model to account for the variability in the data. Accordingly, we first normalised the CPUE response by the natural logarithm transformation, ln(CPUE), a common procedure in CPUE standardization (Quinn and Deriso 1999).

Predictor variables considered in the model included year, month, latitude (lat) and longitude (long), crew size (crew) and mean hours spent at sea per record (hours). Although it is common practice to include vessel name or type as a covariate in the standardization (Punt et al. 2000; Glazer and Butterworth 2002; Battaile and Quinn 2004), this could not be done here because linefishers have the habit of using the same name and number for different boats, changing boat names, and even physically changing the boats themselves, without these changes being reflected in the available information.

The full GAMs for each region and species were formulated for the CFT as:

(1) and DPC as:

(2), where ε is the error term with ε ~ N(0, σ2) , and s() denotes the smoother functions. A cyclic cubic regression spline was chosen to smooth the month predictor, while smoothing of other continuous variables was realized by thin plate regression spline functions (Wood 2006).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 27 Model selection

Covariates for each GAM were first evaluated based on minimizations of the model deviance and Aikake’s information criterion (AIC) using a forward stepwise selection procedure. Acknowledging that inferences of significance are based on the assumption of independence of data, which rarely holds true for fisheries-dependent catch and effort time series (Glazer and Butterworth 2002), we additionally conducted 10-fold bootstrap cross-validations (BCV; Efron and Tibshirani 1993) to determine the set of covariates included in the final models (Hinton and Maunder 2003; Maunder and Punt 2004). As a measure of predictive power, we calculated the average prediction error (PEboot) based on 200 BCV runs.

Standardized abundance indices and confidence intervals

Annual standardized CPUE was calculated by setting all covariates other than ‘year’ to standardized conditions X0. The choices made were such that one standard unit of effort denotes an average boat trip with eight crew members who spent eight hours on sea, fished in the 5 × 5 grid and during the month with the highest effort frequencies and directly targeted the species under assessment. A bias-corrected natural estimate for the expected yearly mean CPUE for the vector of standardized covariates X0 was then calculated as:

(7), where is standardized, model-predicted mean ln(CPUE) for year y and is the estimated model standard deviation (residual standard error).

Confidence intervals for expected yearly CPUE values were estimated by applying a non- parametric bootstrapping procedure (Efron and Tibshirani 1986).

Results

Covariates for targeted effort The first four PC-axes, which were retained for GAM analysis according to the DPC method, explained the majority of the dissimilarity in catch composition, accumulating 62.7%, 87.8% and 70.1% for SW, SC and SE, respectively.

For the CFT approach, different numbers of clusters were tested iteratively by applying CLARA analyses to the PCA-transformed data matrixes. The optimum numbers of clusters were 13 for SW, 22 for SC and 24 SE, with corresponding ASW values of 0.46, 0.49 and 0.33, respectively (Fig. 3). Differentiations between the maximum ASW and the next highest ASW values were clearest for SW and SE, whereas groups of two and 21 to 24 clusters produced relatively similar ASW values for SC (Fig. 3).

page 28 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Fig. 3. Average Silhouette Width (ASW) obtained for different number of clusters of the 1985 -2010 time series of the boat-based south African linefish fleet operating along the (a) south-west coast, (b) south coast and (c) south-east coast .

Model selection

The results of GAMs fitted to three subsets of covariates for each species and region (Table 2): (1) subsets comprising the initial covariates year, month, latitude and longitude, crew size and hours spent at sea, but no adjustment for FTs (no-FT), (2) the initial set of covariates and FTs used as categorical variable (CFT) and (3) the initial set of covariates and the covariates PC1 – PC4 (DPC). In all cases, all covariates considered in the GAMs were found to explain a highly significant amount of the variation in the data (p < 0.001) and resulted in reductions of the AIC and average prediction error (PEboot). The variation explained by the no-FT GAMs ranged from 12% for silver kob CPUE in SE to 33% for carpenter CPUE in SE. The no-FT GAMs fitted to carpenter CPUE had consistently higher R2 values (0.25 – 0.33) than those fitted to silver kob CPUE (R2 = 0.12 – 0.23). This could be attributed mainly to the larger amount of variation explained by catch position (lat-long interaction). Compared to silver kob, spatially standardized CPUE of carpenter revealed a stronger CPUE gradient increasing from inshore to offshore, with highest standardized CPUE values expected for the offshore areas of the central Agulhas Bank in SC (Fig.1).

In all instances, both the CFT and the DPC approaches resulted in substantial reductions of the model deviance (represented by higher R2 values), lower AIC and lower PEboot compared to the no-FT option (Table 2). The DPC consistently provided the best fit to the data, shown by the AIC and R2 values, and the superior predictive power given the lower PEboot averages obtained from bootstrap cross-validations (Table 2). In general, these results gave statistical evidence in favour of the DPC approach. Residual plots and quantile-quantile plots confirmed that the assumed log-normal error model was justified.

Table 2. Summary statistics of log-normal GAMs fitted to carpenter and silver kob CPUE data from three fishing regions along the South African coast. Res. df: Residual degrees of freedom.

2 Species Region Model Res. d.f. AIC R PEboot Carpenter south-west no-FS 13988 43347 0.27 1.28 (n = 14,043) CFT 13981 39041 0.46 0.94 DPC 13955 38563 0.48 0.91 South no-FS 5317 17730 0.25 1.59 (n = 5,368) CFT 5305 16323 0.43 1.23 DPC 5286 11038 0.79 0.46

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 29 south-east no-FS 19116 59260 0.33 1.28 (n = 19,171) CFT 19644 53433 0.50 0.95 DPC 19111 43746 0.70 0.57 Silver kob south-west no-FS 23644 70822 0.13 1.16 (n = 23,699) CFT 23638 65706 0.30 0.94 DPC 23611 61927 0.41 0.80 South no-FS 23361 69949 0.23 1.16 (n = 23,468) CFT 23350 58562 0.53 0.71 DPC 23329 53765 0.61 0.58 south-east no-FS 18705 54340 0.12 1.18 (n = 18,757) CFT 18698 48614 0.36 0.80 DPC 19635 42955 0.52 0.61

Trends in CPUE

Nominal CPUE (geometric mean) and standardized CPUE indices predicted based on the no- FT, CFT and DPC GAMs all showed an increase in CPUE in most recent years (Fig. 4). The four CPUE indices were normalized to their means for the period 1985 to 2000 (i.e. the period prior to the forced effort reduction) to facilitate comparisons among CPUE indices. The standardized CPUE indices diverged markedly from the nominal CPUE for carpenter in SW (Fig. 4 a) and in SE (Fig. 4 c), with the standardized indices implying more conservative predictions of CPUE increase compared to the nominal CPUE. With the exception of these two cases, the no-FT CPUE indices closely resembled the nominal CPUE.

Generally the trends in normalized CPUE indices were fairly insensitive to the choice between the CFT and the DPC GAMs. The most notable difference between the two CPUE indices was that the DPC CPUE trend increased earlier and more consistent in SC from 1997 onwards, whereas the CFT CPUE trend showed little changes until 2008 and a slightly more rapid increase thereafter (Fig. 4 b). Year-to-year variations in standardized CPUE indices based on the CFT and DPC tended to be less extreme than in the nominal CPUE indices (Fig. 4).

Declines in total landings of silver kob and carpenter were not uniform and generally began prior to the forced effort reduction in 2000, which may indicate that both species were over- exploited at the time (Fig. 5). Total landings were typically at minimum during the period 2002 – 2005. The standardized CPUE indices based on the DPC approach showed positive responses in CPUE for both species as total landings decreased; with lower 95% C.I.s well above the mean from the period before 2000. Strongest increases in standardized CPUE indices were observed in SE, while SW showed slower increases for both species (Fig. 5).

page 30 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 4. Relative trends in carpenter (a) – (c) and silver kop (d) – (f) CPUE (1985 – 2010) comparing the nominal CPUE with the standardized CPUE based on either including spline fits of the first four PC scores (PCA) or a factor for fishing tactics (FT) for the south-west (upper panel), south-central (middle panel) and south-east coast (lower panel) . Note that CPUE values for carpenter and silver kob are adjusted for the changes in minimum size limits in 2005

Discussion

In this contribution, we introduced the DPC method, a novel approach for standardizing multi- species catch and effort data. We evaluated its performance in comparison to the CFT approach, implemented following and adapting the methods of Pelletier and Ferraris (2000), Carvalho et al. (2010) and Deporte et al. (2012). Our results showed that both approaches removed substantial variation from the CPUE data, but that the DPC approach clearly outperformed the CFT approach (AIC, deviance explained, and results from 10-fold bootstrap cross-validations). While the CFT approach has the merit in that it provides more detailed insights into the fishery, it involves the implementation of a fairly complex analytical framework, including multiple steps, which can often be associated with elements of subjectivity (Deporte et al. 2012). By

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 31 comparison, the DPC approach represents the more direct approach, is less time-consuming and subjective and therefore considerably easier to implement into the routine CPUE standardization.

Figure 5. Standardized CPUE indices (solid line) with 95% confidence intervals (dashed lines) and total reported landings by the South African hand-line fishery (open circles) for carpenter (a) – (c) and silver kob (d) – (f) from the south-west (upper panel), south-central (middle panel) and south-east coast (lower panel).

We used species composition in the catches as the basis for the two standardization methods (Pelletier and Ferraris 2000; Carvalho et al. 2010) rather than CPUE values of selected non- target species. Untransformed CPUE should be avoided when using a catch composition matrix to prevent the predictor variable from including abundance information. Although species composition is to some extent related to the dependent variable CPUE, it does not hold direct information about the magnitude of the catch. The inclusion of PC-axes as covariates in the standardization model is defendable on the grounds that other covariates explained a substantial fraction of the variation (Battaile and Quinn 2004). While the non-linear relationship between CPUE and the first four PC-axes was significant, the variation explained by the remaining covariates indicated that the PCA-transformed catch composition data contained additional information to that contained in the response variable CPUE. The separation of targeting and abundance information was achieved by standardizing to proportions and then root (root)-transforming. The effect of these actions was to shift the source of information away from raw abundance and towards species composition. The most extreme form of transformation, presence-absence, could have achieved the dissociation more decisively (Stephens and MacCall 2004), but weighting all species equally may preclude a realistic determination of the partitioning of targeted effort. In addition, there is risk of introducing noise associated with rare and inconsequential species.

page 32 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The South African linefishery over the last three decades has provided a substantial data set to test the performance of standardization models. Based on evidence of severe over-exploitation for many linefish species, the number of boats operating in the linefishery was drastically reduced by 70% in 2000, although the resulting reduction in effort was likely to be smaller because boats with poor performance were preferentially excluded. This intervention should have resulted in strong recovery signals across several depleted species. Part of the recovery sequence was likely to have included shifts in targets, as species recovered and market demands altered. Such concurrent change in targeting and abundance should be evident as a divergence in nominal and standardized CPUE. Indeed, it would not be possible to evaluate the impact of the effort cut accurately, without being able to account for shifts in targeting.

Conclusions

Further tests and validations of the method might be advisable using data sets for which the direction of targeting was independently known and recorded such as those described by Palmer et al. (2009). It is difficult to imagine that the method could be adequately tested by way of simulation, given the need to replicate trends in many species and to realistically reproduce spatial and temporal trends in species associations, and species-catchability for particular targeting tactics.

The development of a standardization method to account for the effect of targeting has the potential to unlock a wealth of useful information in the linefishery catch records. The data series used in this analysis comprised of over two million catch and effort records of which 17 species account for 95% of the volume of catches, never before used for a stock assessment. These standardization methods outlined in this paper are therefore likely to be applied routinely to other fishery data sets. We anticipate that there is scope for applying the DPC method of standardization to other multi-species fisheries, including longline and trawl fisheries.

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank the members of the Linefish Scientific Working Group and in particular Prof Tony Booth for providing valuable input for this study. This work was funded by the Responsible Fisheries Programme of WWF-SA, the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries and the Ma-Re BASICS programme of the University of Cape Town.

References

Battaile BC, Quinn TJ. 2004. Catch per unit effort standardization of the eastern Bering Sea walleye pollock (Theragra chalcogramma) fleet. Fisheries Research 70:161-177. Bigelow KA, Hampton J, Miyabe N. 2002. Application of a habitat-based model to estimate effective longline fishing effort and relative abundance of Pacific bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus). Fisheries Oceanography 11:143-155. Carvalho FC, Murie DJ, Hazin FHV, Hazin HG, Leite-Mourato B, Travassos P, Burgess GH. 2010. Catch rates and size composition of blue sharks (Prionace glauca) caught by the Brazilian pelagic longline fleet in the southwestern Atlantic Ocean. Aquatic Living Resources 23:373-385. Deporte N, Ulrich C, Mahévas S, Demanèche S, Bastardie F. 2012. Regional métiers definition: a comparative investigation of statistical methods using a workflow applied to international otter trawl fisheries in the North Sea. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil. 69:331- 342 Dobby H, Allan L, Harding M, Laurenson CH, McLay HA. 2008. Improving the quality of information on Scottish anglerfish fisheries: making use of fishers’ data. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil 65:1334-1345.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 33 Efron B, Tibshirani R. 1986. Bootstrap methods for standard errors, confidence intervals, and other measures of statistical accuracy. Statistical Science 1:54–77. Efron B, Tibshirani RJ. 1993. An Introduction to the Bootstrap. Chapman and Hall/CRC, Boca Raton, USA. Glazer JP, Butterworth DS. 2002. GLM-based standardization of the catch per unit effort series for the South Africna west coast hake, focusing on adjustment for targeting other species. African Journal of Marine Science 24:323-339. Hilborn R, Walters CJ. 1992. Quantitative fisheries stock assessment: choice, dynamics and uncertainty. Chapman and Hall, New York. Kaufman L, Rousseeuw PJ. 1990. Finding groups in data: an introduction to cluster analysis. John Wiley, New York. MacNeil MA, Carlson JK, Beerkircher LR. 2009. Shark depredation rates in pelagic longline fisheries: a case study from the Northwest Atlantic. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil 66:1-12. Marchal P, Andersen B, Bromley D, Iriondo A, Mahévas S, Quirijns F, Rackham B, Santurtún M, Tien N, Ulrich C. 2006. Improving the definition of fishing effort for important European fleets by accounting for the skipper effect. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 63:510-533. Maunder MN, Punt A. 2004. Standardizing catch and effort data: a review of recent approaches. Fisheries Research 70:171-195. Palmer M, Quetglas A, Guijarro B, Moranta J, Ordines F, Massutí E. 2009. Performance of artificial neural networks and discriminant analysis in predicting fishing tactics from multispecific fisheries. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 66:224-237. Pelletier D, Ferraris J. 2000. A multivariate approach for defining fishing tactics from commercial catch and effort data. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 57:51-65. Punt A, Walker TI, Taylor BL, Pribac F. 2000. Standardization of catch and effort data in a spatially- structured shark fishery. Fisheries Research 45:129-145. Punzón A, Hernández C, Abad E, Castro J, Pérez N, Trujillo V. 2010. Spanish otter trawl fisheries in the Cantabrian Sea. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil 67:1604-1616. Quinn TJ, Deriso RB. 1999. Quantitative fish dynamics. Oxford University Press, New York. Solano-Fernàndez S, Attwood CG, Chalmers R, Clark BM, Cowley PD, Fairweather T, Fennessy ST, Götz A, Harrison TD, Kerwath SE, Lamberth SJ, Mann BQ, Smale MJ, Swart L. 2012. Assessment of the effectiveness of South Africa’s marine protected areas at representing ichthyofaunal communities. Environmental Conservation. 39: 259-270 Stephens A, MacCall A. 2004. A multispecies approach to subsetting logbook data for purposes of estimating CPUE. Fisheries Research 70:299-310. Struyf A, Hubertt M, Rousseeuw PJ. 1996. Clustering in an object-oriented environment. Journal of Statistical Software 1:1-30. Su N-J, Sun C-L, Punt AE, Yeh S-Z, DiNardo G. 2011. Modelling the impacts of environmental variation on the distribution of blue marlin, Makaira nigricans, in the Pacific Ocean. ICES Journal of Marine Science: Journal du Conseil 68:1072-1080. Wood SN. 2006. Generalized Additive Models: An Introduction with R. Chapman and Hall/CRC, Boca Raton, Florida.

page 34 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 2 – Fish Biology Studies: Chair Bruce Mann The biology and fisheries of king mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson) in the south west Indian Ocean

B. Lee and B. Q. Mann Oceanographic Research Institute, PO Box 10712, Marine parade, Durban, 4056.

Introduction

The South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Projects (SWIOFP) is a collaborative program between nine countries. The program involves the development of a regional ecosystem-based fisheries data collection system and assessment initiative for transboundary shared and migrating fisheries resources (van der Elst et al. 2009).

The king mackerel, Scomberomorus commerson belongs to the family Scombridae (Mackerels, tunas, bonitos), subfamily: Scombrinae. It is widely distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific regions from South Africa and the Red Sea to south-east Asia, North to China and Japan and South to Australia (Collette and Nauen 1983). Within the South West Indian Ocean (SWIO) region S. commerson occurs from KwaZulu-Natal northwards through Mozambique, Tanzania and Kenya, and around the islands of Madagascar and Comoros. It is an epipelagic species, occurring from the edge of the continental shelf to shallow coastal waters where it is found along drop-offs, gently sloping reefs and lagoon waters from 10 – 70 m (Grandcourt et al. 2005).

This species is targeted throughout its range by commercial, artisanal, and recreational fisheries. On the East Coast of Africa, where it is a prized market fish, king mackerel is primarily caught by trolling lures or dead bait such as pilchards, or live bait using rod and line (Govender 1992, Siddeek 1996). Off South Africa, S. commerson is also actively pursued by spearfishermen. King mackerel are also caught in artisanal beach seines and gill nets along much of the east coast of Africa and Madagascar (WIOFISH 2008).

The total reported catch of S. commerson in the West Indian Ocean (FAO statistical area 51) was just over 70 000 tonnes, taken by around 17 countries (FAO 2005). Catch data for two countries (South Africa and Mozambique) within the SWIO region indicate a total catch of 883 tonnes, with 77%, 21% and 13% of this being attributed to artisanal, industrial and the recreational fisheries sectors respectively (Table 1) (WIOFISH, 2008).

Apart from the work of Govender (1992) in KwaZulu-Natal, little is known about the biology and population dynamics of S. commerson within the SWIO region with the majority of studies of this species being limited to areas within the Arabian Sea, the Persian Gulf, the coast of India and Australia. It is therefore uncertain to what extent S. commerson stocks are separated throughout the SWIO region.

Tagging experiments off Australia have shown that S. commerson is a coastal migrant that undertakes seasonal north-south migrations as well an onshore-offshore spawning migration (McPherson 1981). Local feeding southward migrations from Mozambique into South African waters during summer have also been reported (Govender 1992).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 35 Comparisons of population trends and the biology of S. commerson at various sites in the SWIO could be used to determine the extent of feeding and reproductive movements off eastern Africa, and thus the extent to which this species is shared between SWIOFP countries. This information is a prerequisite for the development of local, sub-regional and regional management strategies.

This study is currently underway and is being conducted by the Oceanographic Research Institute

Aim and Objectives

The aim of this study is to evaluate the fishery and biology of S. commerson in the South West Indian Ocean and identify the data gaps required for its effective management. Field based biological data collection will focus on a sub-region of the SWIO including the coast of KwaZulu- Natal, South Africa and potentially Mozambique and Tanzania (Zanzibar).

Specific objectives:

1. To evaluate historical catch and effort data of S. commerson from countries within the SWIO region to determine species distribution and trends in abundance over time. 2. To improve the understanding of the biology of S. commerson in terms of its age and growth and reproduction within the sampled area. 3. To investigate the feeding biology of S. commerson in KwaZulu-Natal. 4. To determine the exploitation levels and stock status of S. commserson within the sampled area.

Table 1: Summary of line fishery catch data for S. commerson in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa and Mozambique (data from WIOFISH 2011)

Fishery Catch rate % S. commerson Area (2007-2010) catch composition Mozambique Sport, ski-boat 12.8kg/boat/day 36 Maputo and Inhaca Mozambique Recreational, 9.375 kg/boat/ 14 Ponta do Ouro ski-boat day Mozambique Shore 0.9kg/man day Unknown Ponta do Ouro Mozambique commercial, Line 270kg/boat/day 19 Sofala Bank, Southern Region Mozambique Artisanal, Line 12.6 kg/boat/day 4 Entire Coastline South Africa Recreational, ski- 15 kg/boat/day 12.4 KZN coastline boat South Africa Recreational, 2.98 kg/man trip 34 KZN coastline fishing kayak South Africa Recreational, 2.8 kg/man trip 18 KZN coastline jet-ski

page 36 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium General Methods

Study Area The study area includes the maritime zones of two of the nine nations that fall within the South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Projects (SWIOFP) area: namely KwaZulu-Natal (KZN), South Africa and Mozambique. A retrospective analysis of historical catch and effort data will cover the coastline of KZN and Mozambique (where data are available). To date the biological sampling area has included waters of KZN and southern Mozambique between Port Edward in the South and Beira, Mozambique in the north (Fig. 1).

Figure 1: Map displaying the area of the coastline where biological sampling of king mackerel has been undertaken, including key sampling sites.

Data Capture

Historical data A retrospective analysis is planned to analyze historical catch and effort records for the S. commerson fisheries throughout the sample area to evaluate trends in CPUE. These data will be obtained from a number of databases including:

• The National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) recreational data • The Boat Launch Site Monitoring System (BLSMS) recreational data • Mozambique recreational catch and effort data (IIP) • Mozambique artisanal catch and effort data (IIP) • Mozambique semi-commercial catch and effort data (IIP)

The ORI tagging database is expected to provide biological information for age validation and movements of king mackerel within the study area.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 37 Field sampling To date sampling has been undertaken on a monthly basis between April 2011 and March 2012. Data were collected from recreational fisherman through sampling at boat launch sites and fish markets across the study area. Additionally, samples were collected at angling and spearfishing tournaments to enable the collection of large quantities of data over a short time period.

Information recorded during sampling included the date of capture, the landing site, region of capture, and the gear and method of capture. Biological data was collected from a target sample of at least 30 fish per month from a representative size range. However, due to the seasonal nature of S. commerson in KwaZulu-Natal, this was not always possible. Total length and fork length (FL) was recorded to the nearest millimetre using a measuring board. Whole wet weight was measured with an electronic balance and recorded to the nearest gram.

Fish were sexed and the stage of reproductive maturity determined using a macroscopic staging system (Table 2). The maturity stages were based on keys described by Mackie and Lewis (2001), Grandcourt et al. (2005) and Claereboudt et al. (2005) and modified for this study. Gonads were dissected out and subsequently weighed to the nearest 0.01 gram using an electronic balance. A sub-set of 36 gonads (three per macroscopic stage for males and females) were dissected out and preserved for histological macroscopic stage validation. Stomachs were removed, cut open and the contents preserved in 10% formalin for future analysis. A visual estimation of percent stomach fullness was recorded. The sagittal otoliths were extracted, cleaned in freshwater, dried with paper towel and stored in labelled envelopes in preparation for ageing.

Voluntary support from fishers was gathered by widely advertising the project through a range of media including fishing magazines, oral presentations at club meetings and competitions, interviews, phone conversations, emails and face to face meetings.

Morphological Relationships The relationship between length (FL) and weight (TW) will be estimated for all fish combined and males and females separately using a linear regression analysis. The relationship between length and weight can best be represented by the power curve equation W = aLb which will be transformed into a linear form by the use of natural logarithms as Ln W = ln q + b (ln L). Model parameters will be estimated using Solver by minimizing the residual sum-of-squares function in Microsoft Excel (2010).

Reproduction The mean size at 50% sexual maturity will be estimated for both sexes by fitting the logistic function to the proportion of mature fish in 5 cm size categories. Mean monthly gonado-somatic indices (GSI) will be calculated for each sex by expressing the gonad weight as a proportion of the total body weight. The timing of spawning will be calculated by plotting the mean monthly GSI against the sample period. Sex ratios will be calculated for the entire sample as well as for individual size classes.

page 38 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 2: Macroscopic criteria used for assessing stages of reproductive development in S. commerson.

Development Stage Description Male I Juvenile Gonads too small to distinguish between testes or ovaries. II Inactive / Testes are small and straplike with a smooth appearance and opaque, Immature ivory or bone colour. No sperm is present. III Developing Testes are small, opaque and straplike. Sperm is extruded when squeezed. Central tissue often browner then bone or ivory coloured peripheral tissue. Testes may occasionally be tinged in red. IV Mature Testes are large, opaque, and ivory in colour. Exterior dorsal blood vessels are large and small blood vessels are usually present. Internally, sperm can be squeezed from the central sperm sinus. V Ripe Testes opaque, swollen and with large exterior blood vessels. Sperm is released with little or no pressure on the abdomen or when the testes are cut. VI Spent Testes are short, dark-reddish brown and have a bruised appearance. A small amount of residual sperm may be present, but usually no sperm is released. Wall flaccid and rich in blood vessels. Female I Juvenile Gonads too small to distinguish between testes or ovaries. II Inactive / Ovary is glassy, translucent pink, small and with compact wall. Ovaries Immature may be opaque pink, flattened, flaccid and inconspicuous in larger fish. Oocytes not visible to the human eye resulting in smooth, uniform appearance. III Developing Ovaries becoming progressively rounder and firmer as the gonad wall contracts and thickens and the ovarian tissue develops. Colour typically semi-translucent rose, pink or ivory, although often red. Small eggs visible. IV Mature Early in this stage, the ovaries appear semi-translucent and speckled. As more oocytes develop, ovaries become large, round and opaque with prominent blood vessels. Opaque oocytes are visible through the gonad wall and the colour is typically pale yellow or apricot. V Ripe Ovaries are very large and swollen. Colour is apricot to peach with a prominent network of external blood vessels. The presence of translucent, hydrated oocytes gives the ovaries a distinctive speckled or granular appearance through the thin gonad wall. Eggs released when pressure is applied to the abdoment and may be present in the ovarian lumen. VI Spent Gonad flaccid and dark in colour. Few residual eggs may be present

Preliminary Results

To date a total of 439 fish have been sampled, ranging in size from 525 mm to 1410 mm fork length (males) and 490 to 1615 mm fork length (females).

Length-weight Relationship The length-weight relationship provided a good fit to length and weight data for males, females and the combined sexes (Table 3).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 39 Table 3: Estimates of the parameters describing the length-weight relationship for male, female and combined sexes of S. commerson

A b R2 Standard N Deviation Combined 0.347 x 10-5 3.182 0.976 0.109 398 Females 0.353 x 10-5 3.178 0.973 0.113 230 Males 0.308 x 10-5 3.210 0.977 0.098 163

Reproduction

The mean size at 50% sexual maturity was 656 mm FL for males and 871 mm FL for females. The gonado-somatic index for both males and females increased rapidly between June and September with peak spawning most likely occurring between September and October (Fig 2). The increase in GSI coincides with the reduction in CPUE of S. commerson in KZN waters. This indicates that spawning is unlikely to occur in South African waters and that the return migration to South Africa is most likely a post-spawning feeding migration (Fig 3).

Figure 2: Mean monthly gonado-somatic indices for male (n = 158) and female (n = 227) S. commerson along the KwaZulu-Natal and southern Mozambique coast.

Biological parameters

There was a female bias in the overall male to female sex ratio of 1: 1.38. Males dominated the catch numbers in the size classes below 80 cm FL (Male: Female - 1:0.6), while females displayed a greater frequency in the larger size classes (1:3.6) (Fig 4). As a result, the average length of males (847 mm FL) was less than that of females (959 mm FL).

Discussion The estimated size at 50% sexual maturity for males and females, respectively (656 and 872 mm FL), is similar to the estimated size at maturity of 628 (Males) and 809 mm FL (Females) given by Mackie et al. (2004) off the west coast of Australia. S. commerson females were found to mature at 790 mm FL on the east coast of Australia and at 800 mm FL for the northern stock (McPherson 1993). Grandcourt et al. (2005) estimated the size at 50% sexual maturity off the

page 40 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Sultanate of Oman at 728 mm FL for males and 863 mm FL for females. In the northern Indian Ocean the mean size at 50% sexual maturity was estimated at 750 mm FL by Devaraj (1983). The values estimated in this study thus compare favourably with those from other regions. They are however slightly lower than the estimates of 1096 mm FL calculated for combined males and females off the KZN coast by (Govender 1992).

Figure 3: Monthly catch per unit effort (number of fish per angler hour) along the KwaZulu- Natal coastline based on BLSMS recreational ski-boat data.

Figure 4: Length frequency distribution by sex of S. commerson sampled off KwaZulu-Natal and southern Mozambique between April 2011 and March 2012

The period during which peak gonado-somatic indices were attained suggest a single spawning period from September to January (ie. over the spring and summer months). This is similar to the results of McPherson (1993) and Mackie et al. (2005) that revealed a single spawning season in October and November off the east and west coasts of Australia (Spring – Summer). In northern Australia, S. commerson spawning was much more protracted, occurring between

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 41 August and ending March. The reproductive activity of S. commerson in waters off the Sultinate of Oman also peaked in the spring and summer months between April and August (Grandcourt et al, 2005; Claereboudt et al. 2005). The results of Govender (1992) indicated that spawning occurs over a protracted period from November – March. His study did postulate that the main spawning of S. commerson occurred off Mozambique, after which the females migrate south into KZN.

There was a female bias in the overall sex ratio (1:1.38). This is comparable to the female bias observed by Govender (1992) in KwaZulu-Natal of 1:1.81. Sex ratios of S. commerson in the Sultanate of Oman (Grandcourt et al. 2005; Claereboudt et al. 2005) as well as the east coast of Australia (Tobin and Mapleston 2001) all displayed an overall female bias. In this study, fish below 800 mm FL displayed a male bias (1:0.6). Sex ratio was therefore heavily biased towards females in the size classes above 800 mm FL (1:3.6). The female bias observed in these catches can either be a result from real differences in the actual sex ratio in the fish stock or from a bias introduced in the samples as a result of the fishing methods used. Furthermore, there is evidence that the males and females migrate separately off the east coast of Australia (Lester et al. 2001).

The shape of a length frequency distribution is governed by recruitment, growth, mortality and sampling bias (King 1995). In S. commerson it would be expected that the length frequency distribution would display multiple mode peaks due to the species’ rapid growth rates. A minor mode peak was evident for small males between 600 and 650 mm FL. This modal length class would be expected to be the faster growers of the first cohort being recruited into the fishery. The main modal class at 800 mm (males) and 900 mm FL (females) indicates the first length class that has been fully recruited into the fishery. A similar pattern is evident in the length composition of catches on the east coast of Australia where an initial minor modal length class is apparent at 75 cm FL. This is followed by a major modal length class at 85 cm (males) and 95 cm FL (females) (Tobin and Mapleston 2004).

Conclusions and expected outcomes

This project is only halfway through its expected duration and as such the preliminary results presented are subject to change. Furthermore much statistical analysis and further objectives are still to be achieved prior to the completion of the study. Further outcomes of the project still to be achieved include:

• A more detailed statistical analysis of the reproductive biology of S. commerson within KwaZulu-Natal and Southern Mozambique. • A detailed overview of biological characteristics of S. commerson within the study area ie. length composition of catches, age composition of catches, mortality estimates and sex composition of catches. • A detailed age and growth analysis of S. commerson within the study area. • A detailed feeding study on S. commerson within KwaZulu-Natal. • A per-recruit stock assessment of S. commerson within KwaZulu-Natal and Southern Mozambique. • An analysis of historical catch and effort trends of S. commerson within the study area to evaluate trends in CPUE. • The implications that these data have on the management of the fishery and recommendations for the effective management of the S. commerson fishery on a national, sub-regional and/or regional basis.

page 42 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium References

Branch GM, Griffiths CL, Branch ML, Beckley LE. 2007. Two Oceans: a guide to the marine life of Southern Africa. Struik Publishers, Cape Town. Claereboudt MR, McIlwain JL, Al-Oufi HS, Ambu-Ali AA. 2005. Patterns of reproduction and spawning of the kingfish (Scomberomorus commerson, Lacepede) in the coastal water of the Sultanate of Oman. Fisheries Research 73: 273-282. Collette BB, Nauen, CE. 1983. FAO Species Catalogue. Vol. 2. Scombrids of the world. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of Tunas, Mackerels, Bonitos and related species known to date. FAO Fish. Synopsis, 125 (2) 137. Devaraj, M. 1983. Maturity, spawning and fecundity of the king seer, Scomberomorus commerson (Lacepede), in the seas around the Indian peninsula. Indian Journal of Fisheries 30: 203-230. FAO Fisheries Department. 2005. Review of the state of the world marine fishery resources 2005: Marine resources – Western Indian Ocean, 2002. FIRMS Reports. In: Fishery Resources Monitoring System (FIRMS) [online]. Rome. Updated 18 July 2006. Govender A. 1992. Biology and population dynamics of the king mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson, (Lacepede, 1800) off the coast of Natal. MSc. Thesis. Oceanographic Research Institute. University of Natal. Grandcourt EM, Al Abdessalaam TZ, Francis F, Al Shamsi AT. 2005. Preliminary assessment of the biology and fishery for the narrow-barred Spanish mackerel, Scomberomorus commerson (Lacepede), in the southern Arabian Gulf. Fisheries Research 76: 277-290. King M. 1995. Fisheries Biology Assessment and Management. Blackwell Science Ltd. London Lester RJG, Thompson C, Moss H, Barker SC. 2001. Movement and stock structure of narrow- barred Spanish mackerel as indicated by parasites. Journal of Fish Biology 59: 833-842. Mackie M, Lewis PD. 2001. Assessment of gonad staging systems and other methods used in the study of the reproductive biology of narrow-barred Spanish mackerel, Scomberomorus commerson, in Western Australia. Fisheries Research Report No. 136, Department of Fisheries, Western Australia. Mackie MC, Lewis PD, Graughan DJ, Newman SJ. 2005. Variability in spawning frequency and reproductive development of the narrow-barred Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson) along the west coast of Australia. Fishery Bulletin 103: 344-354 McPherson GR. 1981. Preliminary report: investigations of Spanish mackerel, Scomberomorus commerson in Queensland waters. In: Grant, C. J., Walter, D. G. (Eds.), Northern Pelagic Fish Seminar. Darwin, Northern Territory, 20-21 January. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canbera, pp. 51-58. McPherson GR. 1993. Reproductive biology of the narrow barred Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson Lacepede, 18000 in Queensland waters. Asian Fisheries Science 6: 169-182. Siddeek MSM. 1996. Review of fisheries biology of Scomberomorus and Acanthocybium species in the Western Indian Ocean (FAO Area 51). Department of fisheries science and technology, College of Agriculture. Sultan Qaboos University. Sultanate of Oman. Tobin A, Mapleston A. 2004. Exploitation dynamics and biological characteristics of the Queensland east coast Spanish mackerel (Scomberomorus commerson) fishery. CRC Reef Research Centre Technical Report No 51, CRC Reef Research Centre, Townsville Van der Elst RP, Groeneveld JC, Baloi AP, Marsac F, Katonda KI, Ruwa RK, Lane WL. 2009. Nine nations, one ocean: A benchmark appraisal of the South West Indian Ocean Fisheries Project (2008-2012). Ocean and Coastal Management 52: 258-267 WIOFISH. 2008. Western Indian Ocean Fisheries Database: A catalogue of small-scale fisheries

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 43 The effects of barotrauma on five South African line caught fishes

CG Wilke1 , SE Kerwath1,2 and A Götz3 1 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Rogge Bay, 8012, South Africa. 2 Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag Rondebosch 7700, South Africa. 3 South African Environmental Observation Network, Elwandle Node, Private bag 1015, Grahamstown, South Africa.

Abstract

The effects of barotrauma on five commercially important line caught species, roman Chrysoblephus laticeps, hottentot Pachymetopon blochii, santer Cheimerius nufar, carpenter Argyrozona argyrozona and silver kob Argyrosomus inodorus, were investigated. A classification for the signs of barotrauma was developed and internal and external signs of barotrauma across fishing depths and species were compared. Immediate post-release survival was investigated during a catch and release experiment. The short-term survival of red roman was observed in submerged cages using SCUBA over a period of 24 hours. The healing of ruptured swimbladders of hottentot and carpenter was examined over a period of several months in a tank experiment.

Introduction

Management measures in the South African linefishery include input controls such as closed seasons and output controls such as bag and minimum size limits and a full no-take moratorium on two species (seventy-four Polysteganus undulosus and brindle bass Epinephelus lanceolatus). The inclusion of red steenbras Petrus rupestris under the full no-take moratorium is presently receiving attention. There is, however, concern that these management measures might be ineffective based on anecdotal information that suggests that post-release mortality for line caught species is unacceptably high.

Minimum size- and bag- limits are usually determined by applying stock assessment models that equate the total fishing mortality to the total reported catch only (Woodward and Griffin 2003), but post-release effects are seldom taken into account. Most of the line caught fish species are susceptible to barotrauma, a condition caused by the rapid reduction in hydrostatic pressure while ascending to the surface during capture. Catch and release has several potentially negative effects on the biological processes that contribute to the survival of a fish on individual and on population level. Apart from immediate and delayed mortality these include retardation in growth, alteration of behaviour, reduced fitness and reproductive capacity (Arlinghaus et al. 2007). These effects are caused by a combination of stress and injury associated with damage by fishing gear i.e. hook penetration during capture, barotraumas and poor handling and failure to re-submerge after release (Brown et al. 2010).

The signs of barotrauma as a result of decompression have been documented for many marine and freshwater species around the world. Externally visible signs of barotrauma have been reported after capture from depths as shallow as 3.5 m (Shasteen and Sheehan 1997), and included distension of the body cavity area, exophthalmia (bulging eyes), protrusions of the inverted alimentary canal into the buccal cavity, through the gills or out of the cloaca, protrusion

page 44 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium of gonads from the cloaca and subcutaneous gas bubbles between fin rays and in the tissues around the eyes. These signs are concomitant with a number of internal injuries ranging from overexpansion or rupture of the swimbladder and the resultant pressurisation and displacement of internal organs to rupturing of blood vessels and kidneys as a result of the formation of gas bubbles in the circulatory system. Studies on the symptoms and effects of barotrauma over the last decade indicate that these are species specific and dependent on a number of external factors including capture depth.

In this study we examined the effects of capture on a number of South African line caught species with an emphasis on barotrauma. We describe the barotrauma related conditions of five commonly caught South African fishes, four sparids and one sciaenid. Furthermore, we examined intraspecific differences in external barotrauma signs and the effect of the different barotrauma related conditions and their severity on immediate post-release survival. In addition, short-term release effects on roman Chrysoblephus laticeps, were studied by returning fishes to capture depth inside cages, and medium-term recovery of barotraumatised hottentot Pachymetopon blochii and carpenter Argyrozona argyrozona with emphasis on the repair of the swimbladder, was studied in a tank experiment.

Material and Methods

Capture

Fishes were captured on commercial line fish tackle in scientifically controlled angling experiments. The hooks ranged between 4/0 and 6/0 in size with the barbs pressed flat to allow for easy hook extraction after capture. The angling operation was conducted off the west and south Cape coasts of South Africa from the RV Sardinops, and from a 5.5 m power boat between 2003 and 2007 with 314 angling stations occupied and 5320 fish captured representing seven species sampled. Hottentot were targeted between Dassen Island and False Bay whilst roman and carpenter were captured in False Bay and on the western Agulhas Bank adjacent to Struis Bay and inshore off Goukamma marine reserve on the south coast. Santer, Cheimerius nufar, were capturedmainly on the western Agulhas Bank adjacent to the De Hoop marine reserve. Kob, Argyrosomus inodorus, was captured from the centre of their distributional range adjacent to Stilbaai on the eastern Agulhas Bank. Information recorded for each angling station included start and end time of angling activity, water depth, surface water temperature and on selected stations a temperature profile throughout the water column. Each fish was identified to species level and measured to the nearest millimetre fork length. Measuring was undertaken by lifting the fish, whilst still attached to the line, onto a measure board thereby avoiding additional handling of the fish. The fish was restrained by holding over the head area, avoiding increased pressure over the body cavity, and measured. The assessment of external barotrauma signs was conducted prior to removing the fish from the hook to exclude handling as a factor influencing the condition of the fish. External signs of barotrauma were categorised according to the affected body area and a degree of severity in three categories: no visible sign, mild and severe (Table 1). A subset of the fishes was culled immediately by thrusting a sharpened spike directly into the brain after the measurement. The barbless hook was then removed and fish were dissected, sexed and examined for internal signs of barotrauma, specifically damage to the swimbladder.

Table 1: Categories of external signs of barotrauma

Affected area Mild Severe Mouth Stomach inverted in Stomach inverted and protruding from mouth; buccal cavity stomach protruding from mouth deflated but impaled on teeth; liver or intestine in buccal cavity or mouth (as a result of being forced through stomach) Eyes Gas bubbles around Eyes bulging (exophthalmia) eye orbit

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 45 Gills N/A Stomach protruding through gills distended or deflated but stuck to gill rakers; intestines protruding from side of gills(hooked on gill rakers); liver forced out and protruding through side of gills Cloaca Cloaca distended Ovary protruding and ruptured; protrusion of intestine sometimes with spleen exposed Skin Gas bubbles N/A aggregating in tissue between rays or spines of the fins (dorsal, caudal, pectoral, pelvic or anal fins); gas bubbles venting from body tissue mostly centred over the swimbladder area of the body cavity causing scales to lift

Immediate discard effects

To observe discard effects, a subset of fishes was immediately released into a floating, bottomless ring-net (Fig. 1) that was deployed next to the research vessel. The ring was 3.1 m in diameter constructed from two separate rings of 22 mm outside diameter synthetic flexible water piping (polycop pipe) used in the plumbing industry. Floatation was provided by 15 moulded foam buoys with a buoyancy of 2.4 kg each slipped onto one of the rings of polycop piping. The second ring was attached by whipping it with nylon braided string to the first ring thereby adding rigidity to the structure and preventing the floats from moving round the circumference. Buoys were drilled to accept a 60 cm length of polycop piping which passed through the buoy at 90 degrees to the perimeter ring providing a rigid upright that protruded above water level. Two cross pieces, connected by 90o plumbing connectors to the uprights at the eight and four, and ten and two o-clock positions ensured rigidity of the structure. Pilchard netting of one meter width was attached to the perimeter of the structure with nylon braided string. The netting was weighted with lead weights at the bottom and attached to the uprights at the top thus forming a skirt around the structure which protruded 50 cm below the floating ring and 50 cm above the water level. This prevented the fish from washing out of the structure and kept them captive for observation until they could overcome any residual buoyancy and swim down through the ring-net.

Figure 1: The ring-net through which fish were returned when monitoring immediate post- release survival.

page 46 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The response of fish returned into the ring-net was monitored and the duration that each individual fish floated at the surface before successfully re-submerging was recorded with a stop watch. Floating fish that failed to re-submerge and fishes that did not show any signs of life were retrieved and dissected.

A limited number of fish were deliberately not returned via the ring-net allowing those that floated to drift away from the vessel in order to monitor incidental predation by birds and Cape fur seals Arctocephalus pusillus pusillus.

Short-term post-release effects

To study the short-term (24 hour) post-release effects 50 captured roman were individually transferred into cages and returned to depth of capture after the effects of barotrauma were classified into three severity codes based on a progressively increasing suite of symptoms (Table 2). Observations were categorized according to four classification codes based on the appearance and response of the fish (Table 2). The cages were cylindrical in form with a diameter of 100 cm and a height of 68 cm and constructed of 12 mm stainless steel rod (Fig. 2).

The upper and lower rings were connected by six equally spaced uprights attached around the circumference. The construction was such that the cage could be collapsed to the thickness of the two rings for easy transport and storage especially for deployment from the 5.5 m power boat. Each upright could swivel at the ring attachment point and had an articulating joint at their midpoint to pivot inwards towards the centre of the cylinder allowing the upper and lower rings of the cage to collapse together. The articulated joints were locked when the uprights were fully extended via a spring operated tube that slipped over the joint thereby holding it rigid. Cages were covered in pilchard netting with an entrance provided on the upper ring of the cage. The entrance was a quarter segment of the upper ring with the pilchard netting extended as a sock, allowing for the entrance to be secured by tying off the netting once the fish was introduced. A weighted stainless ring of the same size which was threaded through the netting prior to the welding of the ring was attached to the base of the cage with cable ties to provide stability when deployed. During trials, roman in the cage became stressed if they did not have a place to hide away from external threats such as the approach of a predator or diver. A slatted plastic crate of 41 x 33 x 31 cm in size was covered with pilchard netting and attached to the floor of the cage. An entrance hole was made on the side of the plastic crate facing the centre of the cage thus forming a hideaway. Each cage had a unique number attached for identification and a surface buoy was attached by a line to mark its position on the bottom. Details of the fish were linked to the individual cage number prior to deployment. The cages were then deployed to the original capture depth and allowed to settle to the seafloor. The fish were assessed during two observation dives 2-4 hours and 22-24 hours after they had been re-submerged.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 47 Figure 2: The cages for redeployment of fish to depth of capture.

Table 2: Descriptive codes used by divers to describe the condition of red roman (Chrysoblephus laticpes) in the cage experiment.

Code Description 1 Fish was able to swim normally or able to maintain and hold position. 2 Fish lacked buoyancy control, swimming in a head up position or swam in short bursts falling to the floor of the cage to rest whilst remaining upright, but lolling from side to side. 3 Fish was seriously compromised, lying on its side on the bottom of the cage and did not respond to the approach of the diver 4 Fish was dead

A depth range was between 14 and 24 m was maintained for the ten cages so that the divers did not have to undertake decompression stops. In order to provide a control group, comprising eight fish were monitored in cages after being captured at depth with hook and line by the divers sitting on the sea bed. Observations by the divers specifically addressed the ability of the fish to control their buoyancy by swimming normally and maintaining an upright position when at rest as well as responsiveness to the presence of the diver. Any obvious external injuries were also noted. The observed response of the fish was recorded on a scale of one to four ranging between normal swimming activities to dead, respectively (Table 3).

page 48 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 3: Description of the observation and severity codes for the categorisation of the symptoms of barotrauma.

Key to severity code Key to observation code 1 = Distended cavity + any other symptom at level of 1 1 = Fish swims normally 2 = Single symptom > 1 or two symptoms at level of 1 2 = Buoyancy control problem 3 = Combination of symptoms adding up to > 2 3 = Seriously compromised; lying on side Controls caught at depth no symptoms 4 = Fish dead

Medium-term repair of the swimbladder

To assess the medium-term effects of barotrauma, just over 100 hottentot and 30 carpenter were captured from the RV Sardinops at 30 to 40 m depth and 70 to 80 m depth, respectively. These depths were chosen because 100% of the dissected fish caught beyond these depths had ruptured swimbladders. The fish were immediately placed in an onboard open circulating holding tank (Fig. 3) transported back to Cape Town and transferred to holding tanks in the Sea Point Aquarium. These laboratory holding tanks were 7,500 litre capacity polyethylene circular tanks of two-meter diameter and a height of 1.2 m covered with pilchard netting (Fig. 3). Water flow was via an open circulating seawater system. A total of 95 hottentot survived transportation and were divided into batches and placed into three tanks whilst 17 surviving carpenter were held in one tank. Hottentot were then culled in batches of seven to ten at a time at approximately weekly intervals over a period of 180 days after capture. Due to the limited number of carpenter available a batch of seven and a final batch of ten were culled after 21 and 41 days, respectively. All fish were dissected to detect barotrauma related injuries. The swimbladders were carefully examined for signs of rupture and the status of their repair was noted.

Figure 3: The onboard holding tank and the holding tanks in the Sea Point Aquarium.

Results

General

The majority of fishes (86%) exhibited at least one external symptom of barotrauma apart from a distended ventral area (Fig. 4), but there were differences in the occurrence of symptoms related to the different body areas and differences between species (Table 3). The most common symptoms were related to the mouth area, with the inverted stomach protruding into and from the mouth. Often the gas trapped behind the alimentary canal was released when the fish punctured the stomach lining with its teeth. This occurred with the species that had very sharp canines such as carpenter and santer whilst roman with blunter canines seldom penetrated the protruding stomach.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 49 Figure 4: The external barotrauma symptoms related to the mouth, cloaca and gill areas of the fish.

The second most commonly occurring symptom was related to a distension of the cloaca and protrusion of the intestine and in severe cases other organs such as gonads and spleen as most commonly observed in hottentot. Symptoms related to the eyes, epidermis and gills were less common. Exophthalmia and subcutaneous bubbles in the tissues around the lens affected roman, carpenter and kob whereas subcutaneous bubbles between the finrays were observed only in roman and carpenter. These two species were also affected by a condition that caused gas venting from the skin, lifting the scales along the dorsal flanks. Symptoms related to the gill area were infrequent and only observed in carpenter and kob (Fig. 4). However, these were always severe as the inverted alimentary canal had been pushed through the gills and usually hooked on the gill rakers. Gill related symptoms of barotrauma always lead to mortality.

Table 4: Occurrence of different symptoms (%) of external barotrauma for five species of line caught fish.

Species Symptoms Mouth Gills Eyes Cloaca Epidermis

Cheimerius nufar (n = ) 94 87 0 0 7 0

Chrysoblephus laticeps (n = ) 99 78 0 2 23 7

Argyrozona argyrozona (n = ) 79 75 3 3 10 1

Pachymetopon blochii (n = ) 82 03 0 0 79 0

Argyrosomus inodorus (n = ) 99 96 1 1 1 0

page 50 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Dissections revealed that the swimbladder had ruptured in most of the captured fishes (88%), even when they exhibited no external symptom other than a slightly distended ventral area (74%). Again there were slight differences among species (Table 5). Apart from swimbladder damage, frothy blood and haemorrhaging of liver and kidney were frequently observed (Fig. 5). Occasionally stomachs were found in the early stages of inversion with the stomach looking like a rolled sock but still contained in the visceral cavity (Fig. 5). Swimbladder rupture was influenced significantly by depth (Fig. 6).

Figure 5: Internal symptoms of barotraumas related to the swimbladder and other organs.

Table 5: Occurrence of ruptured swimbladders (%) in five species of line caught fishes as fraction of total number caught per species.

Species Swimbladder rupture Swimbladder rupture without external symptoms Cheimerius nufar 96 92 Chrysoblephus laticeps 98 74 Argyrozona argyrozona 85 62 Pachymetopon blochii 83 74 Argyrosomus inodorus 98 100 Total 88 74

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 51 Figure 6: Occurrence of ruptured swimbladders in five species of line caught fishes by depth.

Immediate discard effects

The majority of fishes that were discarded (73%) managed to leave the surface immediately after being returned into the water. The remainder of the fish struggled to overcome the positive buoyancy caused by the gas within their bodies and floated on the surface. Species exhibited different abilities to re-submerge with roman being most and santer least prone to floating (Table 6). Consequently, mortality rates as a result of failure to re-submerge varied among species. The probability of submerging successfully decreased with floating time. Less than ten percent of fish that floated for more than five minutes left the surface. Predation by birds was commonly observed and accounted for up to 42% of the mortalities of floating fishes. Most bird attacks were directed at the gill area and resulted in the death of fishes even if they were far too large to be carried away by the birds. In three instances, floating fishes were eaten by Cape fur seals, a species commonly regarded as pests by commercial linefishermen on the southern and western coasts of South Africa.

Table 6: Response (%) of five species immediately returned to the water after capture.

Species Floating Predation Mortality Mortality of Mortality by floaters predation Cheimerius nufar 19 2 5 27 36 Chrysoblephus laticeps 49 7 20 42 36 Argyrozona argyrozona 25 2 5 19 42 Pachymetopon blochii 20 0 1 5 0

page 52 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Short-term post-release effects

A total of 17% of the fish categorised into barotrauma severity scale 1 died after 2-4 hours and 31% by the end of the experiment (Table 7, 8). In contrast only 12.5% of the fish categorised in barotrauma severity scale 2 died and 16.7% by the end of the experiment. All fish categorised in barotraumas severity scale 3, did not recover and remained in that state for the duration of the 24 hour experiment. These fish would have likely succumbed to predators if not protected by the confines of the cage. The eight control fish that were captured in situ showed normal responses for the full period of the observations and were in no way compromised.

Table 7: Survival (by severity code) of captured red roman (Chrysoblephus laticeps) returned to depth after 2-4 hours.

Severity code Sample size 1 2 3 4 1 30 62.07 13.79 6.90 17.24 2 18 81.25 0.00 6.25 12.50 3 2 0.00 0.00 100.00 0.00 Total 50 Controls 8 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Table 8: Survival (%) of red roman (Chrysoblephus laticeps) with different barotrauma symptoms 18-24 hours after release of roman returned to depth by observation and severity codes.

Severity code Sample size 1 2 3 4 1 30 51.72 17.24 0.00 31.03 2 18 72.22 5.56 5.56 16.67 3 2 0.00 0.00 100.00 0.00 Controls 8 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Overall 14.9% of the fish (excluding those that were severely compromised (severity scale 3)) died within 2-4 hours and 24.5% after 24 hours. These results suggest that mortality rates can be significant in fish that only display mild symptoms of barotraumas.

Medium-term repair of the swimbladder

During initial dissection to determine internal symptoms of barotrauma it was noted that hottentot generally displayed smaller ruptures of the swimbladder, in the order of two to five millimetres in width, as opposed to carpenter with five to 25 mm tears in the swimbladder. The repair to the swimbladder started out as a thin, transparent layer of tissue over the rupture, progressing to an opaque scar that in some cases was still discernible in hottentot after 180 days. A high percentage of hottentot had repaired swimbladders after nine days and the swimbladders of all fish was complete by day 24 (Fig. 7). In contrast, the swimbladders of only 43% of the carpenter were repaired after 21 days. Ninety percent of the swimbladders of the carpenter were repaired after 41 days (Fig. 8). Unfortunately, the experiment did not continue further due to the limited number of carpenter available. However, the data suggested that swim bladder repair in carpenter took significantly longer than in hottentot. Although swimbladder repair was relatively quick, a number of the fish of both species showed signs of infection around the damaged area often with a pussy substance present. In both, carpenter and hottentot, evidence was found of organs adhering together probably due to the stimulus of repairing cells in the adjacent swimbladder (Fig. 9). The stomachs of several carpenter were also found to still be partially inverted with the tissue adhering together thus diminishing the full volume of the stomach. One of the fish detected in this condition had recently fed prior to being culled with food remains still in the stomach thus suggesting that the partial damage to the stomach did not prohibit feeding.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 53 Figure 7: Rate of swimbladder repair by hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii) after barotrauma induced rupture.

Figure 8: Rate of swimbladder repair by carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona) after barotrauma induced rupture

page 54 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 9: Example of two repaired hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii) swimbladders and complete organ adhesion after repair in a carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona).

Discussion

Our results indicate that most of the fishes experience barotrauma even when caught at relatively shallow depths. External signs include protrusion of the inflated, inverted stomach through the mouth, distended eyes, protrusion of the hind-gut and other organs through the cloaca and gas bubbles in the dermal tissue between the fin rays. The absence of any obvious external signs of barotrauma can be misleading as dissections of non-symptomatic fish revealed ruptures of the swim bladder and other internal injuries consistent with barotrauma. The results of this study indicate that there might be significant post-release mortality, which should be considered during stock assessment predictions and the implementation of catch restrictions.

References

Arlinghaus R, Cooke SJ, Lyman J, Policansky D, Schwab A, Suski C, Sutton SG, Thorstad EB. 2007. Understanding the complexity of catch-and-release in recreational fishing: An integrative synthesis of global knowledge from historical, ethical, social, and biological perspectives. Reviews in Fisheries Science 15: 75-167. Brown I, Sumpton W, McLennan M, Mayer D, Campbell M, Kirkwood- J, Butcher A, Halliday I, Mapleston A, Welch D, Begg GA, Sawynok B. 2010. An improved technique for estimating short-term survival of released line-caught fish, and an application comparing barotrauma-relief methods in red emperor (Lutjanus sebae Cuvier 1816). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 385: 1-7. Shasteen S P, Sheehan RJ. 1997. Laboratory evaluation of artificial swim bladder deflation in largemouth bass: potential benefits for catch-and-release fisheries. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 17: 32-37. Woodward R T, Griffin WL 2003. Size and bag limits in recreational fisheries: theoretical and empirical analysis. Marine Resource Economics 18: 239-262.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 55 Preliminary results of the life history of red stumpnose (Chrysoblephus gibbiceps) an endemic seabream

Megan van Zyl Marine Research Institute, Department of Zoology, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa.

Introduction

Seabreams are important to a number of recreational, commercial and artisanal fisheries around the world. Seabreams are long-lived, slow growing and sex-changing: characteristics that make them vulnerable to the effects of overfishing. In southern Africa, our most prized and sought after recreational and commercial species are seabreams; 41 seabream species occur in our waters, 25 of which are endemic to the region. Red stumpnose is an important linefish but catches of this species have been declining. The red stumpnose is a prized angling fish and has been described as being “extremely charismatic” with “prominent eyes and high forehead give the stumpnose a ‘scholastic’ appearance” (Biden 1930). Little is known about this species and baseline data is required to understand changes in their stock dynamics.

Methods From September 2010, specimens were collected on a monthly basis from Struisbaai. To date, 221 red stumpnose have been captured. Morphological measurements were taken from all specimens and otoliths, stomach and gonads were preserved. The dataset was supplemented by the 448 red stumpnose records from the NMLS database, of which 306 records contained viable otolith samples which were added included in the age study.

Otolith samples were embedded in polyester resin and sectioned through the nucleus at a thickness of between 0.25-0.35 mm using twin diamond wafering blades. Sections were mounted on glass slides using DPX mountant. Samples were photographed under a dissecting microscope using transmitted light.

It was not possible to age and validate all 526 samples, therefore a subset of 37 otoliths were aged and validated to provide a preliminary insight into the growth of this species.

Macroscopic gonad stages were evaluated to produce maturity ogives for both males and females.

Results and Discussion

Age

This study provides a snapshot of the age of red stumpnose, finding that these fish attain a very old age; the oldest fish aged to date was estimated to be 31 years old with a fork length of 590 mm. This age is comparable to a number of other long-lived seabreams, such as the red and white steenbras and the white and black musselcracker (Buxton and Clarke 1989, Buxton and Clarke 1991, Smale and Punt 1991, Bennett 1993). The youngest fish was aged at 3 years with a fork length of 215 mm.

page 56 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Reproduction

A sex ratio of 1:1.6 between male and female red stumpnose was recorded. Both sexes were present throughout all size classes, this would indicate that this species is gonochoristic. Yet there was evidence of hermaphroditism in the smaller size classes, indicating that this species may exhibit some rudimentary degree hermaphroditism, which is quite common in the seabreams (Buxton and Garratt 1990). Histological studies are necessary to confirm the reproductive strategy of red stumpnose.

Batch fecundity analysis is planned to provide an indication of the number of eggs spawned per batch. The female ogive estimated that the length-at-50%-maturity was 261 mm (Fig. 2). Red stumpnose females were found to mature at a small size. This could explain why this species has been able to withstand fishing pressure for so long. This also indicates that the minimum size limit is appropriate for this species.

Figure 1: Age and length data modeled using the Von Bertalanffy growth model.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 57 Figure 2: Female maturity ogive indicating Lm50 = 261 mm.

The male ogive was inconclusive and no length-at-50%-maturity could be estimated (Fig. 3). This is a result of the limiting number of immature fish and the high number of large fish not fully mature.

Figure 3: Male maturity ogive, there is no clear indication of Lm50.

This study, when completed, should provide valuable insight into the biology of red stumpnose to better manage and conserve this fish.

page 58 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium References

Biden CL. 1930. Sea-angling fishes of the Cape. Oxford University Press. London: Humphrey Milford. Bennett BA. 1993. Aspects of the biology and life history of white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus in southern Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 13:83-96. Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1989. The growth of Cymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae), with comments on diet and reproduction. South African Journal of Marine Science 8:57-65 Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1991. Biology of the white musselcracker Sparodon durbanensis (Pisces: Sparidae) on the Eastern Cape coast, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 10:285-296. Buxton CD, Garratt PA. 1990. Alternative reproductive styles in seabreams.(Pisces: Sparidae). Environmental Biology of Fishes 28: 113-124. Smale MJ, Punt AE. 1991. Age and growth of the red steenbras Petrus rupestris (Pisces: Sparidae) on the south-east coast of South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 10:131-139.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 59 Preliminary findings on the reproductive characteristics of yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) in South African waters

K.J. Dunn Marine Research Institute, Department of Zoology, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa.

Introduction

Seriola lalandi, a circum-global species occurring in temperate and subtropical waters, is an important species in the recreational, commercial and aquaculture sectors throughout its distribution range. S. lalandi occurs along the majority of the South African coastline, west of Aliwal Shoal. Its movements are thought to be related to hydrographical conditions and prey availability with the South African population considered to be one stock (Wilke & Griffiths 1999). Commercial fisheries for S. lalandi are focused in the South western and Western Cape. Landings have fluctuated between 166 and 890 tons over the last 25 years, with an average annual reported harvest of 500 tones. The recreational catch is not monitored, but is likely to be substantial.

Despite its importance, very little is known about the biology of S. lalandi in South African waters. Penny (1982) conducted a study on the movement of S. lalandi and its diet has been documented (Nepgen 1982), however studies on reproduction, age and growth are lacking. The reproduction (Baxter 1960, Gillanders et al. 1999b, Poortenaar et al. 2001, Moran et al. 2007, Shiraishi et al. 2010), diet (Baxter 1960, Schmitt and Strand 1982, Crooke 2001, Vergani 2005) and age and growth (Baxter 1960, Gillanders et al. 1999a, Shiraishi et al. 2010) of S. lalandi have been well described outside of South African waters.

This study aims to fill the knowledge gap and update our knowledge on the diet, reproduction, age and growth of S. lalandi in South African waters.

Methods

Data were obtained from two sources, a database compromising of 6198 samples collected from 1971 to 2010 and from fresh samples caught during 2011-2012. Specimens were measured, weighed and dissected. Gonads, stomachs and otoliths were removed. Gonads and stomachs were weighed and stored in 10% formalin. Gonads were staged macroscopically before preservation. Otoliths were sectioned in two media formats. The first were whole otoliths set in clear resin and the second otoliths previously set whole in plastic trays covered in resin and a glass cover slip. Sections were cut at 0.25 mm using a slow rotation saw and mounted on glass slides with DPX mounting medium. Images of sectioned otoliths were taken at 100x magnification with a Nikon Eclipse 50i compound microscope.

Results

A total of 6253 specimens were sampled ranging in size from 340 mm FL to 1290 mm FL (Fig 1). Of these 1914 were male and 2199 female. A sex ratio of 1:15 males to females was found not to be significantly different from 1:1 (p<0.05). Males ranged in size from 340 mm FL to 1110 mm FL and females from 380 mm FL to 1290 mm FL. Males and females had similar length-mass relationships (Fig 2).

page 60 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The gonado somatic index (GSI) was elevated between November and February for both males and females (Fig 3). Average female GSI peaked at 1.25 in October, while males peaked at the same value in December (Fig 3). Mean GSI values decreased rapidly from March reaching a low of 0.11 in August and 0.49 in May for males and females respectively (Fig 3). A brief winter peak in GSI was observed in both males and females (Fig 3). The broader spawning season was observed between November and February with a peak in December. Ripe gonads were present in males between November and February and between December and March for females with both sexes peaking in December.

Figure 1: Size frequency histogram for males and females in 50 mm size classes.

Figure 2: Grouped male and female length-Weight relationship for S. lalandi in South African waters.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 61 Figure 3: Mean annual GSI values for male and female S. lalandi.

The estimated size at which 50% of individuals were mature was 730 mm FL and 647 mm FL for males and females respectively (Fig 4). The smallest mature male observed in this study was 470 mm FL and 100% of males were mature at 1060 mm FL. The smallest mature female observed in this study was 480 mm FL and 100% of females were mature at 1190 mm FL. Preliminary ages ranged from 1 (510 mm FL) to 13 (950 mm FL) years of age. Of the initial sectioned otoliths 30% were considered unreadable and discarded.

Discussion

Aging fast growing pelagic species has always been a difficult task and S. lalandi is no exception. The initial aging of S. lalandi in this study has shown a high level of variability with regard to the ledgeability of sectioned otoliths resulting in inconsistent age readings and 30% of sectioned otoliths being discarded. The range of ages observed (1-13 years) is on par with other studies, however very few fish under 3 years of age were found in this study. Further investigation into the position of the first growth ring may resolve this issue and provide more accurate aging of younger fish.

As observed in other studies (Baxter 1960, Gillanders et al. 1999a, Poortenaar et al. 2001, Moran et al. 2007, Shiraishi et al. 2010) S. lalandi appears to be a summer spawner. Male gonadal activity was elevated between November and February with a single peak in December (Fig 3). Female gonadal activity begins to rise earlier in September and reaches two summer peaks in October and December, with the October peak slightly exceeding the December peak (Fig 3). This early peak in female GSI was also observed by Poortenaar et al. (2001), but no explanation was given. Only a small percent of fish was found with ripe gonads in this study. This has been the case in most studies covering the reproduction of S. lalandi. Based on the presence of ripe gonads and elevated GSI values, the peak spawning season of S. lalandi in South African waters appears to be between November and February. A winter peak in GSI was also observed for both sexes in the month of July. There is a definite rise in GSI for July, however the sample size for that month was low in comparison to summer months and further sampling in July is required to substantiate this peak.

page 62 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 4: Length at maturity for male and female S. lalandi.

Size and first maturity, size at 50% maturity and size at 100% mature varied greatly between various populations of S. lalandi throughout its distribution. In studies documenting these populations females always matured at lager sizes than males. Gillanders et al (1999b) obtained an L50 of 470 mm FL for males and 834 mm FL for females in NSW Australia, Poortenaar et al (2001) obtained and L50 of 812 mm FL for males and 944 mm FL for females in Northern New Zealand. However in this study males matured at lager sizes than females at 730 mm FL and 646 mm FL respectively (Fig 4). A sex-ratio significantly different from 1 may explain this through competition between males, but this was not the case. Females did however reach first maturity and 100% maturity at larger sizes than males in this study.

S. lalandi has been commercially harvested in South African waters for decades through various techniques from hand lines to purse seining and accounts for the fourth highest line fish landings annually. Although S. lalandi stocks are thriving in our waters currently, the population crash in the early 1980’s serves as a reminder that knowledgeable management is needed for all exploited species. Looking at the size structure of S. lalandi in this study, 59% of landed fish fell below the female L50 of 646 mm FL, indicating that most of the fish taken in our fishery are harvested before contributing to recruitment. This is also typical of S. lalandi fisheries in New Zealand and NSW Australia where up to 90% of harvested fish fall below the female L50 (Gillanders et al 1999b). Implementing a size limit to the fishery would greatly aid stock recovery when needed and could be considered as a management option.

The findings of this study are expecting to increase our knowledge of this species and aid provide guidelines for its future management. At the completion of this project, an appropriate aging protocol for the species should have been developed and histological techniques employed to improve current understanding of this species’ reproductive biology.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 63 References

Baxter JL. 1960. A study of the yellowtail Seriola dorsalis (Gill). State of California Department of Fish and Game. Crooke SJ. 2001. Yellowtail. California’s Living Marine Resources: A Status Report. California: California Department of Fish and Game. Gillanders BM, Ferrell DJ, Andrew NL. 1999a. Aging methods for yellowtail kingfish, Seriola lalandi, and results from age- and size-based growth models. Fisheries Bulletin 97:812-827. Gillanders BM, Ferrell DJ, Andrew NL. 1999b. Size at maturity and seasonal changes in gonad activity of yellowtail kingfish (Seriola lalandi; carangidea) in New South Wales, Australia. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 33 457-468. Moran D, Smith CK, Gara B, Poortenaar CW. 2007. Reproductive behavior and early development in yellowtail kingfish (Seriola lalandi Valenciennes 1833). Aquaculture 262 95-104. Nepgen CS. Dev. 1982. Diet of predatory and reef fish in the False Bay and possible effects of pelagic purse-seining on their food supply. Fisheries Bulletin South Africa 16: 75-93. Penny AJ. 1982. The southern Cape yellowtail fishery – a research prospective and preliminary results. Internal Report No. 108. Sea Fisheries Institute. Cape Town, Poortenaar CW, Hooker SH, Sharp N. 2001. Assessment of yellowtail kingfish (Seriola lalandi lalandi) reproductive physiology, as a basis for aquaculture development. Aquaculture 201:271-286. Schmitt RJ, Strand SW. 1982. Cooperative foraging by yellowtail, Seriola lalandi (Carangidae), on two species of fish prey. Copeia 3:714-717. Shiraishi T, Ohshimo S, Yukami R. 2010. Age, growth and reproductive characteristics of gold striped amberjack 1 Seriola lalandi in the waters off western Kyushu, Japan. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44:117-127. Vergani, M. 2005. Feeding of the yellowtail kingfish, Seriola lalandi (Valenciennes, 1833 in Cuvier y Valenciennes, 1833) in waters from Buenos Aires province. Thesis for degree in biological sciences. University of Mar del Plata. Mar del Plata. Wilke CG Griffiths MH. 1999. Movement patterns of offshore linefish based on tagging results In: Mann BQ (ed.), Proceedings of the third South African marine linefish symposium. 28 April – 1 May 1999. Arniston. South Africa: MLRG. pp 95-105.

page 64 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 3 – Fish Movement Studies: Chair Paul Cowley Movement patterns and genetic stock structure of an estuarine-dependent, overexploited fish species, white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus (Teleostei: Sparidae) RH Bennett1,2, PD Cowley2*, A-R Childs1,2, G Gouws2, K Reid3, P Bloomer3 and TF Næsje4 1Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, Rhodes University, PO Box 94, Grahamstown, 6140, South Africa. 2South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown, 6140, South Africa. 3Department of Genetics, University of Pretoria, Pretoria, 0002, South Africa 4Norwegian Institute for Nature Research, P.O. Box 5685, Sluppen, NO-7485 Trondheim, Norway.

Introduction

White steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus (Pisces: Sparidae) has been a major target species of numerous fisheries in South Africa since the late 19th century. Historically, the species contributed substantially to annual catches in commercial net fisheries and became dominant in recreational shore catches in the latter half of the 20th century (Bennett 1993a, Lamberth et al. 1994). However, overexploitation in both sectors resulted in severe declines in abundance. The linefish emergency declared in 2000 (Government Gazette No. 21949, December 2000) resulted in a ban on the commercial harvest of white steenbras. The collapse of the stock by the end of the 20th century and the failure of traditional management measures to protect the species highlight the need for an improved management approach. However, certain aspects of the species’ ecology required for effective management of the fishery stock are poorly understood. Estuarine and coastal movement behaviour and genetic stock delineation were identified as research priorities for the species (van der Elst and Adkin 1991, Lamberth and Joubert 1999).

Estuarine movement patterns

Acoustic telemetry was used to assess the movement patterns of juveniles in two Eastern Cape estuaries. Fifteen white steenbras (235 – 302 mm FL) were tagged in the small (3.5 km), temporarily open/closed East Kleinemonde Estuary, and ten individuals (215 – 379 mm FL) were tagged in the large (17.5 km), permanently open Kariega Estuary. Acoustic transmitters were surgically implanted into fish and movements passively tracked using arrays of stationary automated acoustic receivers, or manually tracked using a portable receiver and hydrophone.

The tagged fish exhibited site fidelity, restricted area use, small home ranges relative to the size of the estuary, and high levels of residency within both estuaries. Behaviour was dominated by station-keeping, with fish spending the majority of their time in the lower reaches and mouth region (Fig. 1). These results agree with those from a preliminary assessment of the movements of this species in the permanently open Great Fish Estuary (Bennett et al. 2011).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 65 In the East Kleinemonde Estuary, station-keeping was superimposed onto a strong diel behaviour. This behaviour was presumably in response to feeding and/or predator avoidance, with individuals entering the shallow littoral zone at night to feed, seeking refuge in the deeper channel areas during the daytime. In the permanently open Kariega Estuary, movements were influenced by a more complex interaction between diel and tidal cycles. Tagged fish moved onto the shallow banks as they became inundated during the incoming tide, retreating to the deeper channel areas as the water receded.

Coastal movement patterns

Conventional dart tagging and recapture data were extracted from four ongoing, long-term coastal fish tagging projects covering the species’ distribution to assess the level of alongshore coastal movements and the existence of an annual spawning migration. These data were obtained from tagging programmes conducted in the De Hoop (DEH), Tsitsikamma (TNP) and proposed Greater Addo Elephant National Park (GAENP) marine protected areas (MPAs), and the Oceanographic Research Institute’s (ORI) national tagging project. By the end of 2011, 5 775 white steenbras had been tagged, with 292 reported recaptures (5.1%). The four programmes produced similar results, with late juvenile and sub-adult fish exhibiting high levels of residency in the surf zone (Fig. 2). The results agree with those of a preliminary conventional dart tagging study conducted for white steenbras in the Tsitsikamma MPA (Cowley 1999).

Figure 1: Mean proportions (%) of time spent in different regions of a) the temporarily open/closed East Kleinemonde Estuary (n = 15) and b) permanently open Kariega Estuary (n = 10), based on distances (km) from the mouth, for juvenile white steenbras tracked using acoustic telemetry

Figure 2: Frequency distributions of distances moved by recaptured white steenbras (n = 292), for a) all studies combined and b) the DEH, TNP, GAENP and ORI tagging projects separately.

page 66 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium It has been hypothesized that adult white steenbras undertake large-scale coastal spawning migrations (Bennett 1993b). The scale of coastal movements in the current study was significantly positively correlated with fish size (Fig. 3, R2 = 0.148, p < 0.001) and age (R2 = 0.170, p < 0.001), with adult fish (>600 mm FL) undertaking considerably longer-distance coastal movements (up to 620 km) than smaller individuals, supporting this hypothesis.

Genetic stock structure

Effective management of exploited fish stocks requires an understanding of the genetic structure of the stock. The genetic structuring of white steenbras had not previously been assessed. Further, despite the robust results obtained through conventional dart tagging, a lack of empirical evidence of fish migrating between False Bay, in the south-western Cape, and the former Transkei coastline, areas identified as summer aggregation and winter spawning areas (Penney 1991, Bennett 1993b), remained. Therefore, the genetic structure of the stock and the uncertainty in the level of connectivity among coastal regions were assessed using mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) sequencing and genotyping of microsatellite repeat loci in the nuclear genome. The results of both techniques showed no evidence of major geographic barriers to gene flow, no isolation by distance, and no localised spawning within this species (Bennett 2012). Samples collected throughout the white steenbras core distribution showed high genetic diversity, and low genetic differentiation based on pairwise genetic comparisons between sampling localities (Tables 1 and 2).

Figure 3: Linear regression of distance moved (km) against fork length (mm) for 207 white steenbras accurately measured at the time of recapture.

Table 1: Pairwise genetic diversity (FST) values (above diagonal) and associated p-values (below diagonal) between sampling localities (n = 8 localities, no significant differences), based on 720- base pair mtDNA sequences of 307 individual white steenbras.

Transkei East Kleine- Algoa Knysna/ Breede/ False Lange- London monde Bay Swartvlei De Hoop Bay baan Transkei -0.007 -0.012 -0.008 0.006 -0.002 0.015 -0.013 East London 0.651 -0.015 -0.012 -0.002 -0.001 0.000 -0.007 Kleinemonde 0.749 0.946 -0.010 0.002 0.000 0.009 -0.015 Algoa Bay 0.667 0.977 0.807 0.003 0.002 0.015 -0.015 Knysna/ 0.227 0.540 0.337 0.274 -0.001 -0.007 0.000 Swartvlei Breede/De 0.443 0.455 0.400 0.286 0.428 0.007 0.002 Hoop False Bay 0.088 0.393 0.144 0.051 0.872 0.145 0.021 Langebaan 0.703 0.614 0.792 0.899 0.381 0.336 0.052

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 67 Table 2: Pairwise genetic differentiation (RST) values (above diagonal) and associated p-values (below diagonal) between sampling localities (n = 8 localities, no significant differences), based on 11 polymorphic microsatellite loci from 330 individual white steenbras.

Transkei East Kleine- Algoa Knysna/ Breede/ False Lange- London monde Bay Swartvlei De Hoop Bay baan Transkei -0.002 0.007 -0.006 -0.015 -0.013 -0.007 0.007 East London 0.407 -0.004 -0.007 -0.001 -0.001 -0.004 -0.008 Kleinemonde 0.231 0.596 0.005 0.003 -0.001 -0.005 0.010 Algoa Bay 0.566 0.774 0.207 -0.005 -0.003 0.002 -0.008 Knysna/ 0.965 0.419 0.243 0.643 -0.007 -0.005 -0.002 Swartvlei Breede/De 0.928 0.397 0.428 0.495 0.861 -0.005 -0.005 Hoop False Bay 0.660 0.567 0.661 0.215 0.652 0.652 0.005 Langebaan 0.191 0.660 0.192 0.675 0.423 0.581 0.210 Discussion

Trends in white steenbras catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE) have shown consistent declines over the past 40 years (Bennett 1993a, Bennett 2012). Furthermore, management interventions, including maximum daily bag, minimum size limits for recreational anglers, and increasingly stringent catch and gear restrictions on commercial fishers (Penney 1991, Bennett 1993) have failed to prevent overexploitation or restore spawner biomass levels. The collapsed status of the stock suggests that the species requires more intensive management. The linefishery in South Africa is plagued by problems such as low compliance (Cowley et al. 2004) and low enforcement capacity, and alternative management measures need to be evaluated for this species.

The use of shallow littoral areas as critical habitats within estuaries highlights the vulnerability of the species to habitat degradation, while the high level of residency within and dependence on estuaries at the juvenile life stage makes white steenbras vulnerable to overexploitation in estuaries. However, residency within estuaries suggests that juvenile white steenbras could be effectively protected through strategically positioned estuarine protected areas (EPAs). Similarly, high levels of residency within the coastal zone render late juvenile and sub-adult white steenbras vulnerable to localised overexploitation, but simultaneously provide the opportunity for effective protection through MPAs. At the migratory adult life stage, the management value of MPAs is questionable, without the protection of adults at spawning and aggregation sites.

However, existing MPAs cumulatively encompass a low proportion of sandy shoreline, for which white steenbras exhibits an affinity (Bennett 2012). Furthermore, recreational shore angling, which currently accounts for the greatest proportion of the total annual catch of white steenbras, is currently permitted within many of the MPAs within the species’ core distribution. In addition, EPAs within the juvenile distribution protect a negligible proportion of the total available surface area of estuaries – habitat on which this species is wholly dependent. The current network of estuarine and marine protected areas is therefore insufficient for the effective protection of white steenbras.

Despite some evidence of recent increases in abundance in estuaries and the surf zone in certain areas, white steenbras meets the criteria for “Endangered” on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, and for “Protected species” status under the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act No. 10 of 2004) of South Africa (Bennett 2012). The species therefore requires improved management strategies that include considerations of its life-history style, estuarine dependency, surf zone residency, predictable spawning migrations and poor conservation status. This will require increased protection levels within certain existing MPAs, expansion of the current EPA network, and further investigation of the suitability of closed seasons for the protection of spawning adults.

page 68 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium References

Bennett BA. 1993a. The fishery for white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus off the Cape coast, South Africa, with some considerations for its management. South African Journal of Marine Science 13: 1-14. Bennett BA. 1993b. Aspects of the biology and life history of white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus in southern Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 13: 83-96. Bennett RH. 2012. Movement patterns, stock delineation and conservation of an overexploited fishery species, Lithognathus lithognathus (Pisces: Sparidae). PhD thesis, Rhodes University: 387 pp. Bennett RH, Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Næsje TF, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2011. First assessment of estuarine space use and home range of juvenile white steenbras, Lithognathus lithognathus. African Zoology 46: 32-38. Cowley PD. 1999. Preliminary observations on the movement patterns of white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus and bronze bream Pachymetopon grande (Teleostei: Sparidae) in the Tsitsikamma National Park Marine Reserve. Proceedings of the third Southern African Marine Linefish Symposium, Arniston, 28 April – 1 May 1999: 106-108. Cowley PD, Wood AD, Corroyer B, Nsubuga Y, Chalmers R. 2004. A survey of fishery resource utilization on four Eastern Cape estuaries (Great Fish, West Kleinemonde, East Kleinemonde and Kowie). Protocols Contributing to the Management of Estuaries in South Africa, with a Particular Emphasis on the Eastern Cape Province Volume III Project C, Supplementary Report C5: 129-165 Lamberth SJ, Bennett BA, Clark BM. 1994. Catch composition of the commercial beach-seine fishery in False Bay, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 14: 69-78. Lamberth SJ, Joubert A. 1999. Prioritizing linefish species for research and management: A first attempt. Proceedings of the third Southern African Marine Linefish Symposium, Arniston, 28 April – 1 May 1999: 130-133. Penney AJ. 1991. The interaction and impact of net and linefisheries in False Bay, South Africa. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 47(4/5): 661-681. van der Elst RP, Adkin F. 1991. Marine linefish – Priority species and research objectives in southern Africa. Oceanographic Research Institute Special Publication 1: 125pp.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 69 Fish movements in the Pondoland Marine Protected Area: balancing conservation and fisheries enhancement

JQ Maggsa, BQ Manna and PD Cowleyb a Oceanographic Research Institute, PO Box 10712, Marine Parade, Durban, 4056, South Africa b South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown, 6140, South Africa.

Introduction

In 2000, a state of emergency was declared in the South African marine linefishery. For nearly 20 years, these fisheries had been managed in the conventional way using daily bag limits, minimum size limits and closed seasons. Unfortunately, this approach had failed to arrest a decline in the fishery. Since the emergency was declared, marine protected areas (MPAs) have been increasingly promoted as an additional tool to manage and rebuild depleted linefish stocks. In June 2004, the Pondoland MPA was proclaimed on the Eastern Cape coast of South Africa. A 400 km2 no-take zone, closed to vessel-based exploitation, is situated between two controlled exploitation zones, altogether giving an area of 800 km2 (Figure 1).

Recovery of fish stocks within the boundaries of a no-take area provides insurance against management failure in fished areas (Bohnsack 1998), and can lead to spillover onto nearby fished reefs (Russ 2002). Recovery of over-exploited fish stocks is dependent on the residency of fishes within a no-take area, whereas the benefit to adjacent fisheries relies on the dispersal of fishes from the no-take area. The two main objectives of area closure may therefore be in conflict (Tolimieri et al. 2009).

Could the no-take zone of the Pondoland MPA retain sufficient fish biomass to ensure stock recovery while still contributing post-larval fishes to adjacent fished reefs? Movement patterns of four important linefish species (Scotsman Polysteganus praeorbitalis, slinger Chrysoblephus puniceus, yellowbelly rockcod Epinephelus marginatus and catface rockcod E. andersoni), occurring in the Pondoland MPA, were investigated.

Material and methods

Between April 2006 – July 2010, fish movement data were collected quarterly in and around the Pondoland MPA. Four 2 km2 offshore areas, in water depth of 10-30 m were chosen as study sites with two sites in the no-take zone (Mtentu and Mkambati) and two in the adjacent fished area Mzamba and Mnyameni(Fig. 1). The Mnyameni site lies within the MPA’s exploited zone and the Mzamba site lies entirely outside the MPA, but both sites are similarly open to vessel- based linefishing and spearfishing.

Fishes were captured by linefishing from a ski-boat at randomly chosen GPS coordinates within each of the four study sites. Fishes, >300 mm, were tagged with plastic dart tags (Hallprint Pty Ltd, Australia), each marked with a postal address and a unique alphanumeric code. Besides fishes recaptured by the research team within the four study sites, members of the public also reported recaptures from areas outside the no-take zone.

page 70 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Data analysis

Dingle (1996) provided a simple classification of animal movement, which is suitable for assessing the movement patterns of fishes in the current study (Table 1). Station-keeping is a good indicator of the potential for biomass retention within a protected area, while ranging (or possibly migratory) behaviour indicates the potential for export to adjacent fisheries. In the current study, station-keeping movements were also used to estimate home range size to further quantify the degree of residency.

Home range

Home range length was estimated for each species by taking the 95th percentile of intra-study site movements only, excluding all long distance movements (Maggs 2011). The resulting estimate of home range length is referred to as single linear distance (SLD) in the current study (Fig 2a). Assuming that a fish is randomly drawn from within the boundaries of its home range at first capture (tag-release) and then re-drawn from that same home range at a later stage (recapture), the Euclidean distance between the two points (SLD) can be considered to represent a proportion of the length of the actual home range. Repeating this several times, with different individuals of the same species increases the probability of obtaining the mean length of the home range for that species. To prevent pseudo-replication the calculation of SLD used only the distance between the tag-release and first recapture.

Figure 1: The Pondoland MPA on the Eastern Cape coast of South Africa. All vessel-based exploitation is prohibited in the 400 km2 no-take zone, but vessel-based linefishing and spearfishing are permitted in the two exploited zones.

Table 1: Classification of animal movement behaviour proposed by Dingle (1996).

Movement type Characteristics Station-keeping: Kinesis Movements that serve to keep an animal stationary Foraging Movements within a home range Commuting Diel movements between day & night locations

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 71 Territoriality Territorial defence & aggression, non-overlapping home ranges Exploratory movements over wide areas in search of Ranging resources Persistent, directed, non-exploratory, predictable, physiological Migration adaptation

Multiple recaptures, having three or more capture points were less frequent. These records provided a two-dimensional representation (polygon) of area utilisation by an individual fish. An alternative estimate of home range length was calculated by taking the 95th percentile of the greatest linear distance (GLD) across the interior of the polygon (Fig 2b). The resulting estimate was used to validate the SLD calculated above.

Ranging (dispersal to fished reefs)

The potential of the no-take zone to export fish biomass was evaluated using records of long- distance movement for each species (i.e. tagged fish leaving the study site). The recovery of ranging fishes was reported exclusively by recreational and commercial fishers through the ORI Tagging Project. While relatively few long-distance movements were reported, the potential for non-reporting exists (Dunlop 2010).

Figure 2: Calculation of home range length used in this study. a) single linear distance (SLD): distance between release and first recapture and b) greatest linear distance (GLD): greatest distance between all capture points of an individual fish.

Results

Overall, 1022 fishes of the four study species were tagged in the four study sites (April 2006 - July 2010) and 220 of these were recaptured at least once (Table 2). The overall recapture rate, including individuals recaptured more than once, ranged between 8% for slinger and 61% for yellowbelly rockcod. Of the 1022 fishes tagged, 780 were tagged at the two no-take sites (Mtentu and Mkambati) and 242 at the two exploited sites (Mnyameni and Mzamba).

Movement patterns

Ninety-four per cent of recaptured individuals of the four study species were within the same study site where they were originally tagged. Nineteen fishes left the study sites, 13 of which moved between 150-1059 km towards the north-east, suggesting a distinct separation between station-keeping and ranging movements (Fig 3). The majority of recaptures (Scotsman 72%, slinger 76%, catface rockcod 90%, yellowbelly rockcod 97%) were within 250 m of the release

page 72 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium site (Fig 4). Little association existed between distance moved and fish length (Fig 4), although the longest distances moved by yellowbelly and catface rockcod were by larger individuals. There was also no correlation between distance moved and time at liberty (Fig 5). Some individuals remained resident for extended periods, while others moved long distances shortly after being released.

Station-keeping

In all species and in all four study sites, it was found that the mean distance between fishing stations was significantly (P<0.05) greater than the mean distance moved by each fish species. That is, fishing stations within each 2 km2 study site were scattered over an area which was greater than the mean recorded movement distance of the tagged fish, providing confidence in home range estimates. Recorded movements, representative of station-keeping behaviour, were small resulting in estimates of home range (SLD/GLD) in the order of a few hundred meters (Table 3). Estimates varied among the species but home range estimates were considerably smaller than the size of the no-take zone.

Ranging

Six per cent of recaptures were reported from outside the 2 km2 study site in which the fish had originally been tagged and released. Besides six intermediate movements by Scotsman (3-14 km), ranging movements for the four study species varied between 153-1059 km with time at liberty between 264-1316 days. Scotsman had the greatest proportion of ranging individuals of all four species. With only two exceptions (Scotsman), recaptured fishes reported beyond the boundaries of the 2 km2 study sites had moved in a north–easterly direction, up the east coast of KZN. Most recorded ranging movements saw fish moving out of the no-take zone of the Pondoland MPA and into deeper water, as indicated by members of the public who had reported these recaptures.

Table 2: Tag-recapture summary for the four study species in the Pondoland MPA between April 2006 and July 2010.

Exploited No-take Overall area zone Scotsman No. of individuals tagged 385 80 305 No. of individuals recaptured 98 (25%) 24 (30%) 74 (24%)

No. of individuals recaptured more than once 23 2 21 Most times an individual was recaptured 4 5 Overall recapture rate 36% 39% 35%

Slinger No. of individuals tagged 308 12 296 No. of individuals recaptured 26 (8%) 0 26 (9%)

No. of individuals recaptured more than once None n/a n/a

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 73 Most times an individual was recaptured n/a 1 Overall recapture rate 8% 0% 9%

Yellowbelly rockcod No. of individuals tagged 161 33 128 No. of individuals recaptured 51 (32%) 8 (24%) 43 (34%) No. of individuals recaptured more than once 22 4 18 Most times an individual was recaptured 5 9 Overall recapture rate 61% 61% 61%

Catface rockcod No. of individuals tagged 168 117 51 No. of individuals recaptured 45 (27%) 32 (27%) 13 (25%) No. of individuals recaptured more than once 18 12 6 Most times an individual was recaptured 5 5 Overall recapture rate 45% 43% 49%

Figure 3: Two movement behaviours exhibited by Scotsman Polysteganus praeorbitalis in and around the Pondoland Marine Protected Area. As an example, station-keeping movements within the Mtentu 2 km2 study site were between 4-987 m, while ranging movements, originating in both the exploited area and no-take zone, were between 153-357 km toward the north-east (six intermediate movements excluded).

page 74 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Discussion

Two types of movement behaviour were apparent in all four species. Station-keeping behaviour was commonly observed during research fishing. Ranging behaviour was also apparent as members of the public occasionally reported tagged fish that had been recaptured hundreds of kilometres north-east of the Pondoland MPA. Several tag-recapture studies undertaken along the southern Cape coast of South Africa (Attwood 2002, Brouwer 2002, Cowley et al. 2002, Griffiths and Wilke 2002, Brouwer et al. 2003) and in Australia (Gillanders et al. 2001, Russell and McDougall 2005) have noted similar variation in fish movement behaviour. On a smaller scale, acoustic telemetry studies have also reported similar variation in movement behaviour amongst individuals within a local population, with a high degree of station-keeping and a smaller element of nomadic behaviour (Egli and Babcock 2004, Kerwath et al. 2007, Childs et al. 2008, Hedger et al. 2010).

Home range size

Home ranges calculated in this study varied between 125 m for yellowbelly rockcod and 748 m for Scotsman. Such small home ranges inevitably lead to localised depletion of the species in exploited areas, but can also be of benefit to such species in protected areas. Compared to the size of the Pondoland no-take zone, which is ~40 km long and ~10-15 km wide, these home ranges are very small. In other words, the day-to-day movements of the four species in the no- take zone will not expose them to fishing in the adjacent fished areas, and will allow fish stocks to recover. This is supported by the findings of Maggs (2011), who found greater abundance and mean length of slinger, Scotsman and yellowbelly rockcod in the Pondoland no-take zone. In this way, the MPA provides insurance against management failure in fished areas; but the immediate benefit of the no-take zone to the adjacent fishing community is less certain.

Figure 4: Frequency histograms of all movements (station-keeping and ranging) made by the four species tagged between 2006 and 2010 in the Pondoland MPA. ▲ indicates mean fork/total length of recaptured fishes. Non-compatible measurements reported by the public were omitted (e.g. fork length measured at release and total length measured at recapture).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 75 Table 3: Estimates of home range for the four study species using the 95th percentile of intra- study site movements. Expressed as single linear distance (SLD) and greatest linear distance (GLD). Values in meters.

SLD (m) GLD (m) Scotsman 748 642 Slinger* 696 Yellowbelly rockcod 125 154 Catface rockcod 270 164

*Limited to SLD observations obtained in no-take zone

Dispersal to fished reefs

In this study, 68% of the movements recorded beyond the borders of the home range were greater than 150 km and took the fish outside the entire MPA. Without exception, members of the public, who had been fishing on exploited reefs north-east of the Pondoland MPA, reported these recaptures. No recaptures were reported from the Wild Coast, south-west of the Pondoland MPA, but ski-boat fishing effort in these areas are relatively low. Nevertheless, exploitable reefs in KZN were supplied with fishes, which had been under temporary protection in the Pondoland MPA. This supply was limited to a low percentage of the protected populations.

Many studies have failed to discriminate between spillover and variability in individual movement patterns (Zeller et al. 2003). Density dependent spillover implies the net export of adult fishes from a no-take area, where there is a high concentration of large individuals, to nearby areas where fishing has reduced the numbers and size of fishes. The greater abundance and mean size of fishes in the no-take zone reported by Maggs (2011), and the fact that the current study shows fishes moving out of the no-take zone and being caught in the adjacent exploited area, is suggestive of density dependent spillover. However, long distance, ranging movements were undertaken by fishes tagged in both the exploited area and no-take zone, implying that export was not necessarily density dependent and was probably associated with individual behaviour.

page 76 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 5: Relationship between all distances moved and times at liberty for the four study species tagged between 2006 and 2010 in the Pondoland MPA.

Reasons for dispersal

If movement of these four species out of the no-take zone is not density dependent, then what other factors could drive their dispersal? Some fish moved long distances shortly after being released, while others stayed resident for years. Mounting evidence from other studies in South Africa suggests that many typically resident species occasionally move long distances up the East Coast to warmer water, possibly for reproductive purposes. Such behaviour has been recorded in a number of sparids, including poenskop Cymatoceps nasutus (Buxton and Clarke 1989), red steenbras Petrus rupestris (Brouwer 2002), white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus (Bennett 1993) and white musselcracker Sparodon durbanensis (Buxton and Clarke 1991, Watt-Pringle 2009).

Reproductive studies of slinger (Garratt et al 1993) and catface rockcod (Fennessy and Sadovy 2002) have shown that there is little or no spawning activity in the Pondoland region. Fennessy (2006) also cited an anecdotal source that suggested very limited spawning of yellowbelly rockcod south of KZN. A north-eastward spawning migration is thus likely if individuals located in the southern regions of their distribution range were to spawn (Garratt et al. 1993). The locality of spawning grounds of Scotsman is not known. Garratt et al. (1994) and Mann et al. (2005) found very few reproductively active Scotsman along the entire KZN coast. However, they did find a greater percentage of large, reproductively active fish in northern KZN, again suggesting that spawning takes place predominantly in the north-eastern parts of their distribution range.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 77 Along southern Africa’s east coast, the south flowing Agulhas Current facilitates the southward dispersal of juvenile fishes towards nursery areas (Beckley 1993). In typically resident species, where there are individuals that occasionally move long distances towards the north-east, juveniles are generally more abundant in the southern reaches of their distribution. Considering the general southward movement of fish larvae, migrating north to spawn may prevent fish eggs and larvae from moving beyond southern distribution limits where environmental conditions are intolerable. Along the east coast of Australia, the eastern Australian yellowfin bream Acanthopagrus australis (Sparidae) is believed to follow a similar dispersal pattern (Roberts and Ayre 2010). In that region, the East Australian Current (a western boundary current similar to southern Africa’s Agulhas Current) is thought to facilitate southward larval dispersal, while adults actively swim north to spawning sites.

Conclusion

Small home ranges indicate that the four species are afforded sufficient protection within the Pondoland MPA to allow stock rebuilding. In reality, this may not hold true for catface rockcod, which were reported to be more abundant in the exploited area (Maggs 2011). Nevertheless, tag-recapture data provided conclusive proof that some fishes, including one catface rockcod, crossed the no-take boundaries into exploitable areas, having taken temporary refuge in the no-take zone. It therefore appears that the no-take zone has the potential to contribute fish biomass sustainably to adjacent fisheries. A considerable body of evidence has been collected in South African fisheries research to suggest that long distance migration is associated with the requirement to spawn in warmer water. For these species, additional no-take areas along the KZN coast are essential to protect the reproductive capacity of depleted stocks. At the same time, further scientific fish tagging projects are required in the offshore environment north-east of Pondoland (KZN), to investigate the return migrations of these species to colder waters.

Acknowledgements

We thank DEA, Eastern Cape Parks and Tourism Agency, the Wild Coast Project and SAAMBR, for providing funding. We are grateful to the KZN Sharks Board for allowing use of their vessels and skippers, and to EKZNW for providing accommodation during field trips. Guest anglers are thanked for their participation in field trips.

References Attwood CG. 2002. Spatial and temporal dynamics of an exploited reef-fish population. PhD thesis, University of Cape Town, South Africa. Beckley LE. 1993. Linefish larvae and the Agulhas current. In: Beckley LE, van der Elst RP (eds.), Fish, fishers and fisheries - Proceedings of the second South African marine linefish symposium, 23-24 October 1992, Durban. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. pp 57-63. (ORI Special Publication 2). Bennett BA. 1993. Aspects of the biology and life history of white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus in southern Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 13: 83-96. Bohnsack JA. 1998. Application of marine reserves to reef fisheries management. Australian Journal of Ecology 23: 298-304. Brouwer SL. 2002. Movement patterns of red steenbras Petrus rupestris tagged and released in the Tsitsikamma National Park, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 375-378. Brouwer SL, Griffiths MH, Roberts MJ. 2003. Adult movement and larval dispersal of Argyrozona argyrozona (Pisces: Sparidae) from a temperate marine protected area. African Journal of Marine Science 25: 395-402.

page 78 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1989. The growth of Cymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae), with comments on diet and reproduction. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 57-65. Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1991. The biology of the white musselcracker Sparodon durbanensis (Pisces: Sparidae) on the eastern Cape coast, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 10: 285-296. Childs AR, Booth AJ, Cowley PD, Potts WM, Næsje TF, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2008. Home range of an estuarine-dependent fish species Pomadasys commersonnii in a South African estuary. Fisheries Management and Ecology 15: 441-448. Cowley PD, Brouwer SL, Tilney RL. 2002. The role of the Tsitsikamma National Park in the management of four shore-angling fish along the south-eastern Cape coast of South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 27-35. Dingle H. 1996. Migration: the biology of life on the move. New York: Oxford University Press. Dunlop S. 2010. Low reporting rate for the recapture of tagged fish. In: Bullen E, Mann BQ, Everett BI (eds), Tagging News. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. p 11. Egli DP, Babcock RC. 2004. Ultrasonic tracking reveals multiple behavioural modes of snapper (Pagrus auratus) in a temperate no-take marine reserve. ICES Journal of Marine Science 61: 1137-1143. Fennessy ST. 2006. Reproductive biology and growth of the yellowbelly rockcod Epinephelus marginatus (Serranidae) from South-East Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 28: 1-11. Fennessy ST, Sadovy Y. 2002. Reproductive biology of a diandric protogynous hermaphrodite, the serranid Epinephelus andersoni. Marine and Freshwater Research 53: 147-158. Garratt PA. 1993. Slinger - The final analysis? In: Beckley LE, van der Elst RP (eds.), Fish, fishers and fisheries - Proceedings of the second South African marine linefish symposium, 23-24 October 1992, Durban. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. pp 14-18. (ORI Special Publication 2). Garratt PA, Birnie SL, Chater SA. 1994. The fishery for Englishman Chrysoblephus anglicus and Scotsman Polysteganus praeorbitalis (Pisces: Sparidae) in Natal, South Africa, with notes on their biology. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. (ORI Unpublished Report 96). Gillanders BM, Ferrell DJ, Andrew NL. 2001. Estimates of movement and life-history parameters of yellowtail kingfish Seriola lalandi: how useful are data from a cooperative tagging programme? Marine and Freshwater Research 52: 179-192. Griffiths MH, Wilke CG. 2002. Long-term movement patterns of five temperate-reef fishes (Pisces: Sparidae): implications for marine reserves. Marine and Freshwater Research 53: 233-244. Hedger RD, Næsje TF, Cowley PD, Thorstad EB, Attwood C, Økland F, Wilke CG, Kerwath S. 2010. Residency and migratory behaviour by adult Pomatomus saltatrix in a South African coastal embayment. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 89(1): 12-20. Kerwath SE, Götz A, Attwood CG, Cowley PD, Sauer WHH. 2007. Movement pattern and home range of roman Chrysoblephus laticeps. African Journal of Marine Science 29: 93-103. Kramer DL, Chapman MR. 1999. Implications of fish home range size and relocation for marine reserve function. Environmental Biology of Fishes 55: 65-79. Maggs JQ. 2011. Fish surveys in exploited and protected areas of the Pondoland Marine Protected Area with consideration of the impact of the MPA on coastal fisheries. MSc dissertation, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. Mann BQ, Celliers L, Fennessy ST, Bailey S, Wood AD. 2006. Towards the declaration of a large marine protected area: a subtidal ichthyofaunal survey of the Pondoland coast in the Eastern Cape, South Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 28: 535 - 551. Mann BQ, Fennessy ST, Lang DR, Ogunronbi I. 2005. Age, growth and stock assessment of Scotsman Polysteganus praeorbitalis and Englishman Chrysoblephus anglicus (Pisces: Sparidae), two endemic deep-reef fishes off KwaZulu-Natal. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. (ORI Unpublished Report 218).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 79 Roberts DG, Ayre DJ. 2010. Panmictic population structure in the migratory marine sparid Acanthopagrus australis despite its close association to estuaries. Marine Ecology Progress Series 412: 223-230. Russ GR. 2002. Yet another review of marine reserves as reef fishery management tools. In: Sale PF (ed). San Diego: Academic Press, pp. 421–444. Russell DJ, McDougall AJ. 2005. Movement and juvenile recruitment of mangrove jack, Lutjanus argentimaculatus (Forsskål), in northern Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 56: 465- 475. Tolimieri N, Andrews K, Williams G, Katz S, Levin PS. 2009. Home range size and patterns of space use by lingcod, copper rockfish and quillback rockfish in relation to diel and tidal cycles. Marine Ecology Progress Series 380: 229–243. Watt-Pringle PA. 2009. Movement behaviour of three South African inshore sparid species in rocky intertidal and shallow subtidal habitats. MSc thesis, Rhodes University, South Africa. Zeller D, Stoute SL, Russ GR. 2003. Movements of reef fishes across marine reserve boundaries: effects of manipulating a density gradient. Marine Ecology Progress Series 254: 269-280.

page 80 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium A review of the Oceanographic Research Institute’s (ORI) Voluntary Tagging Project: 27 years down the line

SW Dunlop and BQ Mann Oceanographic Research Institute, PO Box 10712, Marine Parade 4056, South Africa.

Introduction

The ORI Tagging Project was initiated in 1984 and is currently considered to be one of the most successful collaborative environmental projects of its kind in South Africa. Although instances of fish tagging in South Africa had been conducted as early as the 1930s on Cape snoek (De Jager 1955) and later on other species (Davies and Joubert 1966, Newman 1970, Bass et al. 1973, Bass 1977, van der Elst 1990), these were limited species-specific projects, not all of which yielded relevant results (van der Elst 1990). Furthermore, much of the data remained unpublished and/ or unavailable for dissemination (van der Elst 1990). These two factors were the driving force behind the initial development of the ORI Tagging Project.

The majority of the tagging projects that existed prior to 1984 involved experienced/trained personnel, such as scientists and conservation officers. In contrast, the ORI Tagging Project involves the cooperation of voluntary, conservation-conscious anglers (i.e. anglers who voluntarily release their fish) and the marine angling public at large who report the majority of the recaptures (i.e. a fish that is recaught with a tag in it). There is also a large proportion of institutional scientific tagging that takes place along our coast, particularly in Marine Protected Areas (MPAs), that is incorporated into the ORI Tagging Project. The information obtained from this project has proved extremely valuable and has been utilised throughout southern Africa by students and scientists to study linefish species and make recommendations regarding improving management of their stocks. Furthermore, the ORI Tagging Project allows fishers to actively participate in the accumulation of data that could ultimately improve conservation and management of important linefish species.

Development of the Tagging Project

Participation in the Tagging Project is restricted and anglers are not simply accepted as members in the program. Only anglers displaying an above average desire to contribute to the Tagging Project may formally request participation. Tagging kits are issued to individuals in custom designed pouches containing promotional matter, an instruction manual, tape measure, one, or more, types of tags attached to postage paid tag return cards, and associated tag applicators. From 2010, an instructional DVD was provided to members in order to improve fish handling and tagging techniques.

Prior to the implementation of the ORI Tagging Project, a number of studies were conducted for various tag types to determine the associated rates of tag loss/shedding and tag-induced mortality on captive fish. From these results, a suite of suitable tag types were selected for the ORI Tagging Project. These tag types were issued to member anglers depending on their target species and capabilities. However, over the years, improving technology has resulted in some of these types of tags being discontinued, while new types of tags have been incorporated into the project. The following types of tags have been, or are still, being used in the ORI Tagging Project:

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 81 Type A: Spaghetti type, plastic-barb dart tags used on most teleost fish, stingrays and sharks greater than 60 cm in length.

Type B: Spaghetti type, dart tags with an inner length of stainless steel wire attached to a stainless steel anchor. These are used on billfish or large tuna and sharks in excess of 25 kg. The use of this tag has now been limited to scientists and specialised shark anglers (e.g. KwaZulu-Natal Sharks Board). This tag has been replaced by Type M tags for the tagging of billfish (see below).

Type C: These were locally manufactured plastic disk tags and were originally used for insertion into small sharks and guitarfishes under 25 kg. Although not intended for skates and rays, many have been tagged off South Africa using this tag (inserted into the ‘wing’ of the ray ) with very few recaptures (van der Elst 1990). Use of these tags was discontinued in 1998 due to poor tag retention (splitting of the dorsal fin) and extreme biofouling.

Type D: This tag type is similar in design to Type A tags, but restricted for the tagging of smaller teleosts between 30-60 cm in length, although they may also be used for some small elasmobranchs. This is the most commonly used tag type in the project.

Type M: Spaghetti type, dart tags with a wire enforcement and an inert bullet shaped head with two spliced wing barbs with a whole through the centre introduced in late 2011. The tag head is attached to the marker by a length of high tensile strength monofilament leader (or stainless steel wire). This tag was only used on billfish and tuna in excess of 25 kg and has replaced the Type B tags.

Other Types: Other types of tags that have been used in the ORI Tagging Project include BT and DT tag types. These tag types are identical to the Type B and D tags respectively, but are orange in colour, as opposed to the standard yellow tags. These tags indicated that the fish had been injected with oxytetracycline during tagging for validation of ageing and, if recaptured, the fish itself should be kept and returned to ORI.

Conservation Impacts Achieved

By the end of 2011, a total of 5 130 anglers were participating the ORI Tagging Project. Of these members, only 34% (1 753) had tagged 10 or more fish. Between 1997 and 2005 there was a steady decline in annual membership with the lowest number of new members joining the project in 2002 (only 54) (Fig 1). The reasons for this decline are unclear but may be related to marketing and management of the project itself. Although a similar decline in the number of fish tagged per year for the same period was observed (Figs 2 and 3), this was not related to a decline in overall fish abundance. Although there has been an overall decrease in the number of members joining the project since its inception, this decline was related to a policy implemented in the project to improve the quality of tagging data received from anglers as opposed to increasing the quantity of fish tagged. Furthermore, in the last 10 years the ORI has struggled to secure sufficient funding for the Tagging Project which has subsequently resulted in stricter protocols in purchasing equipment and issuing out tagging kits and tags. The increased number of members joining the project from 2005 onwards can be related to technological advancements (e.g. e-mail/internet/cellular phones) and the active promoting of tag and release in the media.

page 82 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 1: Annual number of new and active members in the ORI Tagging Project over a 27-year period.

Interestingly, despite the number of anglers that join the Tagging Project each year, the cumulative number of active members (i.e. tag one or more fish) remains fairly low (484 members/year). Furthermore, the number of active members also steadily decreased between 1997 and 2005, mimicking the trends in annual membership. These results indicate the importance of new members joining the project each year as the novelty of being a regular tagger soon dissipates. This is partly explained by the fact that ‘tag and release’ goes beyond simply catching and releasing a fish but requires extra effort by the angler to tag the fish and record and submit the data. Committed taggers that have remained active for long periods are therefore relatively scarce.

Figure 2: Annual number of tags bought, issued and used in the ORI Tagging Project over a 27- year period. Note that data for the number of tags issued during 1984 was missing.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 83 Figure 3: Total number of fish tagged per year (primary axis) and the average number tagged per angler per year (secondary axis) in the ORI Tagging Project over a 27-year period.

In the Tagging Project’s 27-year history, a staggering 251 969 fish (Fig 3) from 368 different species (ca. 166 species/year) have been tagged and released, of which 5.2% (ca. 489 fish/year; Fig 4) have been recaptured. The average number of fish tagged per year (ca. 9332 fish/year) has remained relatively constant since the projects inception. The declines between 1998 and 2002 can be explained by the change in management of the program over that period rather than a decrease in fish abundances. Although the number of members tagging fish decreased between 1997 and 2005, the number of fish tagged per angler per year remained higher. The drop recorded between 1998 and 2002 can be explained by the lower number of tags issued during this period (Fig 2).

Figure 4: Percentage of fish recaptured per year in the ORI Tagging Project over a 27-year period.

page 84 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Despite the observed trends in tagging effort, the number of recaptures reported has shown a consistent increase since the start of the project in 1984 (Fig. 5). This reflects an ever-increasing pool of tagged fish available for recapture. On-going attempts to educate the angling public through various media (television programs and magazine articles) may have assisted with improving reporting rates. Another factor contributing to the increase in reported recaptures has been the establishment of on-going fish tagging projects in a number of South African MPAs. In these projects, tagging and reporting of recaptures is performed by trained anglers and scientists. The recapture rates of certain reef fish species tagged in these projects is particularly high and thus has increased the overall recapture rate.

Most of the tagging has taken place in the Western Cape (41%) (Fig 5). Despite the relative length of the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal coastlines, both provinces contributed only 27% and 24% to the total tagging effort respectively. Although the tagging of fish in Namibia with ORI tags was discontinued in 1999, Namibia still accounts for 6% of the total number of fish tagged and Mozambique 2%.

The five most commonly tagged fish species in the ORI Tagging Project include galjoen (21.3%), dusky kob (5.5%), dusky shark (4.5%), garrick/leervis (3.9%) and spotted grunter (3.5%) (Table 1). Although there have been a large number of lesser sandsharks/guitarfish (6357) tagged in the ORI Tagging Project’s 27-year history (Table 1), the tagging of this species was discouraged from 1998 onwards due to the low recapture rate and the low research priority attributed to this species. The large number of galjoen tagged to date is partly due to the institutional scientific tagging that takes place in the De Hoop MPA and along the Cape Peninsula (Attwood 2002).

Figure 5: Percentage of fish tagged along the southern African coastline in the ORI Tagging Project over a 27-year period.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 85 Table 1: Tag and recapture data for the top ten species tagged in ORI Tagging Project over a 27-year period.

Species Total tagged Total Recap. % Recap.

Galjoen 53565 3674 6.9

Dusky kob 13750 825 6

Dusky shark 11345 732 6.5

Garrick/leervis 9826 680 6.9

Spotted grunter 8832 253 2.9

Copper shark 8585 266 3.1

Blacktail 8324 207 2.5

Spotted gully shark 7743 413 5.3

Shad/elf 7180 270 3.8

Lesser sandshark/guitarfish 6357 70 1.1

Other 116462 5725 4.9

Discussion

The results presented here represent an enormous conservation achievement. Information from the Tagging Project has been extensively used in numerous research projects, scientific publications and post-graduate degrees (from Honours to PhD level). In addition, numerous popular articles, newspaper reports, radio broadcasts and television documentaries have highlighted various aspects of the Tagging Project. This project has also provided information influencing policy and decision making for linefish management in South Africa. However, despite these contributions, the ORI Tagging Project database remains under-utilized. The valuable data stored in the tagging database is readily available to scientists and managers and should be utilised more widely as a key component towards better management of our linefish stocks.

In general, the ORI Tagging Project should be stricter in prioritising which species are targeted for tagging. Several species have been extensively researched through tagging programmes and it could be argued that the continued tagging of these species may not be providing further useful information as our knowledge of their biology and movement behaviours is comprehensive based on existing tag and recapture data. For example, in the last 27 years there have been more than 50 000 galjoen tagged and numerous publications produced based on this tagging data. Other common species, such as blacktail, lesser sandsharks/guitarfishes and slinger, have been found to be less suitable for tagging studies due to their low recapture rates which are likely as a result of high tag loss/shedding and/or high induced tagging mortality. Although a priority species list has been established for the project, it needs to be

page 86 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium clearly communicated and more stringently implemented by members of the Tagging Project. Furthermore, emphasis needs to be placed on important migratory linefish species, such as king mackerel, geelbek and englishman, whose distribution patterns are not clearly understood.

One of the major constriants of the ORI Tagging Project is the rate of reporting recaptured fish by the angling public. As a result, ORI has implemented a number of initiatives to increase the reporting rate. These include a dedicated e-mail address ([email protected]@ori.org. za) and cellular phone number (+2779 529 0711); the printing of the cellular phone number and e-mail address directly onto the streamers of all new ORI tags (previously only the postal address printed was included); the production of an instructional DVD for both current and new tagging members; and the improvement of tag types. Tagging projects that rely solely on mail services are known to record the poorest tag return rates (Moringa 1980). The postal address currently printed on the tags will be replaced by the cellular phone number and e-mail address. Biofouling of tags also needs urgent attention and studies reviewing anti-biofouling techniques are required. Regular evaluation of the long-term tagging project and the tag types used is required and we recommend that the recent initiatives implemented in the ORI tagging project be reviewed in 2013, a full year following introduction.

The tagging of fish in competitions has recently been raised as a controversy. Although promoting ‘tag and release’ in a competition environment seems ideal as fish are released as opposed to being killed, numerous problems associated have arisen. Firstly, anglers are competing for points or prizes and need to comply with the competition rules such as for line- class strength. As a consequence, the fight is often extended, especially for lighter tackle and thus many fish captured on light tackle have a decreased chance of survival once landed and tagged. Secondly, when a fish is tagged in a competition, the tagging data (i.e. tag number, locality, fish species etc.) is often misplaced, there is little incentive in returning the data as after the tagging event as the points/prizes for the tagged fish have already been awarded (i.e. anglers are tagging for points or prizes rather than for science). In competitive situations we believe that it is better to adopt a “catch and release” policy as this will maximise the fish’s chance of survival and minimize the tagging of weakened fish. For ‘tag and release’ programme to be effective in competitions, trained staff should be present to tag fish and record the relevant data independently of the competition.

A further weakness of the ORI Tagging Project is the lack of accurate geographical referencing regarding where a fish is tagged and recaptured. Currently tag localities are based on a system of locality codes reflecting the distance in kilometres the locality lies from the northern Mozambique border. These localities are not GIS referenced and are thus less accurate. Furthermore, if a fish is caught upstream in an estuary or offshore, this information is lost as only one locality code is allocated to that point along the coastline. Introducing a GIS-based system would considerably improve the accuracy of the project and are being investigated for implementation in the near future.

Although there are several limitations and biases associated with the ORI Tagging Project, there are also numerous strengths. For example, the use of conventional external tags by volunteers allows large numbers of fish to be tagged for a relatively low cost. This is in contrast to the use of internal acoustic or archival tags, which are expensive and, in most cases, difficult and time consuming to insert (i.e. tags need to be inserted internally under anaesthetic by trained staff). Furthermore, internal tags are not visible to fisherman and have a high setup cost for both tags and the associated detection equipment.

The ORI Tagging Project has undoubtedly improved angler awareness and scientific knowledge of our linefish resources and has made a significant contribution towards changing anglers perceptions towards the ethics of ‘catch and release’. This contribution goes far beyond the scientific value of the data collected. Not only can anglers justify the capture and release of a fish, they are also contributing to scientific understanding of the biology and helping improve the conservation and management of their targeted fish species. This goes a long way towards improving angler awareness about our marine linefish species and contributing towards more sustainable fishing.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 87 In conclusion, we believe that the information generated by the ORI Tagging Project adequately justifies its continuation. Furthermore, the relative value of such long-term projects is often only realised after many years. To terminate such a successful project will not only be detrimental to the linefishery, but also to the angling community. The future success of this project will undoubtedly be determined by its flexibility in adapting to new tagging and reporting methods and technologies. The incorporation of electronic, archival, and satellite tags will strengthen the tagging project considerably and provide opportunities to answer many movement and migration questions that traditional tagging projects have not answered to date. However, the use of these new tag types should complement the current tagging methodologies and not supress the cooperative, voluntary nature of the ORI Tagging Project. The lack of dedicated, secure funding continues to threaten the future of the ORI Tagging Project and we extend a plea for support, from both the scientific community and the angling public, to ensure the continuation of this important project.

Acknowledgements

We would like to express our sincere gratitude for all the financial support received over the years for the continuation of this valuable project. In particular we would like to thank Distell (Sedgwick’s Old Brown Sherry), The Tony and Lisette Lewis Foundation, WWF South Africa and SAAMBR (with support from the KZN Department of Agriculture, Environmental Affairs and Rural Development). Most of all, we would like to thank all our active tagging members for their on-going contributions towards linefish research and conservation. A special word of thanks must also go to the previous Tagging Officer Elinor Bullen. Elinor put a great deal of her working life into the Tagging Project and made a huge contribution to its long-term success. David Hall (Hallprint© Australia) is thanked for his excellent service and on-going supply of high quality tags and applicators. Lastly, we thank all of the other smaller sponsors who have contributed in some way over the past 27 years, there are simply too many to mention.

References

Attwood CG. 2002. Spatial and temporal dynamics of an exploited reef-fish population. Unpublished Ph.D Thesis. University of Cape Town Cape Town, South Africa. Bass AJ. 1977. Long-term recoveries of tagged sharks. Copeia 1977: 574-575. Bass AJ, D’ Aubrey JD, Kristnasamy N. 1973. Sharks of the east coast of southern Africa. I. The genus Carcharhinus (Carcharhinidae). Investigational Report, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban. Report No. 33 Davies DH, Joubert LS. 1966. Tag evaluation and shark tagging in South African waters. Investigational Report, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban. Report No. 12. De Jager BVD. 1955. The South African pilchard (Sardinops ocellata). The development of the snoek (Thyrsites atun) a fish predator of the pilchard. Investigational Report, South African Division of Sea Fisheries, Cape Town. Report No. 19. Moringa JR. 1980. Nonreporting of recaptures of tagged rainbow trout from an Oregon Stream. The Progressive Fish-Culturist 42: 113-115. Newman GG. 1970. Migration of the pilchard Sardinops ocellata in southern Africa. Investigational Report, South Africa Division of Sea Fisheries, Cape Town. Report No. 86. van der Elst RP. 1990. Marine fish tagging in South Africa. American Fisheries Society Symposium 7: 854-862.

page 88 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 4 – Fish Stock Assessment: Chair Henning Winker Assessment of five South African linefish species with biomass production models

SE Kerwath1,2, H Winker1, and CG Attwood1 1Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag Rondebosch 7700, South Africa. 2Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, South Africa.

Introduction

The South African boat-based, commercial linefish sector comprises a multi-species, multi-area cluster of low to medium technology inshore fisheries in which fish are caught manually with hand-lines or rods and reel (Winker et al. 2012). The target species landed by this mixed fishery can be grouped into to three major ‘guilds’ including pelagic shoaling species such as yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) and snoek (Thyrsites atun), migratory, demersal species such as silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorous) and geelbek (Atractoscion aequidens) and resident, demersal species such as carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona), slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) and hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii). Monitoring of the linefishery started at the turn of the 20th century with JDF Gilchrist, the Government Marine biologist of the Cape of Good Hope, the first concerns about overfishing of some linefish species were voiced as early as the 1940’s (Griffiths 2000). Despite this, the sector was only formally recognized in 1985, when national legislation was introduced to limit effort and fishing mortality. Despite these efforts, spawner-biomass per-recruit assessments and comparisons with historical catch data in the 1990’s indicated that many linefish stocks were in an alarming state of decline and a state of emergency was declared for this fishery in 2000. The numbers of medium- and long-term commercial fishing rights were reduced and the linefish management protocol developed (Griffiths 1997a), to guide the management of stocks according to biological reference points based on spawner biomass per-recruit models. In cases were assessments were not available, indicators such as Catch per Unit Effort (CPUE), proportion in catches, and even public concern could be used to invoke management action. Owing to the large numbers of species and stocks, reassessments were scheduled at intervals equivalent to half of the maximum life-span of the species, whereas indicators would be reviewed annually.

The recovery of the linefish stocks has not been observed, however, there are some evidence suggesting that some of the dominant species have responded to the reduction in effort and stricter management regulations. However, the assessment of recovery as outlined in the linefish management protocol might be inappropriate as it assumes constant fishing mortality and constant recruitment, which has not been the case following the declaration of the state of emergency. To circumvent this problem, we developed Graham-Schaefer biomass dynamic assessment models (Schaefer 1954) based on the time series of standardized CPUE and total landings data for five important linefish species, silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus), yellowtail (Seriola lalandi), carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona), slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) and hottentot (Pachymetyopon blochi) Biomass dynamic models were selected over age- structured production models because the later require updated age length keys and consistent size frequency data, which were not available for all stocks considered. Moreover, 26-years of standardized CPUE data (Winker et al 2012) and sufficient contrast between effort and CPUE should allow for a reasonable estimate of the parameters required for a biomass production

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 89 model (Hilborn and Walters 1992). The main output of the assessment model, a biplot graph that depicts the ratio of annual fishing effort and fishing effort at Maximum Sustainable Yield (MSY) against the ratio of annual biomass against the biomass at MSY, allows one to simultaneously track the trajectory of the stock biomass against the target biomass at MSY, as a measure of the resource status, and the levels of fishing effort against the target fishing effort at MSY, as an indicator for fisheries management. The results of the assessments are presented and their potential application for an update of the linefish management protocol is discussed.

Materials and methods

In the Schaefer surplus-production model, the biomass dynamics of a fish stock are governed by:

(1)

(2)

where By is the unobserved biomass at the start of year y, r is the intrinsic rate of population increase, K is pristine biomass at carrying capacity, Cy is the catch in year y in tons, q is 2 catchability coefficient and εy is the observation error during year y, εy ~ N(0,σ ).

As the exploitation of the linefish resource commenced in the mid-1800s, it would be unrealistic to assume that the biomass in 1985 approximated the pristine biomass prior to exploitation.

The initial biomass, B1985, was therefore specified by fixing the ratio B1985/K for each stock.

The B1985/K ratios used in this report were derived from a review of available literature and in correspondence with the Linefish Scientific Working Group. The B1985/K ratios for the base- case scenarios were fixed at 0.15 for carpenter, 0.10 for silver kob, 0.40 for yellowtail, 0.40 for hottentot and 0.25 for slinger.

Fisheries management measures

Five fisheries management scenarios were derived from the Schaefer model (equations 1, 2).

These were the Maximum Sustainable Yield (MSY), the fishing effort at MSY (EMSY), the biomass at MSY (BMSY), the percentage recovery in biomass between 2000 and 2010 (Rec(%)) and the ratio B2010/K, where MSY (t) = rK/4, EMSY (boat trips) = r/(2q) and Rec(%) = 100 – B1985/

B2010*100. The main output of the assessment model was presented in form of a biplot graph that plots the ratio By/BMSY on the y-axis against the ratio Ey/EMSY on the x-axis, where Ey is the expected effort in year y that is given by Ey = Cy / qBt (Fig. 1). Note that, as effort levels were derived based on standardized CPUE data (Winker et al. 2012), one standard unit effort refers to an average boat trip with eight crew members who spent eight hours on sea, fished in the 5 × 5 km2 grid and exclusively targeted the species under assessment during the months with the highest effort frequency.

page 90 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium

Figure 1:Bi-plot with an example of a trajectory and recovery of a typical fishery stock. As the effort exceeds MSY, exploitation levels become unsustainable resulting in the stock biomass dropping below the MSY. Reducing the effort to levels below the MSY is required to induce the recovery of the stock biomass.

Parameter estimation and measures of uncertainty

The model parameters K, r and q and the model standard deviation σ were estimated by minimizing the negated normal log-likelihood function of the form:

, (12) where n is the number of years with available CPUE data. The joint posterior distributions for all model parameters and fisheries management measures of interest were estimated with the Markov Chain Monte-Carlo (MCMC) algorithm (Hastings 1970, Punt and Hilborn 1997). The results are based on parameter vectors of 4000 draws from the posterior distribution. The total number of cycles was one million, of which the first 200 000 were ignored as a ‘burn-in’ period. The 2.5th and 97.5th percentile of the MCMC vectors were calculated to obtain an estimate for the 95% confidence intervals. All analyses were carried out using AD Model Builder (ADMB; http:// admb-project.org/).

Spatial resolution

The South African coast was divided into five fishing regions: (i) west coast, (ii) south-west coast, (iii) south-central coast, (iv) south-east coast and (v) east-coast (Fig.2). These regions were selected on the basis of the geography of the fishery and with the objective of incorporating the spatially-dependent variability in species composition and fishing techniques. Datasets for silver kob and carpenter were subset into the three regions south-west coast, south coast and south-east coast. These three regions cover the major fishing grounds of these two species along the South African coastline. Subsequently, south-west coast and south coast data was combined for carpenter as these regions are unlikely to constitute separate stocks. For yellowtail and hottentot, we focused our analyses on the south-west coast region. Slinger is only caught along the east coast, but extends into Mozambique, for which data were not available.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 91 Figure 2: Map of the South African EEZ showing the five geographical regions selected to reflect difference in targeting and fishing characteristics in the linefishery and to allow for separate modeling of discrete stocks which might exist for some species.

Results

Silver kob

The production model fits suggest carrying capacity values of the exploitable fish for the south-western, southern and eastern stocks of 44 000, 29 000 and 18 000 t, respectively, and -1 population growth rates of 0.05, 0.15 and 0.12 y (Table 1). All stocks were below BMSY, but effort has reduced below EMSY, which is estimated at 1149, 2166 and 1098 hours per annum for the three stocks, respectively. Although the south-western stock is predicted to be in a recovery and the reduction in effort in 2000 effectively halved the EMSY, the expected biomass recovery has not materialized (Fig. 3). This stock is predominantly targeted in False Bay, where recreational catches may account for some additional effort which is not recorded on the NMLS. The low r value of the model fit for the south-western stock suggests some underreporting of catches.

The southern stock remained overexploited despite the effort reduction to approximately EMSY.

Most recent data suggested that effort is slightly above EMSY. The only strong recovery of this species was observed in the eastern stock, where slight but consistent increases in biomass where observed during the last 8 years.

These assessments were in agreement with the per-recruit analyses for this species (Griffiths1997b). SB/R values for the three stocks were between 4.4 and 10.4% for the south- western stock, between 6.5 and 12.5% for the southern stock and between 2.9 and 9.8% for the eastern stock, based on data collected between 1986 and 1994. Biomass is currently estimated at 11, 14 and 19% of pristine biomass for the south-western, southern and eastern stocks, respectively. However, these increases cannot be taken as evidence of marginal improvement because biomass estimates and per-recruit estimates are not directly comparable.

page 92 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 3. Annual CPUE and landings for three srocks of silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus) compared to the CPUE predicted by the Schaefer surplus production model.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 93 Figure 4. Bi-plot indicating the modelled trajectory of biomass and effort for three stocks of silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus), relative to the respective estimates at MSY.

page 94 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 1. Production model estimates and 95% confidence limits (in brackets) for the silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus) fisheries in the south-western, southern Cape and south-eastern stocks.

Region Estimates SW S SE K 43872.5 [40721.0, 48197.2] 29218.3 [22774.0, 43067.8] 18292.8 [15411.8, 22826.4] q 0.022 [0.018, 0.026] 0.034 [0.022, 0.045] 0.053 [0.042, 0.066] r 0.050 [0.049, 0.052] 0.146 [0.096, 0.199] 0.118 [0.095, 0.139] σ 0.0109 [0.083, 0.151] 0.113 [0.086, 0.158] 0.078 [0.059, 0.108] MSY 553.4 [515.2, 606.4] 1068.2 [1043.3, 1086.7] 537.3 [528.2, 551.6]

EMSY 1148.6 [979.9, 1377.2] 2166.3 [1992.7, 2391.41] 1097.9 [1021.4, 1196.17]

BMSY 21936.3 [20360.5, 24097.6] 14609.2 [11387.0, 21533.9] 9146.4 [7705.9, 11413.2]

B2010/K 0.11 [0.10, 0.13] 0.14 [0.11, 0.20] 0.19 [0.16, 0.22] rec(%) 27.4 [25.8, 28.9] 37.0 [26.8, 45.4] 52.8 [46.1, 58.3]

Carpenter (Argyrozona argyrozona)

The production model fits for carpenter suggested carrying capacities of 28 000 and 15 000 t, and population growth rates of 0.13 and 0.19 y-1,for the Central and Eastern Agulhas Bank stocks, respectively (Table 2). Effort reduction reduced the effort below EMSY, estimated at 4406 and 2242 targeted boat days per annum, respectively, for the two stocks. Both stocks were steadily recovering, but biomass levels at 32% and 42% of pristine biomass (K), respectively, the stock biomass remained below BMSY (Fig. 6), even though the effort was estimated to be at less than half of the EMSY. The analysis did not consider the recreational boat fishing effort.

Brouwer and Griffiths (2006) conducted Egg per Recruit (Egg/R) analyses on both stocks and found Egg/R had declined to between 6 and 14% of the pristine value, based on size- structure data collected between 1986 and 2001. Our analyses are in agreement with Brouwer and Griffiths’ model findings suggesting improvements in the status of the resource prior to the emergency declaration. These changes are thought to be due to the termination of fishing activities by the Japanese and inshore trawl fleets in 1991. No attempt was made, however, to account for the trawl caught catch of carpenter in this analysis.

Table 2. Production model estimates and 95% confidence limits (in brackets) for the carpenter (Argyrosona argyrosona) fisheries in the south-western, southern and south-eastern stocks. The first zones two have been combined in the model to correspond with the central Agulhas Bank stock. Region Estimates SW S SE K 43872.5 [40721.0, 48197.2] 29218.3 [22774.0, 43067.8] 18292.8 [15411.8, 22826.4] q 0.022 [0.018, 0.026] 0.034 [0.022, 0.045] 0.053 [0.042, 0.066] r 0.050 [0.049, 0.052] 0.146 [0.096, 0.199] 0.118 [0.095, 0.139] σ 0.0109 [0.083, 0.151] 0.113 [0.086, 0.158] 0.078 [0.059, 0.108] MSY 553.4 [515.2, 606.4] 1068.2 [1043.3, 1086.7] 537.3 [528.2, 551.6]

EMSY 1148.6 [979.9, 1377.2] 2166.3 [1992.7, 2391.41] 1097.9 [1021.4, 1196.17]

BMSY 21936.3 [20360.5, 24097.6] 14609.2 [11387.0, 21533.9] 9146.4 [7705.9, 11413.2]

B2010/K 0.11 [0.10, 0.13] 0.14 [0.11, 0.20] 0.19 [0.16, 0.22] rec(%) 27.4 [25.8, 28.9] 37.0 [26.8, 45.4] 52.8 [46.1, 58.3]

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 95 Figure 5. Annual CPUE and landings for two stocks of carpenter (Argyrosona argyrosona) compared to the CPUE predicted by the Schaefer surplus production model.

Yellowtail (Seriola lalandi)

Yellowtail is a nomadic, pelagic species of the continental shelf, and is not confined to South Africa or the African continent. There is no evidence of stock separation within South African waters. In this analysis, we only consider the south-western stocks of yellowtaail. The production model fitted the data, but errors on estimates were considerably wider than for silver kob or carpenter. The 95% confidence intervals for the carrying capacity, for example, were estimated between 5 738 and 52 720 t (Table 3). The stock was over-exploited from the late 1980’s, but has now recovered to above MSY. The position in 1985 (over-exploited but below

EMSY) can probably be explained by large catches of this species that were taken by pure-seiners up to the early 1980’s, which are believed to have severely impacted on the stock.

CPUE increased abruptly after the emergency, but the increase was not sustained. The CPUE has been more variable during the last 10 years than during the period prior to the emergency. The last five years of the study period show a decline in CPUE and landings. Catches have been erratic throughout the period and suggest either a volatile stock dynamic, or unusually high variability in the availability of the stock to fishers (Figs. 7, 8).

Even the most pessimistic scenario suggests that the stock is not less than 44% of carrying capacity. EMSY is estimated at 3316 boat days, and commercial effort is currently well below this target. However, the absence of recreational data. Yellowtail is a very popular target of this sector, and recreational effort and catch need to be included for a refined assessment.

page 96 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 6. Bi-plot indicating the modeled trajectory of biomass and effort for two stocks of carpenter (Argyrosona argyrosona), relative to the respective estimates at MSY.

Table 3. Production model estimates and 95% confidence limits (in brackets) for the yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) fishery in the south-western stock.

Region Estimates SW K 10057.5 [5737.8, 52720.7] q 0.042 [0.07, 0.255] r 0.277 [0.080, 0.487] σ 0.181 [0.137, 0.255] MSY 698.3 [666.0, 1035.5]

EMSY 3316.0 [2730.8, 5578.5]

BMSY 5028.6 [2868.9, 26360.4]

B2010/K 0.66 [0.44, 2.01]

rec(%) 35.9 [18.1, 48.2]

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 97 Figure 7. Annual CPUE and landings for three stocks of yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) compared to the CPUE predicted by the Schaefer surplus production model.

Figure 8. Bi-plot indicating the modelled trajectory of biomass and effort for the yellowtail (Seriola lalandi) fishery in the south-western Cape, relative to the respective estimates at MSY.

No previous assessments of yellowtail are available for comparison. This species has not been targetted for as long as other linefish species, and its nomadic nature and fast population growth (r = 0.28 y-1) suggest that yellowtail may be less susceptability to the fishery exploitation than other species. The estimates of fishing mortality F quoted reported by Thompson and Penney (in prep.) cited by (Mann 2000) could not be verified. The reference material is unfortunately unavailable.

Hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii)

Hottentot was the most common reef fish landed by the linefish in the south-werstern and western stocks, however, catches showed a long-term downward trend from the late 1980’s until at least 2006 (Fig. 9).

The production model provided a reasonable fit to the observed data and the carrying capacity was estimated at between 10 000 and 23 000 t (Table 4). The model output shows that the stock has been over-exploited for almost the entire assessment period, but is now approaching the target of BMSY and could be considered underexploited (Fig. 10).

page 98 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 4. Production model estimates and 95% confidence limits (in brackets) for the hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii) fishery in the south-western stock.

Region Estimates SW K 13140.8 [9879.8, 22722.2] Q 0.018 [0.009, 0.027] R 0.053 [0.050, 0.059] σ 0.181 [0.137, 0.255] MSY 174.6 [135.9, 293.6]

EMSY 1443.5 [984.3, 2793.1]

BMSY 6969.0 [4939.9, 11361.1]

B2010/K 0.55 [0.33, 0.87] rec(%) 19.13 [18.0, 20.9]

Figure 9. Annual CPUE and landings for three stocks of hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii) compared to the CPUE predicted by the Schaefer surplus production model.

Figure 10. Bi-plot indicating the modeled trajectory of biomass and effort for the hottetot (Pachymetopon blochii) fishery for the south-western stock, relative to the respective estimates at MSY.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 99 Slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus)

The single stock of slinger is shared with Mozambique, is a reef-associated species, which is expected to be resident.

Carrying capacity was estimated at between 6 000 and 12 000 t (Table 5). Currently the stock remains below BMSY, but has recovered substantially from a more severe depletion in the early

1990’s when catches reached record levels (Fig. 11). Effort is currenty below EMSY, and the stock is recovering slowly (Fig. 12).

Table 5. Production model estimates and 95% confidence limits (in brackets) for the slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) fishery for the east stock.

Region Estimates SW K 7789.1 [5969.3, 11692.5] q 0.034 [0.021, 0.046] r 0.149 [0.103, 0.192] σ 0.080 [0.062, 0.114] MSY 289.5 [283.6, 305.6]

EMSY 2200.4 [2029.8, 2466.8]

BMSY 3894.5 [2984.6, 5846.3]

B2010/K 0.37 [0.27, 0.48] rec(%) 30.0 [23.0, 36.2]

Figure 11. Annual CPUE and landings for three stocks of slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) compared to the CPUE predicted by the Schaefer surplus production model.

page 100 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 12. The modelled trajectory of biomass and effort for the slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) fishery along the east coast, relative to the respective estimates at MSY.

Discussion

The assessments presented here, especially in combination with the standardization of the CPUE (Winker et al. 2012), mark a significant improvement of our understanding of the response to the management interventions after the declaration of the linefish emergency. The bi-plots illustrated not only the current state of the fish stock, but also the trajectory followed towards the current state. For each of the fisheries and stocks modeled, the emergency declared in 2000 appeared to be the single most important factor influencing the stock dynamics. Overall, the nominal effort cut was in the region of 70%, but the real effort reduction, in terms of boat days, was lower, but still substantial. The response of the stocks to a reduction in effort was as expected with an increase in the CPUE and an overall decline in the total catch in all stocks. Although most stocks are being harvested at EMSY or below, most remain over-exploited as they have not attained BMSY. Although these assessments are useful to gauge the current state of the linefishery, a number of improvements are still required to improve our confidence in the predictions. The most important improvement would be a test of the robustness of the models by incorporating different base case scenarios for the B1985/K ratios. Although there are sufficient data to run age-structured models for some of the stocks, the results of a preliminary analysis on one of the carpenter stocks showed the same general patterns predicted by the surplus production model. A further improvement would be the inclusion of the catch by other fishing sectors into the models. Once this has been done, the framework outlined in this paper will be incorporated into the updated Linefish Management Protocol. The output of the surplus production model could be used to simulate the impact of management scenarios, changes in effort, and to provide resource managers with a measure that determines sustainable effort for the new long-term rights allocation.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 101 References

Brouwer SL, Griffiths MH. 2006. Management of Argyrozona argyrozona (Pisces: Sparidae) in South Africa based on per-recruit models. African Journal of Marine Science 28: 89-98. Griffiths MH. 1997a. Towards a management plan for the South African linefishery: objectives and strategies. In: Penney AJ, Griffiths MH, Attwood CG (eds.), Management and Monitoring of the South African Marine Linefishery. South African Network for Coastal and Oceanic Research, Occasional Report No. 3, Cape Town, pp. 3-11. Griffiths MH. 1997b. The application of per-recruit models to Argyrosomus inodorus, an important South African sciaenid fish. Fisheries Research 30: 103-115. Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort for the Cape commercial linefishery: snapshots of the 20th Century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81-110. Hastings WK. 1970. Monte Carlo sampling methods using Markov chains and their applications. Biometrika 57: 97–109. Hilborn R, Walters CJ. 1992. Quantitative fisheries stock assessment: choice, dynamics and uncertainty. Chapman and Hall, New York. Mann BQ. 2000. South African marine linefish status reports. Oceanographic Research Institute, Special Publication no. 7. Durban, South African Association for Marine Biological Research. Punt AE, Hilborn R. 1997. Fisheries stock assessment and decision analysis: the Bayesian approach. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 7: 35-63. Schaefer MB. 1954. Some aspects of the dynamics of populations important to the management of the commercial marine fisheries. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission Bulletin 1: 26-55. Winker H, Kerwath SE, Attwood CG 2012. Report on stock assessments of important South African linefish resources. Report of the Linefish Scientific Working Group, no. 3. Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Cape Town.

page 102 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Long-term changes in a surf zone fish community associated with the linefish collapse in the Eastern Cape, South Africa

GM Rishworth1 and NA Strydom1 1Nelson Mandela Metropolitan University, South Africa.

Introduction

Surf-zones are an important habitat for many fish species across a range of their developmental stages, however, our understanding of how fish utilise this environment is generally poor (Strydom 2008; Able et al. 2010), partially due to the difficulty of sampling fish communities comprehensively in these habitats (Beyst et al. 2001; Strydom 2007). Further, in South Africa, surf-zones have been neglected in favour of studies of fish utilisation of other coastal nursery habitats, such as estuaries (Able 2005; Strydom 2008). Nonetheless, there is growing evidence suggesting that surf-zones are important nurseries and feeding areas for many fish species (e.g. Beyst et al. 2001; Strydom & d’Hotman 2005; Félix et al. 2007; Able et al. 2010). Surf-zones also act as transient habitats for young fishes recruiting into estuaries from the ocean (Strydom 2003).

Many of the fish species that utilise surf-zones are commercially and economically important. Some of these species have faced major stock declines largely due to overfishing (Attwood & Farquhar 1999; Griffiths 2000). At the turn of the millennium, a state of emergency was declared on the linefish stocks in South Africa (linefish generally refers to all fish species caught using a hook and line but excluding commercial long-lines), calling for action to restore these stocks to a viable state (Palmer et al. 2008). Prior to the major effects of the linefish stock collapse (primarily noticed in the 1980’s and 1990’s), a comprehensive assessment by Lasiak (1982) was made of the surf-zone fish community at King’s Beach in Algoa Bay on the warm temperate, south-east coast of South Africa. This study identified a distinct adult fish assemblage and recorded high densities of juvenile fishes; classified this surf-zone as a nursery habitat (Lasiak 1981; Lasiak 1983).

In review of this, two hypotheses have been formulated for follow-up studies in the surf-zone at King’s Beach:. the current fish community at King’s Beach will be significantly different from that of three decades ago (reduced abundances and size-class shifts of higher trophic- level fishes as a result of the linefish collapse) and King’s Beach serves as a nursery for earlier developmental stages of several fishes, i.e. an increase over time in mean length within a species or high densities of young fish.

Materials and methods

The study site, King’s Beach, is located south of the Port Elizabeth Harbour (33°58’S, 25°19’E) and stretches for approximately 1.3 km. It can be classified as an intermediate energy surf-zone and the surf generally extends from 50 to 100 m (McLachlan 1980). Since the late 1980’s and early 1990’s, the sand accumulation against the harbour breakwater wall has remained relatively constant in that the physical position of King’s Beach has not changed significantly since the Lasiak (1982) study (Goschen & Schumann 2011).

In the Lasiak (1982) study, a 60 m and 30 m seine net were used to sample the adult and juvenile fish community, respectively. In the current study a 100 m and 30 m seine net were used to sample these communities and mean size selectivity between the respective nets used in each study was not significantly different for the most common species caught (p > 0.05;

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 103 df = 5 and 9, respectively). Sampling protocol was standardized so as to best replicate that of the Lasiak (1982) study to allow for direct comparisons to be made between the two fish communities. In this respect, sampling occurred when high tide coincided within two hours of sunset and was done bimonthly from the end of February 2011 to the beginning of August 2011. On each occasion, the 100 m, 30 m and a further 4.5 m seine (which targeted the larval fish community) were pulled through the surf before, at and after sunset.

All fish caught were identified in the field whenever possible and then safely released. The samples from the 4.5 m larval seine net were preserved in 10 % formaldehyde and seawater; for identification in the laboratory. In the last three months of the study, coinciding with the period of peak late-summer and autumn juvenile recruitment into South African coastal nurseries, all fish greater than 150 mm (total length; TL) were tagged using spaghetti tags (Hallprint, Australia). Care was taken to sterilise all equipment (using 99.9 % ethanol) and to minimise handling of fish. Fish caught in subsequent samples were inspected for tag loss. At each bimonthly sampling trip, abiotic variables of the seawater were recorded, such as temperature, salinity, pH and turbidity. A measure of suspended seaweed in the surf-zone was also recorded.

Data were analysed descriptively or with the software package PRIMER for community analysis using the BIO-ENV routine (Clarke & Warwick 1994). Non-parametric tests were performed to compare between the current study to that of Lasiak (1982). To standardise comparisons, data from the current study were only compared for the months corresponding to those of Lasiak’s study.

Results and Discussion

In the juvenile fish community, at least three species (piggy Pomadasys olivaceus; blacktail Diplodus capensis and southern mullet Liza richardsonii) demonstrated growth in the surf-zone as reflected by a mean increase in total length over several weeks, recruiting into the surf as late- stage larvae. It is likely that several other fishes are utilising this surf-zone as a nursery (e.g. white stumpnose, Rhabdosargus globiceps) but the numbers caught were not suitable for generating meaningful results. Although these results were generated over a preliminary sampling period, it is evident that some species show distinct periods of recruitment into the surf-zone nursery environment (e.g. P. olivaceus appeared to recruit into this habitat during April).

The larval fish community was dominated by late-stage postflexion larvae (59 %), primarily from reef-associated species (such as the Gobiidae and Gobisocidae). Sand-associated species (such as the Haemulidae and Soleidae) were less prominent in catches (comprising 14.2 % and 12.5 %, respectively). This trend is similar to other surf-zone studies in temperate South Africa (Strydom & d’Hotman 2005). Species from some of the prominent linefish families (Sparidae, Haemulidae and Sciaenidae) were caught sporadically, but often in low densities.

This research shows that King’s Beach is operating as a nursery for young fishes, supporting several other studies which have highlighted the nursery value of surf-zones (e.g. Beyst et al. 2001; Strydom & d’Hotman 2005; Félix et al. 2007; Able et al. 2010). The suitability of this surf-zone as a nursery could best be explained by the intermediate energy of the surf zone. Some authors have suggested that surf-zones of intermediate energy are suitable nursery habitats for fishes as they are less abrasive than high-energy surf-zones, offer greater protection from predators and increased foraging opportunities than low-energy surf-zones (Lasiak 1983; Clark 1997; Vasconcellos et al. 2007). Although present in considerably lower densities, some of the most targeted and exploited linefish species (e.g. the dusky kob (Argyrosomus japonicus)) continue to make use of King’s Beach as a nursery, for both larval and juvenile developmental stages.

Growth within the surf-zone amongst some species was the only evidence of residency. Of the 47 fish tagged (12.5 % were juveniles) in this preliminary study, no recaptures were recorded. These results concur with similar international studies which have assessed residency of juvenile fish in the surf-zone (Miller et al. 2002; Ross & Lancaster 2002), supporting the hypothesis that fish are highly mobile amongst surf-zones.

page 104 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium When the catch compositions of Lasiak (1982) were compared to those of the current study, an obvious shift in the larger fish community, more so than in the smaller juvenile community, was evident (Table 1). Amongst the smaller juveniles, the Haemulidae was the dominant family in both studies and the Sparidae also contributed a significant and similar proportion (~ 20 %). However, the Mugilidae in the small juvenile community made a larger contribution (16.4 %) in the current study to that found by Lasiak (1982). Amongst the larger juvenile and adult community, the dominant Sparidae family in the Lasiak (1982) study is far out-weighed by the Mugilidae in the current study (Table 1). This remains evident after a large catch of L. richardsonii is omitted from analysis whereby the Mugilidae still dominate over 50 % of the catch when they only contributed 6.5 % of the catch in the study by Lasiak (1982). For both net comparisons, family composition was significantly different between the two studies (p < 0.05; χ2 analysis).

On a finer scale, two of the most exploited linefish families, the Sparidae and Sciaenidae (Heemstra & Heemstra 2004), have exhibited declines in terms of total numbers displaying a shift towards smaller individuals recorded in the Lasiak (1982) study. Lasiak (1982) caught 1132 sparids and 190 sciaenids, while, in the current study, a ~10-fold decrease for these groups was noted (only 89 Sparids and 5 Sciaenids caught). Amongst the Sparidae, 61.9 % were smaller than 8 cm (TL) in the Lasiak (1982) study and this fraction increases to 83.1 % in the current study. Also evident in the current study was the total absence of two Sparidae species (strepie, Sarpa salpa and sand steenbras, Lithognathus mormyrus) both dominant contributors to the juvenile and adult communities three decades ago.

Table 1: Proportional composition of the dominant fish families to the catches for this study (2011) and that of Lasiak (1982). For the larger net, two values are indicated for each family in the 2011 study: the value on the left is the proportion when the entire catch is included and the value on the right is the proportion after an obviously large catch of 1,552 Liza richardsonii (Mugilidae) is omitted.

Small juveniles Adults and large juveniles (30 m net) (60 m and 100 m nets) Lasiak This study Lasiak This study (2011) (1982) (2011) (1982) Atherinidae 3.5% 0.5% 0.5% - / - Carangidae 0.9% - - - / - Clupeidae 0.4% 1.7% - - / - Dasyatidae - - 1.4% - / - Dichistiidae - - - 0.1% / 1.0% Haemulidae 70.1% 61.4% 8.3% 0.2% / 4.1% Kyphosidae - 0.2% - - / - Monodactylidae - - 8.5% 0.1% / 1.0% Mugilidae 1.6% 16.4% 6.5% 97.3% / 54.6% Pomatomidae - - 1.1% 0.4% / 6.2% Rhinobatidae 0.3% 1.0% 4.6% 0.4% / 7.2% Sciaenidae 0.6% - 6.0% 0.3% / 5.2% Sparidae 21.9% 18.6% 59.4% 0.7% / 11.3% Tetraodontidae - 0.2% 1.5% 0.5% / 9.3% Others 0.6% - 2.3% - / - Similar composition Markedly different composition χ2 analysis of between studies but still between studies and significantly similarity significantly different (p < different (p < 0.05) 0.05)

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 105 In this preliminary assessment of the fish community at King’s Beach it is evident that there have indeed been major shifts in the trophic structure of the fish community since the Lasiak (1982) study. Higher-level trophic feeding piscivores and other predators (such as the Sparidae and Sciaenidae) have been replaced by lower-level feeders such as the planktivorous Mugilidae. The primary reason for this community shift appears most likely attributable to the collapse in linefish stocks in South Africa due to overfishing.

Conclusion

This study provides robust evidence for the effects of wide-scale depletion of linefish stocks on the fish community in a surf-zone nursery area. The three classic signs of overfishing are evident in the community at present and further support the reasoning that it was indeed overfishing of local linefish that contributed to this community shift. These are a reduction in the overall abundance of higher-level predators, a shift in the size-class frequencies of fish towards a greater proportion of smaller individuals and, a simplification of the food-chain whereby lower-level planktivores become more prominent (Jackson et al. 2001; Yemane et al. 2004). This study also highlights the nursery role played by coastal surf-zones in South Africa and makes a useful contribution towards advocating the formal protection of a network of these surf-zones in a holistic approach towards conservation of all life-stages of exploited fishes.

Acknowledgements

Dr. Warren Potts is thanked for his guidance in project inception, tagging and sampling protocol. The National Research Foundation is also thanked for partially funding this project. Many thanks are also given to the numerous willing field-assistants who invaluably helped out with this research.

References

Able K. 2005. A re-examination of fish estuarine dependence: Evidence for connectivity between estuarine and ocean habitats. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 64: 5-17. Able KW, Wilber DH, Muzeni-Corino A, Clarke DG. 2010. Spring and summer larval fish assemblages in the surf zone and nearshore off northern New Jersey, USA. Estuaries and Coasts 33: 211-222. Attwood CG, Farquhar M. 1999. Collapse of linefish stocks between Cape Hangklip and Walker Bay, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 21: 415-432. Beyst B, Hostens K, Mees J. 2001. Factors influencing fish and macrocrustacean communities in the surf zone of sandy beaches in Belgium: temporal variation. Journal of Sea Research 46: 281- 294. Clark BM. 1997. Variation in surf-zone fish community structure across a wave-exposure gradient. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 44: 659-674. Clarke KR, Warwick RM. 1994. Change in marine communities: an approach to statistical analysis and interpretation. Plymouth Marine Laboratory, Plymouth. Félix FC, Spach HL, Moro PS, Schwarz RJ, Santos C, Hackradt CW, Hostim-Silva M. 2007. Utilization patterns of surf zone inhabiting fish from beaches in Southern Brazil. Pan-American Journal of Aquatic Sciences 2: 27-39. Goschen WS, Schumann EH. 2011. The physical oceanographic processes of Algoa Bay, with emphasis on the western coastal region. A synopsis of the main results of physical oceanographic research undertaken in and around Algoa Bay up until 2010. South African Environmental Observation Network (SAEON) Institute for Maritime Technology (IMT), on behalf of the South African Navy.

page 106 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: snapshots of the 20th century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81-110. Heemstra PC, Heemstra E. 2004. Coastal Fishes of Southern Africa. National Inquiry Service Centre, South Africa, and the South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Grahamstown. 488 p. Jackson JBC, Kirby MX, Berger WH, Bjorndal KA, Botsford LW, Bourque BJ, Bradbury RH, Cooke R, Erlandson J, Estes JA, Hughes TP, Kidwell S, Lange CB, Lenihan HS, Pandolfi JM, Peterson CH, Steneck RS, Tegner MJ, Warner RR. 2001. Historical overfishing and the recent collapse of coastal ecosystems. Science 293: 629-637. Lasiak TA. 1981. Nursery grounds of juvenile teleosts: evidence from the surf zone of King’s Beach, Port Elizabeth. South African Journal of Science 77: 388-390. Lasiak TA. 1982. Structural and functional aspects of the surf-zone fish community in the Eastern Cape. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Port Elizabeth, South Africa. Lasiak TA. 1983. Recruitment and growth patterns of juvenile marine teleosts caught at King’s Beach, Algoa Bay. South African Journal of Zoology 18: 25-30. McLachlan A. 1980. The definition of sandy beaches in relation to exposure: A simple rating system. South African Journal of Science 76: 137-138. Miller MJ, Rowe PM, Able KW, Schaefer SA. 2002. Occurrence and growth rates of young-of-year northern kingfish, Menticirrhus saxatilis, on ocean and estuarine beaches in southern New Jersey. Copeia 2002: 815-823. Palmer RM, Cowley PD, Mann BQ. 2008. A Century of Linefish Research in South Africa: Bibliography and review of research trends. South African Network for Coastal and Oceanic Research. Occasional Report, No. 6. 108 p. Ross SW, Lancaster JE. 2002. Movements and site fidelity of two juvenile fish species using surf zone nursery habitats along the southeastern North Carolina coast. Environmental Biology of Fishes 63: 161-172. Strydom NA. 2003. Occurrence of larval and early juvenile fishes in the surf zone adjacent to two intermittently open estuaries, South Africa. Environmental Biology of Fishes 66: 349-359. Strydom NA. 2007. Jetski-based plankton towing as a new method of sampling larval fishes in shallow marine habitats. Environmental Biology of Fishes 78: 299-306. Strydom NA. 2008. Utilization of shallow subtidal bays associated with warm temperate rocky shores by the late-stage larvae of some inshore fish species, South Africa. African Zoology 43: 256-269. Strydom NA, D’Hotman BD. 2005. Estuary-dependence of larval fishes in a non-estuary associated South African surf zone: evidence for continuity of surf assemblages. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 63: 101-108. Vasconcellos RM, Santos JNS, Silva MA, Araújo G. 2007. Effect of the wave exposure gradient on juvenile fish community in sandy beaches of the Rio de Janeiro City, Brazil. Biota Neotropica 7: 171-178. Yemane D, Field JG, Griffiths MH. 2004. Effects of fishing on the size and dominance structure of linefish of the Cape region, South Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 26: 161-177.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 107 The Kosi Bay fishtrap catches, impacts and management

Scotty Kyle Ezemvelo KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife, Private Bag x3, Congella, Durban, 4013.

Introduction

The Kosi Bay estuarine lakes system is situated on the Indian Ocean shore in the extreme north eastern corner of South Africa. It is the second largest estuarine area in South Africa, after St. Lucia, and has been said to perform critical functions in terms of recruitment of several marine fish and invertebrate species. It also still has viable populations of animals such as hippo and some crocodiles. Until recently, access to the region was restricted result in limited development in the area. Although some resources are heavily used, the system has remained unchanged in many respects.

The very high biodiversity and natural beauty of the area has resulted in the region being proclaimed a Nature Reserve, Ramsar Wetland of International Importance, and was listed as part of the iSimangaliso World Heritage Site in 1999. These actions have also recognized the rights of the local traditional community to continue using the vast array of natural resources for food, fuel, building materials and medicines.

Recognising and consolidating traditional rights has, however, often resulted in serious challenges where progressively increasing human populations, combined with improving materials and techniques, transform traditional sustainable activities into unlimited commercial operations.

At Kosi Bay, the first written accounts, dating back almost 400 years, record fishtraps in the lakes and usage of these traps has continued to date. The local residents also speared fish and collected crabs and prawns and harvested wild fruits. All these traditional, and apparently mostly sustainable, activities continued, but access to markets has improved and the local population has grown and replaced the predominantly barter with a cash based economy.

By 1980 there was a perceived conflict between the traditional fish trappers and new recreational fishers who fished for enjoyment, not out of need, but seemed to target the same fish stocks as the traps. Due to the rural, undeveloped nature of the area and its sandy nutrient deficient soils the best development option identified and adopted by the authorities was that of conservation and tourism.

The recreational anglers were all from outside the region and relatively affluent while the trappers were exclusively local residents and mostly poor, at least at the beginning of the study. The Kosi Bay traps are similar in design and construction to those used in other parts of the world including the Philippines, Cuba, India, and several areas in Africa. The use of fishtraps has declined in many areas, or has been replaced by gillnets and other fishing methods, but in Kosi Bay, the use of traps has not declined and has been actively supported by the authorities despite their “informal” legal status.

A typical trap consists of a double row of sticks thrust into the sand from a bank and curving upstream. The rows are about half a metre apart and are filled with smaller branches forming a thick barrier to large fish movement. At the inside, upstream, end of the fence a heart shaped palisade is built and, at the apex of this, is a circular terminal basket with a valve by which the fish may enter the basket but not return. Once a fish is in the terminal basket it usually stays there swimming around until the trapper comes and spears it and takes it out. No bait is used and the traps catch mostly fish moving through the channels at night on their way to the ocean.

page 108 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium There was initially a clear apparent conflict between the recreational and traditional fishers in the lakes where the target species overlapped and, at that stage, the trap numbers seemed to be declining and ever larger numbers of recreational anglers entered the region. The authorities instituted a programme to monitor fish catches as well as fishtrap and recreational angler numbers. At the same time a comprehensive fish mark and recovery initiative was undertaken to try and establish recovery rates of the various fishing methods as well as estimates of the population and information on fish movement and growth.

The traps were numbered and monitors, selected from the fishing community, were appointed trained and equipped to check the traps catches daily. The monitoring, as well as the need for it, was carefully explained to the local people through their traditional structures and their full support was obtained. From 1980 to 1985 the catches of all the traps were monitored and from then, on an ongoing basis, a known proportion of the fishtraps was monitored and estimates of total catch were generated. At the same time 500 riverbream, Acanthopagrus vagus, were caught, tagged using spaghetti tags, and released back into the lakes of the system. As all the trap catches were examined the monitors were made aware of the fish tagging and a small cash reward was given for the return of a tagged fish.

Initial results from the monitoring and tagging showed an apparently stable, sustainable and harmonious situation. The total number of traps at that time was fairly stable (Fig 1) while they caught about 40 000 fish weighing about 40 metric tons each year (Fig 2). The recovery of tagged fish (Fig 3) also initially suggested a stable and sustainable fishery with about five percent of the fish recovered annually in the traps. In addition, the recreational fishers recovered about one percent of tagged fish each year and their annual catch was estimated at about ten tons.

Figure 1. Total number of fishtraps counted annually from 1981 to 2010 in the Kosi Bay lakes, no data being available for 2002.

There appeared to be no crisis in the Kosi Bay fishery. Nearly all the species caught were of marine origin and required stable ocean conditions to spawn. Spawning took place outside, or very near, the mouth of the Kosi system and the fish would recruit, mostly at a very small size, through the trap surrounded channels into the lakes. Due to their small size and the trap construction, the recruits would seldom be caught in the traps on their way to the lakes and the recreational fishers could only retain limited numbers of mostly mature fish due to the enforced size and bag limits.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 109 The recreational anglers could thus not complain too loudly about traps stopping immigration or seriously reducing recruitment while, as the recreational anglers only caught about one percent of available fish, trap catches were not markedly reduced by current levels of recreational fishing.

In the early 1980s, it appeared that adequate numbers of adult fish successfully migrated through the traps to the spawning grounds. Traps were made almost exclusively of indigenous branches bound together by dried wild banana (Strelitzia nicolae) leaves and this resulted in substantial gaps between the sticks resulting in very few fish smaller than about 20 cm. being caught. Almost all the traps also curved upstream and thus targeted fish exiting the lake system.

Figure 2. Total catch estimates, in numbers, of the Kosi Bay fishtraps from 1981 to 2010.

Figure 3. Percentages of marked fish recovered in the Kosi bay lakes from 1983 to 2010.

page 110 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium At this time, most traps were managed by older men, often on pensions, and most of the fish were consumed by his family, given away, or bartered locally. Few fish, except during times of excellent catches, were sold.

Tourists were also strictly controlled in that, although no marine fishing licenses were issued at that time, size and bag limits were enforced as all recreational anglers lodged at the then Natal Parks Board Camp.

Catch monitoring, trap counting and fish marking data indicate that trap numbers and total catches have increased (Figs 1 & 2) and that the proportion of marked fish recovered in the traps has progressively increased (Fig 3).

Monitoring results clearly show predictable annual cycles in fish abundance for each species, with some species showing particularly strong seasonal patterns (Fig 4). It is probable that not all fish migrations are directly related to spawning, although some species, such as riverbream, appear to conform closely to the spawning cycle. Within this cycle, very pronounced daily catch fluctuations are also evident and most show very strong links to water height measured in a channel situated in the middle of the Kosi Bay system. This water height closely follows the lunar cycle and while some species show no preference for full or new moon phases, others, such as Liza allata (Fig 5), display a strong preference for the darker moon phases. The best catches of many species of fish are associated with strong winds, heavy rain and take place over full moons in the summer months. Traps are often renovated just before summer for this reason.

The catch species composition (Table 1) also changed markedly during the data capture period even though the top few species mostly remained similar. In the beginning the most important species was spotted grunter (32.4%) followed by flathead mullet (25.1%) and then largescale mullet (10.6%). While the two most important species declined in importance during the study, both the largescale mullet and the Natal stumpnose became much more important in catches towards the end of the monitoring period.

Figure 4. Total monthly Kosi Bay fishtrap catches of Riverbream, Acanthopagrus vagus, from January 1981 to March 1985.

Table 1. Species composition, by number, of the most important species in the catches of the Kosi Bay fishtraps in 1985 and 2010.

Common name Scientific name 1985 2010 % % Spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonni 32.4 13.9 Flathead mullet Mugil cephalus 25.1 18.7

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 111 Largescale mullet Liza macrolepis 10.6 27.2 Largescale pursemouth Gerres methueni 9.1 6.4 Riverbream Acanthopagrus vagus 6.5 3.7 Natal stumpnose Rhabdosargus sarba 4.7 20.0 Bluetail mullet Valamugil buchanani 2.2 4.1 Kingfishes Carangidae 1.9 1.9 Diamond mullet Liza alata 1.6 0.2 River snapper Lutjanus argentimaculatus 0.9 2.0 Other species 5.0 1.9 Total 100.0 100.0

Figure 5. Total daily catches of diamond mullet, Liza allata, from 25 May 1985 to 20 June 1985. New moon periods being 3 May and 4 June and full moon periods 17 May and 18 June.

Various factors have contributed to the increases in effort and catch during the study, the most important being the political transformation in South Africa in 1994 and the establishment of a new, democratic government. One of the foundations of the old regime was the migrant labour system that resulted in many young people from rural areas working in urban areas and sending money home. Many of these people returned to the Kosi Bay area and needed to find means of supporting themselves and their families. One of the few options was building fishtraps and many of the Indunas (sub chiefs) offered unused fishtrap areas to these young men. As a result, the number of traps increased (Fig 1) causing a “spike” in trap catches (Fig 2). Not only were there more traps being built, but those in operation were often taken over by younger men and a new management approach arose. Rather than being a supplement to a pension, catches were now used to sustain the urban lifestyle to which the younger men had become accustomed.

Apart from an increase in the number of traps, road access to the region had improved, allowing more efficient export of materials, including fish. Local people and outside buyers soon realized that large numbers of fish were available from the traps at Kosi Bay and lucrative markets were available within reasonable driving distance. Some trappers organized fish buyers who could be contacted to export and sell the fish when good catches were made. While it seems reasonable

page 112 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium that people should be allowed to sell to best advantage, one of the main arguments to allow trapping to continue was that the traps provided relatively cheap and abundant high-quality protein for the poorer local residents. A large number of local women made extra money by selling fish at the local market. Under the management of the younger men, the majority of the fish were exported from the area and the income opportunities for the local women reduced. A small number of men now made a large amount of money from the fish traps.

With the focus moving from a subsistence fishery to a lucrative business, some trappers began exploring ways to increase the efficiency of the traps. Rather than using the clumsy and thick traditional binding material, they began using nylon rope and string, often taken from old fishing nets washed up on the shore. Not only were these stronger, and longer lasting, they allowed the sticks of the terminal basket to be brought closer together, thus retaining smaller fish. Further, traditional sticks used in trap constructions were often gnarled often resulting in large gaps between the sticks. By replacing the traditional sticks with gumpoles or bamboo, the gaps between the sticks could be reduced, thus retaining even smaller fish. All fish caught could be sold; therefore, all size classes were targeted. Information from the monitoring (Fig 6) shows that most spotted grunter (Pomadasys commersonni) caught at the beginning of the study were mature and larger than the legal size limit, by the end of the study this proportion had dwindled markedly. Gillnet was being used by several trappers to cover their baskets to prevent species like bluefin mullet, Valamugil buchanani, from leaping out or fish eagles from “stealing” the fish. Nets were also set along fence lines and round baskets to prevent fish passing through.

Figure 6. Lengths of spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonni collected during Kosi Bay fishtrap monitoring programme from 1981 and 2010.

By using modern materials the new trappers were not only able to retain more fish in the traps, they could catch ever smaller fish and build traps into the deeper or faster moving water of the channels. Further, traditionally almost all traps faced upstream and caught fish exiting the lake system, new baskets facing downstream were being added. The traditional constraint of only using indigenous materials ensured a limited number of larger fish were caught while upstream facing baskets allowed recruiting or returning fish free access to the lakes. The downstream facing baskets now targeted larger numbers of recruits and returning fish. Recent monitoring suggests that some species, such as spotted grunter, undergo massive recruitment of 20 cm fish and that the traps are now harvesting large catches of these fish.

The net result of the influx of younger trappers and the modifications to the traps has been the progressive increase in the proportion of tagged fish recovered (Fig 3). While many would argue

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium| page 113 that a recovery rate of about five percent of marked fish might be sustainable, few would do so when this rate rose to more than one third of the fish marked. It is not known what proportions of tags remained on the fish, marked fish died as a result of capture and marking, left the system or were caught and not reported. It is likely that a recorded recovery rate of about 35% actually indicates a much larger proportion of the fish are caught annually.

While the earlier scenario was reassuring from a management perspective in that there appeared to be little competition between trappers and recreational anglers, and an overall sustainable level of harvesting, the more recent situation is concerning. Not only has a higher proportion of tagged fish been caught, but, while the recreational fishers still only harvest about one percent of marked fish, the traps accounted for almost the entire remainder. The traps were thus reducing the numbers of fish heading for the spawning grounds as well as directly reducing subsequent recruitment.

In the past it was assumed that many species of fish undertook single, annual migrations to the ocean usually associated with spawning. Recent fish telemetry work suggests that Acanthopagrus vagus often undergoes multiple migrations through the trap areas. This would explain the marked decline in abundance of this species in recent years.

The situation has been exacerbated because the trappers have never applied for fishing licenses, in terms of the Marine Living Resources Act, despite numerous and lengthy attempts to get them to do so. This means that, not only are the traps illegal, but no conditions, such as restrictions on the use of nylon rope, are currently possible.

I see two management alternatives available to the authorities: issue licenses to the trappers, in terms of the current Operational Management Plan that prohibits the use of modern materials and reduces the efficiency of the traps back and promotes sustainable utilization of the fishery resource; or recognize the traps as a full scale commercial fishery and manage it as such, optimizing catches and prices and improving freezing and transport facilities. The former is easily compatible with the values and mission of a World Heritage Site while the latter is not. The former will be an asset to tourism in the area whereas the latter will have a very negative effect on it.

The former option is relatively easy to implement, in theory, as the constraints are mostly the same as the traditional ones and many local people want them reinstated. All that needs to happen is for licenses to be issued in terms of the conditions of the fishtrap Operational Management Plan. The alternative management approach will all but destroy the local recreational fishing and tourism industry but also seriously impact the capacity of the Kosi Bay system to act as a nursery and source of recruits for many marine fish and invertebrate species and a refuge for others. Several of the Kosi Bay estuarine species, such as Acanthopagrus vagus, may have already been severely reduced in abundance while other species that enter Kosi Bay from an external “metapopulation” often do not return to the ocean. Rather than Kosi Bay acting as a source of recruits for many fish species, it has possibly become a sink.

The main management recommendations are as follows: • Issue fishtrap licenses in terms of the Marine Living Resources Act, with OMP conditions • Ensure only indigenous materials may be used in trap building • Ensure that the traditional 30 metre trap free channel is maintained to the ocean • Prohibit the construction of downstream facing traps • Prevent the construction of traps near channel mouths

The situation in the Kosi Bay fishery has become clear after over thirty years of monitoring, and the necessary management steps are obvious. What is required is that the few people who have blocked the process to date step aside and allow the sustainable management of the fish resources of Kosi Bay.

page 114 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 5 – Monitoring: Chair Colin Attwood Monitoring the recovery of a previously exploited surf-zone habitat in the St Lucia Marine Reserve using a no-take sanctuary area as a benchmark

BQ Mann1 and M Tyldesley2 1 Oceanographic Research Institute, P.O. Box 10712, Marine Parade, Durban, 4056. 2 Ezemvelo KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife, Private Bag X3, Congella, Durban, 4013.

Introduction

In January 2002, a ban on beach driving in South Africa was implemented (Government Gazette No. 22960) in terms of the National Environmental Management Act (Act No. 107 of 1998). While unpopular with more affluent recreational shore anglers (Dunlop 2011), this legislation effectively reduced angler access to large areas of the coastline, particularly in less developed areas (Mann et al. 2008). In November 2001, a project was established in the St Lucia Marine Reserve in the iSimangaliso Wetland Park to compare shore fish populations inside the St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary (Red Cliffs to Leven Point) with those in the adjacent exploited area (Leven Point to Cape Vidal). This project provided the opportunity to monitor the potential recovery of shore fish populations in the area north of Cape Vidal as anglers could no longer access this area because of the prohibition of beach driving.

The aim of this aspect of the study was to compare the species composition, catch per unit effort (CPUE) and population size structure of shore angling species within the St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary (i.e. benchmark area) with that of the adjacent, previously exploited area south of Leven Point and to monitor whether there was evidence of a recovery over a 10-year time period (2002 to 2011).

Methods

A trained team of volunteer anglers undertook four 4-day field trips to Cape Vidal each year. Prior to 2007 (i.e. from November 2001 to November 2006), six field trips were carried out per year (i.e. once every two months), whereas quarterly field trips (Feb, May, Aug, Nov) were conducted per year between February 2007 and November 2011. During each field trip, fishing was conducted by eight trained anglers in four selected 2km areas marked off at 100m intervals using numbered poles and a GPS. Two of the 2km areas were inside the no-take sanctuary area (between Leven Point and Red Cliffs) and two were in the previously exploited area (between Leven Point and Cape Vidal) (Fig 1). All four areas were selected to be as similar as possible in terms of habitat (i.e. all contained both sandy and rocky shores with some patchy reef habitat sub-tidally).

Standardised rock and surf fishing gear and barbless hooks were used and all fish caught were carefully handled and quickly measured on plastic stretchers before being returned unharmed to the water. Targeted species greater than 30cm fork length (FL) were tagged using plastic dart tags (Hallprint) supplied by the ORI Tagging Project. All catch and effort data, as well as tagging information, was recorded by each angler on a daily basis and subsequently captured onto a MS- Access database for later analysis.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 115 Two 4x4 vehicles were used to transport the anglers along the beach to the selected fishing areas and all beach driving was restricted to three hours either side of low tide. All field trips were conducted over spring tides, or as close to spring tides as logistically possible. Results

Species composition

A total of 50 field trips were undertaken between November 2001 and July 2011 during which 12 367 fish were caught comprising 88 species from 38 families. Of the fish caught, 5 299 were tagged and 701 (13.4%) were recaptured. The species composition was similar in each of the four sampling areas being dominated by three species: speckled snapper (Lutjanus rivulatus), largespotted pompano (Trachinotus botla) and grey grunter (Pomadasys furcatum), hereafter referred to as the ‘dominant trio’. For purposes of comparison, the species composition from the two previously exploited areas (EA & EB) and the two sanctuary areas (SA & SB) were pooled (Fig 2).

Figure 1: Map of the St Lucia Marine Reserve and Sanctuary showing the four 2km sampling sites used in this study (EA & EB are in the previously exploited area, while SA & SB are within the sanctuary area).

page 116 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Analysis of species composition over the 10-year study period revealed subtle differences in each of the four sampling areas (Fig 3a-d). In addition to the afore mentioned dominant trio, blacktail (Diplodus capensis) and catface rockcod (Epinephelus andersoni) comprised the top five species in EA (Fig 3a). An increase in the percentage composition of grey grunter from 2008-11 and a decrease in the percentage composition of catface rockcod during 2010-11 were the only discernible changes in species composition in the EA area over the 10-year study period (Figure 3a). In the EB area, cave bass (Dinoperca petersi) replaced catface rockcod as one of the top five species (Figure 3b). An increasing trend in percentage composition of both speckled snapper and grey grunter was apparent in the EB area (Fig 3b).

Figure 2: Species composition recorded in a) the previously exploited areas (EA & EB) and b) the sanctuary areas (SA & SB) in the St Lucia Marine Reserve between November 2001 and July 2011.

Figure 3a-d: Trends in fish species composition in the four sampling areas in the St Lucia Marine Reserve between 2002 and 2011 (SSNP=speckled snapper; GGRN=grey grunter; LPMP=largespotted pompano; CRCD=catface rockcod; NSTM=Natal sumpnose; BLTL=blacktail; LPFS=cave bass; BSTM=bigeye stumpnose).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 117 Catface rockcod and Natal stumpnose (Rhabdosargus sarba) combined with the dominant trio to dominated catches in the SA area (Fig 3c). Species composition fluctuated widely in the SA area over the 10-year period with sand inundation of the subtidal reef habitat in 2005 resulting in an increase in catches of largespotted pompano and a subsequent decrease in percentage composition of reef fish such as grey grunter and speckled snapper. This pattern was reversed in 2009 when scouring of the reef habitat resulted in an influx of reef-associated species (Fig 3c). Percentage composition of Natal stumpnose in the SA area became progressively smaller throughout the sampling period, probably linked to the lack of recruitment into the adult population following the closure of the St Lucia Estuary in 2002 (Mann and Pradervand 2007). Bigeye stumpnose (Rhabdosargus thorpei) and blacktail combined with the dominant trio, dominated catches in the SB area (Fig 3d). An increase in the percentage composition of speckled snapper from 2008-11 was the most evident trend in this area over the 10-year sampling period. It is believed that this may have been due to improved angler skills in targeting this species and increased targeting of this species after dark during February field trips. Catch per unit effort (CPUE) Fishing effort (angler hours) in all four sampling areas was similar throughout the 10-year study period. The decrease in effort from 2007 onwards was as a result of reducing the annual number of field trips from six to four (Fig 4). CPUE was calculated as the number of fish caught per angler per hour in each of the four sampling areas and averaged per field trip. In order to avoid bias from large catches of small fish that were not being targeted, CPUE was standardized to only include fish that were tagged or recaptured (i.e. targeted fish over 30cm FL).

Figure 4: Annual fishing effort in terms of angler hours expended in the two previously exploited areas (EA & EB) and the two sanctuary areas (SA & SB) from 2002-11.

The average CPUE was lowest in the previously exploited areas, gradually (but significantly) increased as one moved from the EA area closest to Cape Vidal (0.30 fish.angler-1.hour-1 + 0.24 sd) to the SB area in the middle of the Sanctuary (0.58 fish.angler-1.hour-1 + 0.37 sd) (Fig 5). There was a rapid increase in standardized CPUE during the first three years (2002-2004) in the EA area after which the catches stabilized at ~0.3 fish.angler-1.hour-1 (Fig 6a). Overall there was a slight, non significant increasing trend in this area (P=0.32). Clear seasonal peaks in catch rates were evident during the summer months. The rapid increase in CPUE during the first three years was also observed in the EB area. However, this trend was significant (P=0.003) for the duration of the study and the CPUE had doubled by the end of the study period (Fig 6b). The CPUE in the SA area remained remarkably stable throughout the study with a mean of 0.4 fish.

page 118 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium angler-1.hour-1 (Fig 6c). There was a gradual increase in CPUE in the SB area although this trend was not significant (P=0.08). It is believed that the increase in catches during latter part of the study (2008-11) may have been partly as a result of improved angler skill and knowledge of the area (Fig 6d).

Figure 5: Average standardized CPUE calculated for the four study areas using the entire 10- year data set.

In order to examine the temporal trends for individual species, un-standardised CPUE data was calculated as the number of fish caught per species over the total number of angling hours per field trip. Data from the two previously exploited areas (EA & EB) and the two sanctuary areas (SA & SA) was pooled for comparative purposes.

Figure 6a: Trends in standardized CPUE (+ sd) for the four study areas in the St Lucia Marine Reserve from November 2001 to July 2011.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 119 Figure 6 b-d: Trends in standardized CPUE (+ sd) for the four study areas in the St Lucia Marine Reserve from November 2001 to July 2011.

There was a significant increase in the CPUE for speckled snapper in both the previously exploited (P=0.023) and sanctuary areas (P=0.015) (Fig 7a) during the study period. Both these trends may have been influenced by recruitment variability, possibly increased angler skill in targeting this species, and changes in the sampling protocol, especially after 2008 when more night fishing was undertaken. Catches of large spotted pompano were highly seasonal in both areas with higher catches being made during the summer months (Fig 7b). A slight increasing trend was observed in the previously exploited areas although this was not significant (P=0.42). Although there was a significant decline recorded in the sanctuary areas (P=0.03), this was possibly as a result of a switch in targeting towards reef-associated species rather than a decline

page 120 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium in abundance of large spotted pompano per se. There was an increase in the relative abundance of grey grunter in both areas (Fig 7c). The increase in the previously exploited areas was highly significant (P<0.001), while that recorded in the sanctuary areas was not significant (P=0.08). This result does suggest a recovery of this species in the previously exploited areas. There was a decline in the relative abundance of Natal stumpose in both the previously exploited and sanctuary areas (Fig 7d). It is believed that this decline was the result of the closure of the St Lucia Estuary in 2002 and the consequent reduction of adult recruitment into the area (Mann and Pradervand 2007).

Figure 7a-b: Trends in CPUE of four important shore angling species caught in the previously exploited and sanctuary areas of the St Lucia Marine Reserve from Nov 2001 to Jul 2011.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 121 Figure 7c-d: Trends in CPUE of four important shore angling species caught in the previously exploited and sanctuary areas of the St Lucia Marine Reserve from Nov 2001 to Jul 2011.

Size frequency

Mean size + standard deviation (mm fork length) was calculated for all fish caught in each area per year. For comparison, the lengths of fish were pooled for the two exploited (EA & EB) and sanctuary areas (SA & SB). The mean size of speckled snapper was significantly smaller in the previously exploited areas from 2002-2005 where after sizes in the two areas were very similar (Fig 8a). This provided evidence that the size structure of the population was recovering from the affects of exploitation in the previously exploited areas. The mean size of large spotted pompano was consistently smaller in the previously exploited areas throughout the study period except in 2009 (Fig 8b). While these differences were seldom significant, there was little evidence to suggest a recovery in the populations size structure of this species. However, since recent research has shown that large spotted pompano are underexploited (Parker 2012), these results are therefore more likely to be indicative of subtle differences in surf-zone habitat in the four sample areas. Grey grunter captured during the first two years of the study (2002-2003) were significantly smaller (Fig 8c), and suggests that the size structure of the population was recovering from the affects exploitation in the previously exploited areas. The mean size of Natal stumpnose did not reveal any clear trends (Fig 8d). However, it was interesting to note that although they were less abundant, the mean size of stumpnose in the previously exploited areas were significantly bigger during the period 2006-2009. The reason for this difference is hard to explain but may be as a result of a few large adults being left in the population with limited recruitment (Mann and Pradervand 2007). An interesting anomaly to the general trend observed was the case of catface rockcod which showed the occurrence significantly larger fish in the previously exploited areas almost throughout the study period (Fig 8e). It is believed that this may be due to habitat preference or the possibility that catface rockcod are a “pioneer”

page 122 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium species that have occupied niche space of more resident reef fish species such as speckled snapper and yellowbelly rockcod (Epinephelus marginatus) that had been “fished out” in the previously exploited areas. A similar trend was observed in the Pondoland MPA (Maggs 2011) giving greater credibility to this speculation.

Figure 8a-b: Annual mean length (+ sd) of five important shore angling species caught in the St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary areas and the previously exploited areas south of Leven Point between 2002 and 2011.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 123 Figure 8c-d: Annual mean length (+ sd) of five important shore angling species caught in the St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary areas and the previously exploited areas south of Leven Point between 2002 and 2011.

page 124 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 8e: Annual mean length (+ sd) of five important shore angling species caught in the St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary areas and the previously exploited areas south of Leven Point between 2002 and 2011.

Discussion

The data collected during this study provided evidence for the recovery of some surf-zone fish populations in the previously exploited areas south of Leven Point following the implementation of the beach driving ban in January 2002. This evidence was strengthened by using the sanctuary area as a benchmark and ensured that false assumptions were not made. However, despite a concerted effort to ensure that the selected 2km sampling sites were as similar as possible, subtle differences in the habitat structure in each of the four areas resulted in slight differences in species composition and these differences complicated analysis. For example, the trends in catch composition revealed annual changes in fish abundance that were most likely linked to a variety of factors. Uncoupling the affects of these factors is critical before the CPUE data can be used as evidence for of stock recovery.

These primary factors influencing CPUE includes recruitment variability, habitat changes (e.g. periodic sanding up or scouring of subtidal reefs) and improved fishing skill. The influence of improved fishing skill is seldom taken into account when evaluating long-term catch and effort data sets but there is no doubt that it affected the results of this study. After 10 years of fishing the same 2km areas we learnt where the most productive areas were to fish and fishing effort became more concentrated in these areas. We also learnt how best to target certain desired species such as speckled snapper (e.g. best terminal tackle, bait type, bait presentation, etc.) and we learnt that this species feeds more prolifically in the first few hours of darkness resulting in extended fishing times. These changes improved catch rates but were not necessarily related to increased fish abundance.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 125 Overall trends in CPUE revealed high variability but a gradual increase in fish abundance from the “most exploited” (EA) to “least exploited” (SB) (i.e. although the EA area is 8km north of Cape Vidal, avid anglers did occasionally walk up the beach and fish in this area). This result is not unexpected and serves to highlight the value of no-take MPAs in protecting a greater biomass of fishery species (Attwood et al. 1997). Trends in CPUE suggested a rapid initial recovery (3-4 years) in both previously exploited sample areas (EA & EB), similar to the findings after the De Hoop Marine Reserve (Bennett and Attwood 1991). However, the recovery in the EB area was more significant and sustained. The proximity of the EB area to the sanctuary (4km) suggests that this area has received greater benefit from spillover than the EA area which is further away (12km). Such fishery benefits close to the boundaries of no-take MPAs are well documented in the literature (Gell and Roberts 2003). While the un-standardized species-specific CPUE trends presented in this paper provide useful indicators of trends in fish abundance, these are preliminary data which require standardization to reduce the effects of recruitment variability (e.g. large catches of small fish). Furthermore, use of General Linear Models (GLMs) is strongly recommended to enable better interpretation of trends in CPUE.

Variation in the mean size of the target species such as speckled snapper and grey grunter provided evidence of increases in the previously exploited areas within the first 3-4 years. These increases were expected as generally resident fish are able to increase in size (and number as shown above) with a cessation in fishing. However, unexpected results were obtained for some species, such as the catface rockcod. Complex inter-specific interactions such competition between species may thus affect the time that it takes for fish communities to return to a “climax” state. This emphasizes the need to conduct studies of this nature over a long period of time, especially in monitoring slow growing, long-lived fish species. One observation made during the study was the small mean size of many of the fish species caught, especially the serranids, suggesting that the surf-zone provides an important nursery habitat for these species, with adults moving out into deeper water with size/age. A final point to emphasize with regard to monitoring of fish size structure in no-take MPAs is that this information is extremely useful for the calculation of reliable estimates of natural mortality rates (M) for comparison to exploited populations (Gotz et al. 2008).

Recommendations

• Use of no-take MPAs as a benchmark in long-term monitoring programmes is highly desirable to enable distinction between natural variability and human-induced changes. • Monitoring programmes of this nature must be carefully designed, rigidly implemented and run for a long time period (> 5-10 years) with adequate, secure funding. • Consequences of any changes to the sampling design in such programmes must be carefully evaluated before being implemented. • As areas immediately adjacent to no-take MPAs will receive greater benefit from spillover, MPA planners should consider different levels of zonation to provide adjacent “buffer zones” (e.g. B2 zonation).

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the following organisations for the funding received for this long-term monitoring project: South African Association for Marine Biological Research; Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries /National Research Foundation (2002-2005), DAFF (2006-2009), iSimangaliso Wetland Park Authority (2011). Ezemvelo KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife is thanked for providing logistical support. Finally, this project would not have been possible without the ongoing support and commitment of all the anglers that have participated. A big thank you to all of you!

page 126 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium References

Attwood CG, Mann BQ, Beaumont J, Harris J. 1997. Review of the state of marine protected areas in South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science, 18: 341-367. Bennett BA, Attwood CG. 1991. Evidence for recovery of a surf-zone fish assemblage following the establishment of a marine reserve on the southern coast of South Africa. Marine Ecology Progress Series 75: 173-181. Dunlop SW. 2011. An assessment of the shore-based and offshore boat-based linefisheries of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. Unpublished MSc thesis, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, South Africa. Gell FR, Roberts CM. 2003. Benefits beyond boundaries: the fishery effects of marine reserves. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 18: 448-455. Gotz A, Cowley PD, Winker H. 2008. Selected fishery and population parameters of eight shore- angling species in the Tsitsikamma National Park no-take marine reserve. African Journal of Marine Science 30: 519-532. Maggs JQ. 2011. Fish surveys in exploited and protected areas of the Pondoland Marine Protected Area with consideration of the impact of the MPA on coastal fisheries. Unpublished MSc thesis, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban South Africa. Mann BQ, Nanni G, Pradervand P. 2008. A monthly aerial survey of the KwaZulu-Natal marine shore fishery. Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban, Unpublished Report 264, 12pp. Mann BQ, Pradervand P. 2007. Declining catch per unit effort of an estuarine-dependent fish, Rhabdosargus sarba (Teleostei: Sparidae), in the marine environment following closure of the St Lucia estuarine system, South Africa. African Journal of Aquatic Science 32: 133-138. Parker D. 2012. The life history and fishery assessment of largespot pompano, Trachinotus botla, in northern KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. Unpublished MSc thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 127 Status of chondrichthyans in False Bay

N Best1 and C Attwood2 1 Percy FitzPatrick Institute of African Ornithology, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, South Africa. 2 MA-RE Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, South Africa.

Abstract

Commercial fishing in False Bay, South Africa, began in the 1600s. Today chondrichthyans are regularly taken in multiple fisheries throughout the bay. Using a combination of time series data and life history information the vulnerability of chondrichthyans to exploitation in False Bay was assessed. Catch trend analyses for chondrichthyan species was conducted using time series data from five fishing methods (1897 to 20110. Of the 38 species found to occur in False Bay, 28 showed no significant trends for any fishing methods, possibly as a result of poor species identification. Of the 10 species and one genus displaying catch trends, two were increasing (Mustelus mustelus and Carcharhinus brachyurus) and three were decreasing (Galeorhinus galeus, Triakis megalopterus and Raja spp.) across capture methods. An index of productivity was used, in conjunction with information on life history, and level of population decline, to assess the state of chondrichthyans in False Bay. The assessment identified populations as stable (M. mustelus and C. brachyurus), vulnerable (Callorhinchus capensis and Raja spp.), or threatened (G. galeus and T. megalopterus) by exploitation. A further 13 species were identified as species of conservation concern. The status of the remaining 20 species and one genus were recorded as unknown due to inconclusive results or insufficient data.

Introduction

The harvest of chondrichthyan (shark, skates, rays and chimaeras) species has been identified as the greatest current threat to their diversity and abundance, with risk from commercial and industrial fisheries far out-weighing that of artisanal and subsistence harvests (Stevens et al. 2005; Worm et al. 2005). Chondrichthyans are broadly of conservation concern, firstly, because their life history traits result in low intrinsic rates of populations increase, rendering them more susceptible to fishing mortality than the earlier-maturing, shorter-lived and more fecund bony (teleost) fishes with which they are frequently caught (Musick et al. 2000). Secondly, chondrichthyans are positioned high in the food chain as predators, many as top order predators, and thus have comparatively low abundances (Bonfil 1994). In addition, predators, influence prey communities through direct predation and by inducing costly anti- predator behaviour (Creel & Christianson 2008). Therefore, chondrichthyans have a fundamental impact on the structure and function of marine ecosystems (Heithaus et al. 2008; Myers et al. 2007) and are considered indicators of ecosystem health (Jackson 2008).

False Bay is the largest true bay in South Africa (Spargo 1991), and has a long history of commercial exploitation, dating back to the 17th century (Penny 1991), utilising all major fishing methods. False Bay has also had the longest protection from trawling (Scott 1949). Additionally, the threat of shark attack is a concern. A spate of attacks could quickly incite public demand for shark-nets such as those used in KwaZulu-Natal (Dudley & Simpfendorf 2006), increasing the risk to vulnerable chondrichthyan populations. Due to the importance of chondrichthyans in the ecosystem, any population losses caused by the implementation of shark-nets could result in a cascade of impacts throughout the bay (Stevens et al. 2005).

Although concern has been expressed regarding chondrichthyan exploitation based on their biological and ecological traits, and historical exploitation patterns, protection of these species from the impacts of fisheries is not impossible. To objectively assess the current state of sharks and their relatives, increased knowledge of the diversity in the respective fisheries, the species

page 128 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium exploited, the size of the catches, and harvesting practices is required (Bonfil 1994). Only through improved knowledge can effective management and protection of chondrichthyans be established. A consolidation of all available fishing and survey data was therefore conducted to describe the chondrichthyan community of False Bay, characterize changes in exploitation, and assess their vulnerability to present and future threats.

Methods

Data collection

Historical and contemporary fisheries records were compiled to reconstruct the history of chondrichthyan exploitation and to evaluate trends in population abundance in False Bay during the 20th century. Different sources of information, including commercial and recreational fisheries landings, scientific surveys and underwater records were used to compile time series data of abundance from 1897 to 2011. The subsequent fishing or sampling methods were trawl surveys, demersal longline catch returns, commercial linefish catch returns, beach seine scientific surveys and commercial catch returns, recreational angling, SCUBA diving underwater census, spearfishing and rotenone (poison) surveys.

Data analysis

Data were analysed for trends within and between fishing methods. Various metrics were used to assess the extent of exploitation of various chondrichthyan species in each of the major fishing methods. These metrics were catch, relative species catch and catch per unit effort (CPUE). The annual proportion of all chondrichthyans combined relative to the total catch, as well as, annual species-specific proportions was calculated for the majority of fishing methods. All multivariate analyses were performed in PRIMER analytical package (Clarke 1993). Cluster analyses were preformed using the Bray-Curtis index of similarity. These relationships were further investigated using multi-dimensional scaling (MDS) to produce a two-dimensional representation of the relationships between samples. Further, clustering and ordination techniques were used to illustrate the degree of similarity in the species composition of catches from different methods across time.

Trend analysis

Trends in the absolute CPUE of all chondrichthyans combined were tested using simple linear regression procedure (Zar 1984) for commercial beach seine, commercial linefishing, and demersal longline. CPUE data were not available for recreational angling, therefore, the proportion of chondrichthyans in the total catch was analysed.

Species-specific trends in abundance for each of the primary fishing methods (commercial linefish, commercial beach seine, recreational angling, demersal longline and trawl) were analysed using a rank correlation for annual CPUE or catch proportion (recreational angling) data. Rank correlation was used in preference to simple linear regression because the dependent variable was seldom normally distributed and usually included a high frequency of zeros.

It was expected that the information contained in the abundance indices would be low for some, or all, fishing methods related to difficulties in species identification and the quality of reporting. For this reason, it was deemed necessary to determine congruence in trends across the four fishing methods for each particular species. Agreement across the fishing methods was accepted if either of the following criteria was met:

• a trend was detected with p < 0.01 for at least one method in which the species was a substantial part of the catch, and no opposing trend being detected by any other method. • a trend was detected with p < 0.1 in at least two methods with no opposing trend from any other method.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 129 Vulnerability assessment

Life history characteristics for the majority of the species were used to determine an index of productivity or resilience using the parameters defined by Musick (1999): intrinsic rate of population increase (r), von Bertalanffy k, fecundity, age at maturity, and maximum age. Each species was allocated to one of four productivity categories (very-low, low, medium, and high) using the corresponding value ranges suggested for each parameter (Musick 1999). In addition to population productivity, the following criterion were also taken under consideration when evaluating risk of chondrichthyan fishes to exploitation: small population, habitat, small distribution range or endemicity, mortality threat associated with habitat, and population decline. Evaluating the aforementioned risk criteria identified species populations that were stable, vulnerable, threatened, of conservation concern or had unknown exploitation status in False Bay, thus identifying those species in need of monitoring, conservation management or protection.

Results

Sample size

The three longest time series data sets were commercial beach seine returns, commercial linefish returns, and recreational angling records, listing 27 150 338, 13 297 523, and 23 752 fish records, respectively. Two equally productive sampling techniques, beach seine surveys and trawl surveys, were comparatively brief time series data and provided only 85 500 and 109 077 fish records, respectively. Demersal longlining for chondrichthyans is a relatively recent and heavily restricted fishery in False Bay and yielded only 12 612 fish records. Longlining is the only fishing method aimed exclusively at chondrichthyans – although teleosts may have been caught and not recorded. Among the other time series data sets, the percentage of chondrichthyans by number in the samples range from 0.02% in commercial beach seine to 30.7% in recreational angling. The three shortest time series data sets were the underwater methods SCUBA, spearfishing and poisoning which listed 4 842, 1 174 and 1 199 fish records, respectively.

Species diversity and composition

A diversity analysis of chondrichthyan species found recreational angling, survey beach seine and commercial linefishing to be the highest in terms of species number with 24, 19 and 17 respective species. These three methods had the highest alpha diversity and evenness (Shannon Index) and provided the broadest spectrum of information on chondrichthyan communities. Combined records revealed 38 chondrichthyan species caught and/or sighted at least once in False Bay (Table 1). The five most commonly caught species were Galeorhinus galeus (soupfin shark) with 25 085 recorded individuals, Mustelus mustelus (smooth-hound shark) with 18 087, Rhinobatos annulatus (lesser guitarfish) 6 386 individuals,Callorhinchus capensis (St. Joseph shark) 4 545, and Notorynchus cepedianus (broadnose sevengill) with 3 705 individuals reported.

Of the chondrichthyans recorded, 14 species (37%) were considered to be of primarily Atlantic origin and seven species (18%) were predominately from the Indo-pacific region (Smith & Heemstra 1986; Compagno et al. 2005b). Of the chondrichthyans with restricted distributions eight (21%) were endemic to Southern Africa and four (11%) to South Africa. The remaining five species (13%) were cosmopolitan pelagic sharks found across the world.

The prevalence of each species in the various types of data differs markedly. However, the shape of the species dominance curves for methods with the highest diversity were similar. Commercial linefish returns, recreational angling and beach seine, for example, each had five shark species that constituted between 73 and 98% of the total chondrichthyan catch. In contrast an average of 15 species in each case made up less than 1% of the total chondrichthyan catch. The most common species for each method, however, had only moderate overlap. These were, in order of prevalence, Triakis megalopterus (spotted gully shark), Squalus megalops (bluntnose spiny dogfish), N. cepedianus, M. mustelus, and G. galeus from commercial linefish; R. annulatus, C. capensis, Myliobatis aquila (eagle ray), M. mustelus, and Dasyatis chrysonota

page 130 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium (blue stingray) from beach seine surveys; and G. galeus, D. chrysonota, R. annulatus, Carcharhinus brachyurus (copper shark), and T. megalopterus from recreational angling

Analysis of commercial linefish catch returns

Data from the National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) recorded 179 197 commercial linefish boat-trips in total from False Bay, however, effort showed a fairly steady decline from the inception of the NMLS. Though the linefishery showed a slight recovery in the last two years of the time series. The proportion of chondrichthyans in the total commercial linefish catch increased considerably after 2005, and reached a peak proportion of 0.09 cartilaginous fish in 2008, but declined again to the long-term average of around 0.01 in 2010.

Table 1. Chondrichthyan species recorded in the nine sampling methods in False Bay in the 20th century and their current conservation status and population trend globally.

Common IUCN Family Species Name Statusa Population Trendb Hexanchidae Notorynchus cepedianus Broadnose sevengill DD Unknown Southern lantern Dalatiidae Etmopterus granulosus shark LC Unknown Spotted spiny Squalidae Squalus acanthias dogfish LC Decreasing Bluntnose spiny Squalidae Squalus megalops dogfish DD Unknown Carcharhinus Carcharhinidae Copper shark brachyurus NTc Unknown Carcharhinus Carcharhinidae Spinner shark brevipinna NT Unknown Carcharhinidae Carcharhinus limbatus Blacktip shark NT Unknown Carcharhinidae Prionace glauca Blue shark NT Unknown Traikidae Galeorhinus galeus Soupfin shark V Decreasing Smooth-hound Traikidae Mustelus mustelus shark V Decreasing Traikidae Triakis megalopterus Spotted gullyshark NT Unknown Scyliorhinidae Halaelurus natalensis Tiger catshark DD Unknown Haploblepharus Scyliorhinidae Puffadder shyshark edwardsii NT Unknown Scyliorhinidae Haploblepharus pictus Dark shyshark LC Unknown Scyliorhinidae Poroderma africanum Striped catshark NT Unknown Scyliorhinidae Poroderma pantherinum Leopard catshark DD Unknown Yellowspotted Scyliorhinidae Scyliorhinus capensis catshark NT Unknown Smooth Sphyrnidae Sphyrna zygaena hammerhead V Decreasing Lamnidae Carcharodon carcharias Great white shark V Unknown Lamnidae Isurus oxyrinchus Shortfin mako V Decreasing Thintail thresher Alopiidae Alopias vulpinus shark V Decreasing Spotted ragged- Odontaspididae Carcharias taurus tooth V Unknown Pristiophoridae Pliotrema warreni Sixgill sawshark NT Unknown Blackspotted Torpedinidae Torpedo fuscomaculata electric ray DD Unknown

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 131 Torpedinidae Torpedo marmorata Marbled electric ray DD Unknown Narkidae Narke capensis Onefin electric ray DD Unknown Rajidae Rostroraja alba Spearnose skate E Decreasing Rajidae Raja clavata Thornback skate NT Decreasing Rajidae Raja miraletus Twineye skate LC Stable Rajidae Raja straeleni Biscuit skate DDc Unknown Rhinobatidae Rhinobatos annulatus Lesser guitarfish LC Unknown Myliobatidae Myliobatis aquila Eagleray DDc Unknown Myliobatidae Pteromylaeus bovinus Bullray DDc Unknown Dasyatidae Dasyatis brevicaudata Short-tail stingray LC Unknown Dasyatidae Dasyatis chrysonota Blue stingray LC Unknown Dasyatidae Dasyatis thetidis Thorntail stingray DD Unknown Dasyatidae Gymnura natalensis Diamond ray DDc Unknown Callorhinchidae Callorhinchus capensis St. Joseph shark LC Stable aCurrent species status worldwide, taken from the IUCN Red List. Categories: DD (data deficient); LC (least concern); NT (near threatened); V (vulnerable); E (endangered); and CR (critically endangered). bPopulation trends taken from the IUCN Red List species assessment cLeast Concern in South Africa The years 2006-2009 represent an anomalous period during which the principle target of the linefishery, Thyrsites atun (snoek) yielded the lowest catches on record. The relative increase in chondrichthyans is not only an artefact of the disappearance of the principle target, but primarily reflects a shift in targeting towards chondrichthyans in that period. The increase in total catch of chondrichthyans exceeded the increase in the CPUE of all chondrichthyans, which indicates that more boats were shifting towards a chondrichthyan target. In contrast, at the peak of the linefish catch in 1988, the proportion of chondrichthyans in the catch was negligible. Long-term trends in commercial linefish CPUE of all chondrichthyans indicate an increase from a mean of 0.03 chondrichthyans per boat trip per annum in 1988 to 6.2 individuals per boat trip per annum in 2008.

The chondrichthyan species composition taken in the linefishery has changed over time and a shift in primary target species is clear. In 1985, G. galeus made up 95% of the reported chondrichthyan catch but, over the last 15 years, the proportion has declined, contributing just over 7% of the chondrichthyan catch in 2010. At the same time steadily the proportion of M. mustelus increased, averaging over 40% of the chondrichthyan catch. The combined proportions of the remaining chondrichthyan species in the linefishery catch have also fluctuated over time, ranging from 0.01% to 40.9% of the total chondrichthyan catch. However, overall, the proportion of all other species remained low, averaging 13% annually.

Mean CPUE for specific species showed a significant catch declines in G. galeus and Raja spp. (p<0.01 and p<0.1, respectively), and significant increases in abundance of M. mustelus, C. brachyurus and N. cepedianus (p<0.001, p<0.1 and p<0.1, respectively).

Analysis of beach seine catch returns

A total of 11 953 commercial beach seine hauls were reported in False Bay between 1974 and 2003. Beach seine effort peaked between 1983 and 1987, thereafter effort declined steadily. This decline largely reflects the removal of seine net permit holders from False Bay in an effort to reduce impact on surf zone teleosts. In contrast, beach seine surveys were limited to 586 hauls between 1991-1993 and were not carried out at any other time.

page 132 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Similarity analysis of catch composition between commercial- and survey-seining catches indicated a significant difference (R = 0.444; p<0.01). This difference is likely due to the poor resolution of chondrichthyan identification and selectivity of reporting in the commercial catch data. Therefore, commercial and survey data sets could not be combined in a trend analysis, and because the survey data time series was so brief, long-term catch trends could not be inferred.

The proportion of chondrichthyans in the commercial catch peaked prior to 1984 at 1.4% but remained between 0.01 and 0.4% for the remainder of the time series. In addition, long-term trends in commercial CPUE of all chondrichthyans indicate a decline from a mean of one individual per haul per annum in 1979 to 0.032 individual in 2003. Correspondingly, individual species trends in CPUE indicate significant (p<0.1) declines for two chondrichthyans, G. galeus and C. capensis, however these species were the only chondrichthyans well represented in the commercial catch returns. In the case of G. galeus no catches were reported after 1984.

Analysis of recreational angling catch records

The annual catch of all fish and the proportion of chondrichthyans in the total catch of False Bay recreational anglers has changed dramatically since records began in 1969. The proportion of chondrichthyans in the total catch increased from its lowest point of only 3% chondrichthyans in 1969, to the peak proportion of 98% chondrichthyans in 2011. This trend appears to represent an increased relative appearance of cartilaginous species in anglers’ catch.

Rank correlation analysis revealed that the angling catch proportions for some of the species with larger abundances in the angling time series data, G. galeus, N. cepedianus, Raja spp., Rostroraja alba (spearnose skate) and T. megalopterus, all showed a significant (p<0.1) declines. In contrast, M. mustelus, R. annulatus, and Dasyatis spp. (including D. chrysonota), all of which showed a significant (p<0.1) increases in catch.

Analysis of demersal longline catch return

Between 1992 and 2011 (excluding 1993-1995 and 2004-2006) 225 commercial longline boat trips set 228 951 hooks in False Bay specifically targeting sharks. Effort (number of hooks) remained relatively low in the outset of the fishery, averaging under 3 500 hooks across 3.8 boat trips per annum. However, after 2007 effort increased considerably, averaging 48 350 hooks across 47.3 boat trips per annum. The peak year in shark catch was 2008, with 3 180 individuals, there after the number of sharks caught per annum declined to just under 900 individuals in 2011, suggesting an overall decrease in abundance. Correspondingly, longline mean CPUE for chondrichthyans combined decreased over time, from 0.21 sharks per hook in 1992 to 0.02 sharks in 2011.

Individual mean CPUE trends for four target species in the False Bay demersal longline fishery (G. galeus, M. mustelus, C. brachyurus and P. glauca) showed opposing trends. G. galeus was declining significantly (p<0.01), while mean CPUE for M. mustelus, C. brachyurus and Prionace glauca (blue shark) showed a significant (p<0.1) increase in catch. However the latter two species were not recorded prior to 2007, possibly indicating that these species had been dumped in those years.

Analysis of historical trawl surveys

Between 144 trawl surveys, spread over 35 years in the early part of the 20th century, 10 chondrichthyan species, five genera and one general ‘shark’ category were recorded in False Bay. Catch trend analysis of CPUE for each revealed three highly significant (p<0.01) declines in catch of Dasyatis spp., Raja spp. and Torpedo spp.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 133 Chondrichthyan vulnerability assessment

A majority of the 38 chondrichthyan species found in False Bay, excluding Raja straeleni, and Torpedo fuscomaculata, had life history parameters available to estimate population productivity. Twenty-eight species were considered to have very-low productivity, seven were low productivity species, and only one species had medium productivity (Table 2). Productivity for two genera, Dasyatis spp. and Raja spp., were also estimated because of the frequency of taxonomic lumping in these groups, and they were considered to have very-low and low productivity, respectively.

Individual catch trend analysis across all major fishing methods in False Bay provided several trend estimates per species. These were insignificant, increasing or decreasing (Table 2). Five species and one genus showed significant (p<0.1) declining trends (CPUE or proportion of catch) in at least one fishing method in False Bay. However, only one of these species and one genus, G. galeus and Raja spp., had a decline recorded by more than one method. N. cepedianus, showed a decline in one fishing method, but increased in another. From the remaining 33 species and one genus, three species and one genus showed significant population increase in only one fishing method, and C. brachyurus and M. mustelus increased in more than one method. The remaining 28 species showed no significant catch trends for any fishing method utilised in False Bay.

Abundance indices and productivity categories for each chondrichthyan species were compared to other risk criteria, including small population or endemicity, primary habitat and mortality threats in False Bay (Table 2). Sixteen species had either a small population or were endemic to South or Southern Africa and thus were range restricted. Those species experiencing catch declines, and/or low or very-low productivity, were classified at least as conservation concern. The remaining 22 species were either cosmopolitan species or had large connected ranges extending further than Southern Africa (nominally from Namibia to Mozambique) and therefore were not threatened by range restriction.

After considering the risk criteria outlined above, the susceptibility to exploitation of the 38 chondrichthyan species and two genera in False Bay was evaluated (Table 2). Populations of two species, representing 5% of chondrichthyans, were considered stable in False Bay. One shark species and one genus, 5% of chondrichthyans, were vulnerable to exploitation. A further 5%, representing two species, were threatened by exploitation, and 34%, 13 species, were of conservation concern. Finally the majority, 20 species and one genus, were classified as having unknown status and may require further investigation. At least ten species were rarely caught by any fishing method, and therefore the lack of catch trend was likely an indication of low power.

page 134 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 135 page 136 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Conclusion

Amidst the continued and increasing exploitation threat in False Bay, shown by an increased proportion of chondrichthyans in fisheries catch over the 20th century, some species were shown to have increased in abundance while others decreased. The vulnerability assessment conducted identified species threatened or vulnerable to exploitation, stable populations, in addition to populations of conservation concern or having unknown status. The assessment cannot be considered as proof of the impact of fishing on chondrichthyans, or the lack thereof, but rather a means to prioritise research, conservation action, and fishing management to minimize the impacts of further exploitation.

The total chondrichthyan diversity found within False Bay (23 sharks, 14 skates/rays and one chimaera) is relatively high and comparable to other areas around the world, many of which encompass significantly larger areas and deeper depths. To maintain such diversity, monitoring of these populations is critical. However, the assessment and monitoring of chondrichthyan fishes is primarily dependant on reliable fisheries data.

An important aim of this work was to identify the most effective data sources to monitor the status of the full spectrum of chondrichthyan species. The fishing methods targeting the highest chondrichthyan diversity contain information on fish abundance in the majority of the habitats in False Bay. Recreational angling and commercial linefish, combined provide data for 76% of chondrichthyan species in False Bay, while beach seine surveys provided a further 16%. Although the combination of these three methods is strong sources of data for the monitoring of chondrichthyans, they may underrepresent the deep (> 40 m), soft sediment habitat that dominates False Bay.

Finally, only a small proportion of the chondrichthyan species in False Bay are directly targeted for commercial exploitation, the majority are caught as bycatch in the commercial and recreational fisheries. The bycatch are often discarded, unrecorded in commercial catch and represent a substantial threat to the survival of chondrichthyan species. As a result, improvements in taxonomic resolution of catch and reporting of bycatch are imperative for chondrichthyan conservation and fishery management.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 137 References

Bonfil R. 1994. Overview of world elasmobranch fisheries. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper No. 341. FAO, Rome. Clarke KR. 1993. Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community structure. Australian Journal of Ecology 18:117-143. Compagno LJV, Dando M, Fowler S. 2005. Collins Field Guide: Sharks of the World. Harper Collins, London Creel S, Christianson D. 2008. Relationships between direct predation and risk effects. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 23: 194-201. Dudley SFJ, Simpfendorfer CA. 2006. Population status of 14 shark species caught in the protective gillnets off Kwazulu-Natal beaches, South Africa, 1978-2003. Marine and Freshwater Research 57: 225-240. Heithaus MR, Frid A, Wirsing AJ, Worm B. 2008. Predicting ecological consequences of marine top predator declines. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 23: 202-210. Jackson JBC. 2008. Ecological extinction and evolution in the brave new ocean. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science 105: 11458-11465. Musick JA. 1999. Criteria to define extinction risk in marine fishes. Fisheries 24: 6-14. Musick JA, Burgess G, Cailliet G, Fordham S. 2000. Management of sharks and their relatives (Elasmobranchii). Fisheries 25: 9-13. Myers RA, Baum JK, Shepard TD, Powers SP, Peterson CH. 2007. Cascading effects of the loss of apex predatory sharks from a coastal ocean. Science 315: 1846-1850. Penny AJ. 1991. The interaction and impact of new and linefisheries in False Bay, South Africa. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 47: 663-681. Scott P. 1949. Otter-trawl fisheries off South Africa. Geographical Review 39: 529-551. Smith MM, Heemstra PC 1986. Smiths’ sea fishes. Springer-Verlag, Berlin Spargo PE. 1991. False Bay, South Africa – An historic and scientific overview. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 47: 363-375. Stevens JD, Walker TI, Cook SF, Fordham SV. 2005. Chapter 5: Threats faced by chondrichthyan fish. In: Fowler SL, Cavanagh RD, Camhi M, Burgess GH, Fordham SV, Simpfendorfer CA, Musick JA (eds), Sharks, rays and chimaeras: The status of the chondrichthyan fishes. IUCN/ SSC Shark Specialist Group. IUCN, Gland. pp 48-57. Worm B, Sandow M, Oschlies A, Lotze HK, Myers RA. 2005. Global patterns of predator diversity in the open oceans. Science 309: 1365-1369. Zar JH. 1894. Biostatistical Analysis (2nd edn). Prentice-Hall: Englewood Cliffs.

page 138 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Attempts to contribute to a better understanding of the mortality of linefish due to recreational angling

Malcolm Grant Western Province Deep Sea Angling Association, South Africa. [email protected]

Introduction

I have become aware of the plight of our marine linefish resources through my involvement as the RMO for the Western Province Deep Sea Angling Association (WPDSAA) and the inshore officer for the Cape Boat and Ski-boat Club (CBSBC) and from my involvement with SAMLMA and the recently established Recreational Fishing Forum chaired by the DAFF. I now understand that there are large gaps in the quantity and quality of data surrounding mortalities caused by recreational angling. I also realized that WPDSAA had data relating to the inshore and offshore league competitions that could be made available to scientists concerned with fish management and research.

Greg Pengelly and I approached ORI, DAFF, Anchor Environmental, the WWF-SA, and others to establish guidelines for a web based catch report site that would be sustainable and stand as a reputable repository for recreational catch data. In developing the website, we realized that this tool could be employed to collect data from all recreational fraternities. We have been overwhelmed by the support we received from all parties. However, we seem to have found a gap in the market, but no market in the gap.

The material contained in this contribution was presented at a WWF-SA sponsored workshop held in August 2001 and summarises the outcomes of this workshop. We are extremely grateful to the WWF-SA for their interest and support, particularly Samantha Petersen and John Duncan and, indeed, all those who took part in the workshop. I also want to thank Bruce Mann and the SA Marine Linefish Management Association and Dennis Fredricks of the Recreational Fishing Forum at DAFF for affording us the opportunities to presenting our work to them. I also want to thank Greg Pengelly without whom none of this would have been possible.

Background

To quote from the UNs’ Food and Agriculture Organisation: “more than 75% of global fish stocks are fully exploited, overexploited or depleted”. In 2000, a state of emergency was declared for the Linefish fishery in South Africa. Currently, 6 of the 10 most significant commercial stocks (silver and dusky kabeljou, geelbek, red stumpnose, roman and carpenter and red steenbras) are still at critically low levels. These species are also targeted by recreational anglers. The de-commercialised fish species (baardman, galjoen, blacktail, bronze bream, garrick, kingfish, knifejaws, white musselcracker, pompanos, river bream, river snapper, rockcods, spotted grunter, springer, west coast and white steenbras, and cape stumpnose) are also of concern to recreational anglers. It is on these species that recreational anglers have the greatest impact and, possibly, where they have the potential to add constructively to the body of knowledge. Currently, there are no requirements for recreational anglers to record catches for these species.

The enormous socio-economic benefits of recreational fishing and its supportive industries are beginning to be recognized. However, there seems to be a growing realization globally that, due to changes in fishing effort across the fisheries, the impact of recreational fishing on the fish resources needs to be more closely monitored. The work being of the International Programme on the State of the Ocean may not be fully appreciated, or even acknowledged,

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 139 by the average recreational angler. The general angling population does not appear to adequately realize the enormous and unparalleled threats to marine resources caused by global warming, ocean acidification, industrial fishing, IUU Fishing, discard practices, habitat destruction, environmental degradation, ocean pollution of all kinds, fish farming, alien species introductions and recreational angling.

In our attempt to understand and contribute more fully to what extent recreational angling impacts on the total fishing mortality of the de-commercialised species, we established a Web Based Recreational Catch Report Site (WBRCRS) to which records for recreational angling catches can be submitted online. At present, we acknowledge that this represents a small portion of the recreational angling sector, but it is our vision that these data may be assimilated into databases from other data capturing programmes.

Origins and History

In the early 2000s, Kenny Owen of the WPDSAA initiated a basic paper based catch return form which met with resistance and non-compliance and was eventually abandoned. The back- up copies of the collected data was subsequently lost when computer on which it was stored crashed. In August 2008, we conducted a simple CPUE analysis of 3 years data obtained from the Cape Boat and Ski Boat Club’s ‘Club of the Bay’ competitions. We concluded that the fish in False Bay were in decline and contacted Colin Attwood of UCT for advice on how we could contribute towards mitigating this apparent trend. This analysis provided a wake-up call and resulted in the first sense of wanting to contribute positively towards the sustainability of our sport and the resource that it relied upon.

In 2009, WPDSAA mandated the re-initiation of the catch return form. We consulting with Bruce Mann of ORI and Barry Clark of Anchor Environmental, who were both commissioned by DAFF to conduct the Land Based Line Fish Monitoring Programme. The project was designed to assist in updating the National Marine Linefish System which DAFF introduced in 1982. We met with Sven Kerwath of DAFF to identify the fields of data that would make our data compatible with the NMLS requirements. The information requested in both the paper and web based approaches tried to balance the requirements of the NMLS and what the anglers are prepared to divulge. Resistance to subscribing to each of these approaches still exist as many of our members fear that the information submitted may be used against them. A common retort was “What’s in it for us?” for which we had no positive answer at the time. It did however force us to re-evaluate our approach and build in aspects which would be of benefit to our members.

Following consultation with ORI, Anchor Environmental and DAFF, the WPDSAA introduced an expanded paper based catch return form in April 2010. This re-introduction was again met with resistance and non-compliance. We realized that social outing data contains many biases and may be of little use to fisheries researches. Therefore, we did not actively pursue the collection of data for social fishing outings, although this is still being practiced in some clubs.

We were advised to concentrate on compiling a database of league and competition results which could be verified by cross-checking with official weigh-sheets. Of course, these data require an understanding of the rules under which these competitions are held (e.g. gear types, minimum weight requirements for point scoring, etc.) for properly analysis of these data. With the assistance of Greg Pengelly, a database was established to store this data. We initially aimed to record data from our own association’s but soon realized that this database could be used by all provincial associations affiliated to SADSAA. We approached them with a proposal which was accepted and work on compiling a national database has commenced. A website was set up to act as the repository for all historical data and a portal for competition data to be submitted in the future.

We then expanded our vision to include all fishing disciplines. We envision an interface where all facets of angling could be accommodated within the same website. This could provide a more detailed picture of recreational angling impacts and avert duplication of effort.

page 140 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Progress to date

The first challenge was to expand the WPDSAA’s scoring system such that data could be re- assimilated into the database. A consulting firm was then commissioned to design the database design and set up the reporting back end such the data could be accessed. Currently, a pilot site is live on the internet. The site is fully functional and one could, for example, query all the yellowfin tuna catches made in a given year, or all years, in a specific league. This data could also be downloaded and saved as an Excel spreadsheet where further analysis can be conducted.

The data presently entered into the database includes the Western Province Deep Angling Association league data, inshore and offshore (2000 to date); some Tuna Nationals; the CBSBC October Competition data; and league data from Simon’s Town Defence Ski Boat Club (1994 to date).

Additional data is being compiled into the required format for uploading into the database. We have not acquired all the competition data from the individual club’s (Western Province) but have acquired a limited amount of social data from the paper based questionnaires that needs to be compiled and entered.

We believe the pilot website is suitably developed to demonstrate the functionality of the database design and to evaluate its potential as a tool to aid researchers, resource managers or even as an aid to help recreational anglers administer future league activities or competitions.

WWF Workshop

A workshop, funded by WWF-SA was held to present WPDSAA’s proposed web-based catch return system to recreational linefishery stakeholders. The aims of the workshop were to:

• establish which data fields should be included in the WBCRS; • determine the extent other formal recreational facets were willing to support the initiative; and • determine the way forward in monitoring of the catches of recreational fisheries.

Although the Web Based Catch Report System was discussed at length, the online demonstration was aborted due to a technical failure of the ADSL connection at the workshop venue. Valuable advice and suggestions were received from the participants including:

• making provision for all species caught during an event to be recorded (non edibles, non target species and undersized targeted species) and recording releases to better estimate CPUE; • recording which species were going intentionally targeted; • initially concentrating on league and competitions; • rolling out to encompass all affiliated SADSAA associations first; • providing access to the rules and rules changes for competitions for appropriate analysis of the results; • all recreational fishing facets should be encouraged to record the same type of data; • protocols be established to verify the data; • investigate the possibility of incorporating photographs; and • revamping of the existing league and competition weigh sheets to include the above suggestions.

The major achievement of the workshop was the establishment of a high powered volunteer task team derived from most stakeholder groups including Colin Attwood (UCT); Chris Wilke (DAFF); Barry Clark (Anchor Environmental); Bruce Jones (SA Deep Sea Angling Association); Joseph van Huyssteen (SA Shore Angling Association); Hymie Steyn (SA Sport Angling and Casting Confederation); Greg Pengelly and Malcolm Grant (WPDSAA); Bruce Mann (ORI available for comments and input); and Sven Kerwath (DAFF provided terms of reference are agreed upon). This demonstrated conclusively that there is a groundswell of support for the

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 141 WBCRS, albeit with improvements and modifications. The function of the task team is to plan the way forward, address funding, and strategize how the initiative can be rolled out to all facets of recreational angling.

The following are observations, concerns and outcomes resulting from the workshop.

To improve the understanding of the mortality caused by the recreational fishery The workshop I think failed to adequately improve a common understanding of the mortalities caused by recreational angling. We were told that 90% of the ‘value’ of the linfishery accrues to the recreational sector; however, 75% of the catch comes from the commercial sector.

To establish a common understanding of the current status of data capturing for the linefishery. We heard that commercial catches are estimates and not 100% accurate. That the locality is only reported for the main fishing site in a day, multiple sites are not taken into account. That species are sometimes misidentified or lumped together into categories. It was maintained that the trends are reliable and the resolution is higher than most other fisheries and the data can be verified against observer programmes, harbour data and VMS.

To determine what gaps exits in current data capture processes for the recreational fishery. As far as recreational data is concerned, data after 1995 is lacking due to budgets being constantly withdrawn. The requirements for statistically comparable data meant that sampling intensity has become unmanageable and prohibitively expensive. In order to mitigate these factors an ongoing permanent observer programme (creel surveys) has been instituted within which direct biological sampling and socioeconomic surveys are inserted as required or needed.

To gain accreditation that the site’s database is peer reviewed so it may play a part in promoting more participation from the recreational fishing fraternity. So far we have received the support, endorsement and encouragement to continue from SADSAA who wishes to expand the project to include all the other provinces. The WWF-SA and the SAIAB have also encouraged us to continue with this work. Some of the different fishing facets, notably the SA Shore angling Association, have indicated that they have a large quantity of data that they could make available.

To discuss how to improve the WBCRS so to build a universal recreational catch report system that is useful to all recreational anglers, researchers, provincial associations and the national recreational bodies as well as government. The WBRCRS task team will be responsible for achieving these objectives. Unfortunately, due to work pressure and conflicting calendars, this task team has not had the opportunity of assembling to develop these goals.

To establish roles and responsibilities to achieve sustainability. The WBRCRS task team will be responsible for ensuring sustainability. To obtain an assurance from government that the data made available through the WBCRS will not be used against the angler concerned so as to encourage participation. Although indicated in conversations no formal declaration has yet been forthcoming.

Funding

To date, the project has been funded by a donation from Kevin Hodgson which was used for the database design and writing the report software. All other associated activities have been out of pocket. To roll the project out will require additional funding. The CBSBC and WPDSAA have donated a small amount and the WPDSAA have established a fund to administer donations. Other clubs in our association have been requested to make similar donations. Advertising on the site could possibility provide a small income. We have also submitted an application for a Rolex Award for Enterprise for this project.

page 142 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Recent Developments

Since the August 2011 workshop, various people have approached us offering to collaborate on the project including Joey de Silva of FishingManiacs.com and Terry Collinson of WildLifeHeros.com.

Conclusions

Movies like ‘The End of the Line’, ‘A Sea Change’ and ‘Oceans’ all predict the collapse of our fish resources if action is taken soon. The work of the International Programme on the State of the Ocean predicts imminent mass extinctions of valuable fish stocks. Jared Diamond, in his book “Collapse – How Societies Choose to Fail or Survive”, highlights environmental degradation as a major cause of societal havoc.

If this project gains a wide acceptance, I hope that it will help educate recreational anglers and the generally public to be more aware of the imminent dangers inherent in carrying on ‘business as usual’ in blissful unawareness of the perilous situation we find ourselves in. We hope to add our contribution to the effort of NGO’s in spreading the message that how we harvest fish in South Africa is unsustainable, and that time is running out for us to make changes to allow our children to inherit an environment where our marine resources are better managed, where our catches are better recorded, and the threat of extinction for many species is reduced.

I want to bring about changes in the attitude and behaviour of many anglers who may still have little realisation of the cumulative impact of our activities. Although some may say we have a democratic right to go out and catch fish, I believe the time has come for recreational anglers to realize that we have a responsibility that goes along with that right. The WBCRS is a way we can exercise that responsibility

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 143 page 144 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 6 – Socio-Economic Research: Chair John Duncan The recreational and subsistence linefisheries in the Knysna and Swartvlei Estuaries – some concerns and management challenges

MKS Smith1 and N Kruger1 1South African National Parks, Conservation Services, Garden Route, South Africa.

Abstract

In compliance with the National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act, South African National Parks has been conducting roving creel surveys of the Knysna and Swartvlei estuarine recreational and subsistence fisheries since July 2008. During the first year of monitoring these surveys were designed to gather information on catch and effort, specific socio-economic parameters of participants, and angler awareness and knowledge of fishery regulations. Subsequent years focused on catch and effort with limited socio-economic information. Results showed that in both fisheries, despite the majority of anglers being local and falling predominantly within the recreational category, there was poor knowledge amongst anglers regarding species specific regulations combined with low levels of accountability and ultimately high retention rates comprising a large proportion of undersized fish. In this paper we explore some of the possible drivers for non-compliance including economic background of interviewed anglers, their knowledge of species specific regulations and their personal sense of accountability. We also evaluate the efficiency of SANParks law enforcement on these two estuaries, through interrogation of electronically captured patrol data and fine records. Continued non-compliance amongst recreational anglers remains a persistent threat to the sustainability of our recreational fisheries. The challenge is to gain a better understanding of the non-compliance drivers, whilst seeking solutions to limit their occurrence.

Introduction

The South African linefishery can be broken into various sectors, namely subsistence (incorporated into the new draft small-scale fisheries policy), recreational fishers and commercial fishers with both offshore and inshore components. Collectively over 200 demersal and pelagic fish species are exploited, of which 95 are regarded as economically important (Griffiths 2000). Due to the large number of users, launch sites and species targeted, management of the fishery has been based on the control of effort through input, (number of commercial participants) and output (bag and size limit) measures (Sauer et al. 1997).

Catch regulations for the South Africa linefisheries were first promulgated in 1973 under the Sea Fisheries Act No. 58 of 1973, these were modified and revised in 1984 (Government gazette No. 9543 of 1984) and 1988 (Sea Fisheries Act No. 12 of 1988). Various studies conducted in the late 1980s and 1990s showed decreased catch rates in both the shore (Bennett 1991, Attwood & Farquhar 1999, Cowley et al. 2002) and ski-boat fisheries (Hecht & Tilney 1989, Penney et al. 1999, Griffiths 2000, Brouwer & Buxton 2002) had and changes in species composition

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 145 of catches (Crawford & Crous 1982, Hecht & Tilney 1989, Bennet et al. 1994, Brouwer et al. 1997, Penney et al. 1999, Griffiths 2000, Brouwer & Buxton 2002). By the late 1990s, trends in catch-per-unit-effort and spawner biomass per recruit models were showing that many of South Africa’s linefish species stocks were over-exploited or collapsed (Griffiths 2000) and in 2000 the Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism declared the linefishery to be in a state of emergency. This precipitated a number of changes in the management of line fisheries including a substantial reduction in commercial effort. Further revisions to the recreational regulations were implemented in April 2005 (Gazette Vol: 478 No. 27453). Different explanations were put forward why management of the fishery had failed including the complexity of managing a multi-species multi-user fishery with a poor historical collection of catch statistics (Attwood & Farquhar 1999, Griffiths & Lamberth 2002), a lack of institutional capacity and inadequate levels of funding for linefish research and management (Bennett 1991, Griffiths & Lamberth 2002) and non- compliance by anglers.

Non-compliance by anglers, and the increase in illegal harvesting of undersized fish negatively impacts on a regulations effectiveness (Gigliotti and Taylor 1990). Greater non-compliance could be expected in situations where anglers do not agree with, or are unaware of, the species specific regulations. In South Africa Bennett (1991) suggested that species specific daily take (bag) and size limits were largely unsuccessful due to a lack of support from the majority of anglers. However, results from the South African National Marine Linefish Survey conducted between 1994 and 1996 (Brouwer et al. 1997) showed that although anglers generally supported linefish management regulations, their knowledge of and compliance with these regulations was very poor. The level of non-compliance varied along the coastline with increased compliance coinciding with increased law enforcement patrol frequency. The poor regulatory knowledge base combined with poor compliance has since been shown for a number of recreationally dominated estuarine fisheries in South Africa (Cowley et al. 2009, Potts et al. 2005).

Recreational and subsistence fishing currently occurs within a number of areas under the management jurisdiction of South African National Parks (SANParks) and in order for SANParks to comply i) with the National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act (Act 57 of 2003) legislation and ii) as part of the organisations adaptive management strategy philosophy (Biggs & Rogers 2003) long term monitoring programs on catch and effort within the areas of the Garden Route National Park were initiated in 2008 to assess recreational and subsistence angling and provide information on which to develop management policies. Although the main purpose of the monitoring programme is to assess trends in catch and effort, this paper concentrates on the observed level of non-compliance and attempts to elucidate some of the possible drivers for this. We also attempt to evaluate aspects of SANParks law enforcement efficiency.

page 146 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Material and methods

Study sites The Knysna and Swartvlei estuaries on the south coast of South Africa, fall within the Garden Route National Park and are under the management jurisdiction of South African National Parks (Fig 1).

Figure 1: Map showing the Garden Route National Park boundaries and the position of the Swartvlei and Knysna estuaries.

The Knysna estuarine system (33o04’ South; 23o04’ East) is a warm-temperate, estuarine bay (Whitfield 2000), located adjacent to the town of Knysna roughly 60km east of George. The Knysna estuary has been calculated (based on size, habitat importance, zonal type rarity and biodiversity importance), as the most important estuarine system in South Africa (Turpie & Clark 2007). Over the years a large amount of research work has been conducted on a wide selection of aspects of the Knysna estuarine system and it has a rating of excellent (Whitfield 2000) in terms of available information. On a scale of Poor to Excellent overall condition is ranked as Good. Access to the mudbanks and water channels is generally good with the exception of the water ways within the Thesen housing development. An invertebrate reserve in the south east of the lagoon restricts invertebrate harvesting, but not fishing. A large number of slipways are available for public use. The survey area covered during this programme extended from the mouth through to the N2 Bridge (Fig 2).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 147 A

Figure 2: Map of the Knysna (A) and Swarvlei (B) estuaries showing access roads and public slipways.

The Swartvlei estuarine system (34o00’ South; 22o48’ East) is a warm-temperate, estuarine lake system comprising two main sections, the lower estuary and upper lake section (Whitfield 1983). The system is located near Sedgefield on the south coast of South Africa and has been extensively studied including details on hydrography, geology, physico-chemical limnology and the biology of organisms resulting in a rating of excellent in terms of available information (Whitfield 2000). The overall conservation importance, based on criteria including size, habitat importance, zonal rarity and biodiversity ranks the Swartvlei system 6th in South Africa (Turpie et al. 2002) and the overall condition is ranked as good (Whitfield 2000). The east bank is easily accessible along the entire length but access is limited along the west bank becoming more restricted towards the mouth. Two slipways are available for public use. The survey area covered during this programme extended from the mouth through to and including the train bridge separating the lake and estuary (Fig 2).

page 148 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Survey Method

This study represents a combination of monthly on-site direct-contact roving creel surveys (RCS’s) and a series of instantaneous resource user counts. Within each study area a total of three survey days were completed per month. Survey days were randomly chosen prior to each month and stratified according to week versus weekend with two week days and one weekend day being completed per month. On each sampling day, two “instantaneous” effort counts were completed, one in the morning (between 06:00 – 12:00) and one in the afternoon (12:00 - 18:00) with the starting times and place being randomly chosen but with a minimum of four hours between counts. On each of these circuits, the number of anglers and bait collectors were counted, their demographics, the number of lines or rods being used and their spatial distribution noted. Only new entrants were counted during the second circuit on each sampling day. Surveys were conducted on foot around Swartvlei estuary and by boat on Knysna. Initially boat anglers on Swartvlei were intercepted with the use of a kayak but this was stopped due to the length of time taken in approaching the anglers and the low contact rate with boat anglers.

Interviews

During the RCS’s, only those people actively involved in fishing or packing up after a fishing outing were interviewed. Three questionnaires were utilized. A comprehensive questionnaire used to gather socio-economic data, catch and effort (both fish and bait), management attitudes and to gain an idea of angler knowledge and awareness regarding the relevant fishery regulations. Due to the length of this interview and the time taken the questionnaire was only asked to a sub set of the anglers. A shorter questionnaire relating to limited socio-economic information and catch and effort relating to both the fish and bait resources was used for the majority of first contact interviews whilst only catch and effort was recorded when anglers were re-observed on subsequent survey days. No anglers under the age of 16 were interviewed and when groups of anglers were encountered an attempt was made to interview a sub-sample of the anglers with catches being recorded on an angler-specific basis. An attempt was made to interview anglers within each of the survey sections. During periods of high activity this required a sub-sample of anglers being interviewed in each area. These anglers were randomly chosen. Effort counts were uninterrupted on both systems but no interviews were conducted between September 2010 and February 2011 on Swartvlei or between September 2010 and October 2011 on Knysna due to personnel limitations.

Angler knowledge awareness and attitudes towards fishery regulations was only gathered during the first years of sampling while limited socio-economic data was collected during the first two years of sampling.

Data Analysis

Effort Fishing effort was represented as angler outings. Daily fishing effort was taken as the sum of both instantaneous effort counts completed on that day. Total monthly fishing effort was obtained by multiplying the total estimated daily fishing effort for the weekend day by the number of weekend days in that month and adding this to the average estimated week day (of the two week day surveys) effort multiplied by the number of week days in that month. Total estimated annual effort was taken as the sum of the monthly estimates.

Catch During all interviews anglers were asked as to what species they were targeting and the species and number of any fish caught (including those released). All retained catch was identified, counted and measured.

Retention Rates Retention rates were worked out as a) the proportion of total fish retained by each angler b) the proportion of undersized fish retained and c) the proportion of cape stumpnose, white steenbras and spotted grunter retained (all and undersized). In order to increase sample sizes respondents

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 149 from Knysna and Swartvlei fisheries were combined. Retention rates were then evaluated against fishing sector (recreational vs subsistence), and within the recreational category against angler knowledge and angler self-accountability. Angler knowledge was evaluated by scoring individuals on their knowledge of fishery regulations (bag & size limit) for three targeted or caught fish species (total of 6 marks). Self-accountability was crudely estimated on a score of 0 to 2 and was dependent on angler response to questions on what they perceived as threats to fish stocks within the Swartvlei / Knysna estuary. If anglers mentioned over-exploitation in general they received a score of one, it they mentioned their type of angling (e.g. recreational fishing) they were awarded a two. Any other threat (e.g. pollution) mentioned by the angler was scored as a zero.

Law enforcement Ranger patrol records were examined to obtain information on number of patrols, number of transgressions and ranger response. Ranger patrols were logged on a pocket PC running a data capture sequence developed in the freeware Cybertracker. By capturing daily patrol data the sequence was designed to be a useful management reporting tool. Three years of data were examined (June 2009 to June 2011).

Results

Participation and demographics During the first 24 months of the fishery surveys a total of 2 498 anglers were interviewed during the roving creel surveys whilst 6 922 anglers were counted during the instantaneous effort counts.

Overall the Knysna fishery was dominated by shore anglers (72%) and by coloured males comprising 50% of all anglers counted during the survey period. This was followed by white males (33%) and coloured females (14%). Most anglers (79%) were local either from Knysna or the surrounding communities whilst 6% came from within the Garden Route and a further 14% were national visitors. Education levels amongst anglers was generally low with 16% having some form of primary school education and 63% some level of high school or secondary education. Only 29% had completed their matric (grade 12) whilst 19% had some form of tertiary education (diploma or degree). Of the anglers interviewed 28% indicated that they were currently unemployed. Corresponding to the low education and high unemployment rate was a generally low income level with the majority of anglers 32% having no set monthly income or earned less than R1000 per month. Due to the above results and in using the criteria as proposed by Branch et al. (2002) 21% were considered to be subsistence in the first 12 months but this increased to 29% in the following 12 months.

The Swartvlei fishery was dominated by shore anglers (92%) with white males comprising 49% of all anglers counted during the first 24 months of the survey period. This was followed by coloured males (34%) and coloured females (10%). Most anglers (51%) were local either from Swartvlei or the surrounding communities whilst 23% came from within the Garden Route and a further 25% were national visitors with the majority of these coming from the Western Cape (19%). Education levels amongst anglers varied with 15% having only some form of primary school education and 58% some level of high school. Only 35% had completed their matric (grade 12) whilst a surprisingly high 27% indicated they had some form of tertiary education. Although 17% of anglers indicated they had a monthly income of less than R1000 a further 16% had low incomes between of one and five thousand rand, 23% of anglers had an income of between 10 and 20 thousand rand and a further 16% indicated they were retired and on pension. An estimated 10% of anglers interviewed fitted the description of subsistence fishers in the first 12 months but this increased to 16% in the second 12 month period.

Effort Total annual estimated fishing effort fluctuated annually for each estuary ranging between 5 763 and 8 984 outings on Swartvlei and between 21 497 and 25 189 on Knysna (Fig 3). The annual fishing effort was lowest in 2010 and highest in 2009 for both estuaries. Fishing effort

page 150 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium showed seasonal trends with the highest effort being recorded over the holiday periods. In particular peaks were seen during January/December and again in April (Figure 3). The mean turnover time (time spent fishing per day by an individual angler) for all fishery sectors was approximately 4.5 hrs on Swartvlei and 6hrs on Knysna.

Figure 3: Estimated angler effort (angler outings) for A) Knysna and B) Swartvlei estuaries.

Catch Composition

During the first year of surveys most anglers on both Knysna (45%) and Swartvlei (45%) indicated that they were not targeting specific species and would be happy catching anything. Spotted grunter was the most commonly targeted species (17% on Knysna and 28% on Swartvlei) followed by white steenbras (10%), cape stumpnose (6%) and strepie (5.5%) on Knysna whilst leervis (9%), white steenbras (7%) and cape stumpnose (4%) were targeted on Swartvlei. However, analysis of anglers catches (Table 1) shows that despite not being actively targeted Cape stumpnose was the most frequently caught species (44%) on Knysna followed by strepie (19%) and white steenbras (12%). On Swartvlei catches were dominated by Cape stumpnose (43%) followed by white steenbras (30%), spotted grunter (10%) and leervis 4%. Differences in catch composition on each estuary were noted between the first and second year of sampling (Table 1) particularly with a decrease in catches of white steenbras on Swartvlei.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 151 Table 1: Target rates and species catch composition (in brackets) for the Knysna and Swarvlei estuaries over a two year period.

Knysna Swartvlei Target Species 2008 - 2009 2009 - 2010 2008 - 2009 2009 - 2010 Any fish species 46 46 45 28 Cape stumpnose 6 (43) 7 (33) 4 (43) 10 (64) Spotted grunter 17 (4) 16 (8) 27 (11) 29 (9) White steenbras 10 (12) 12 (12) 7 (30) 12 (8) Leervis (Garrick) 5 (2) 6 (3) 9 (4) 9 (4) Mullet species - - 2 (4) <1 (1) Strepie 5 (18) 4 (16) - - Other 11 (21) 9 (28) 6 (8) 11 (14)

Retention Rates and non-compliance

The overall retention rates of caught fish was high and very similar on both estuaries across the first two years of sampling with a slight increase in the second 12 month period (Table 2). However, the proportion of undersized fish retained differed between the estuaries with far more undersized fish being kept within the Swartvlei fishery for both years. When looking at three of the commonly caught species (Cape stumpnose, spotted grunter and white steenbras) retention rates were generally higher on Swartvlei and in particular the proportion of undersized fish (non-compliance) was higher with an increase during the second sampling period. For both years all the white steenbras retained and measured by the survey clerks on Swartvlei were below the legal size limit of 60cm whilst 89% of retained white steenbras within the Knysna fishery were undersized during the first years sampling. Both the retention rates and proportion of undersized spotted grunter was fairly stable across both estuaries and for each year (Table 2).

Table 2: Retention rates (%) for two years of sampling on both Swartvlei and Knysna estuaries. The proportion (%) of undersized fish is given in brackets.

Species Knysna Swartvlei 2008 - 2009 2009 - 2010 2008 - 2009 2009 - 2010 Overall 74 (31) 76 (18) 71 (72) 78 (83) Cape stumpnose 75 (44) 69 (25) 75 (74) 85 (93) Spotted grunter 81 (4) 88 (6) 82 (14) 77 (18) White steenbras 67 (89) 63 (65) 82 (100) 81 (100)

Retention rates for all species was high for both Recreational anglers and Subsistence fishers (Fig 4) with recreational anglers keeping 74% of all fish they caught and subsistence anglers 91%. There was a greater difference in the retention rate of white steenbras between the groups with more steenbras being kept by subsistence fishers (97%) than recreational anglers (63%). Fifty three percent of all fish retained by subsistence fishers were undersized whilst 29% retained by recreational anglers were undersized.

page 152 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 4: Retention rates of caught fish between recreational anglers (R) and subsistence fishers (S). Data from both Knysna and Swartvlei surveys for the first two years of sampling have been combined.

Increasing knowledge of the fishery regulations did not seem to have much impact on the overall retention rate (Fig 5) although those scoring less than 50% may keep slightly more fish. However, the retained catch of those scoring less than 50% on the knowledge test comprised more undersized fish than those anglers who had greater knowledge.

A B

Figure 5: Overall retention rates (A) and retention rates of undersized fish (B) amongst anglers with increasing knowledge of fishery regulations. Scores were from 0 – no correct answers through to 6 – all correct answers. Data from both Knysna and Swartvlei surveys for the first two years of sampling have been combined.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 153 Although six percent of interviewed anglers believed there were no threats to fish stocks within the Knysna and Swartvlei estuaries, 26 percent believed that general over-exploitation was a potential threat (Fig 6). Pollution was seen as threat by 22 percent whilst less than 10% thought subsistence or recreational fishing was a threat. Overall retention rates were slightly higher for anglers who scored a zero on self accountability (Fig 7) and in particular there seems to be difference in retention rates of white steenbras with 68% of fish being retained by anglers with zero self accountability versus 10% by those who had some level of self accountability. Anglers who scored zero retained more undersized fish (23%) as opposed to those who scored one (5%). Unfortunately none of the anglers who scored a two on self accountability had actually caught a fish.

Figure 6: Perceived threats to fish stocks within the Knysna and Swartvlei estuaries. Results from the two estuaries have been combined.

Law enforcement

Of those anglers interviewed during the RCS’s on Knysna estuary 71% had at some point had their fishing permit inspected by SANParks law enforcement officials whilst 53% of anglers interviewed on Swartvlei had been inspected (Table 3). The inspection rate for bait collected and catch caught was much lower for both estuaries with 48 and 31% respectively for Knysna and only 28 and 13% for Swartvlei anglers. Despite a lower permit inspection rate on Swartvlei 84% of anglers could produce a valid fishing permit when asked, however, the number of anglers who had collected bait with a valid bait collection permit was lower at 66% (Table 3).

page 154 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 7: Retention rates of caught fish between anglers with varing levels of self accountability. Self accountability was scored on a rating of 0 – none, 1 – some and 2 – high. No anglers who scored a 2 during the interviews had caught a fish.

Table 3: The proportion of interviewed anglers on Knysna and Swartvlei estuaries who had been inspected by SANParks law enforcement (during their entire fishing experience on that water body) and the proportion of interviewed anglers who could produce a valid fishing and bait permit when requested.

Estuary Permits Catch Bait Inspected Produced Produced Bait Inspected Inspected Fishing Permit Permit Knysna 71 % 31 % 48 % 82 % 82 % Swartvlei 53 % 13 % 28 % 84 % 66 %

Recorded law enforcement patrols in the Wilderness section of the Garden Route National Park over the same period numbered 1207 with 511 patrols occurring within the first 12 month period. However, Wilderness section patrols were not specific to the Swartvlei estuary and also covered coastal areas and the Wilderness Lakes. Number of patrols to specific areas could not be deduced from the current patrol record format. Over the two year period 612 people were intercepted with 525 permit inspections occurring, 54 bait inspections, 20 catch inspections and 13 bait and catch inspections (Table 4). During these inspections only 12 people were found to be in transgression of one or more of the Marine Living Resource Act (MLRA) laws resulting in 14 actions being taken of which seven were admission of guilt fines (J534 fines) (Table 5). Transgressions included no permit (4), exceeding bag limit (3 people), illegal fishing method e.g. spearfishing in an estuary / use of throw net after sunset (4), and keeping a fish out of season (1).

The total number of recorded law enforcement patrols within the Knysna estuary over a three year period was 1240 with 687 patrols occurring within the first 12 month period (Fig 8). During these patrols 1557 people were intercepted with 1302 permit inspections occurring, 163 bait inspections, 32 catch inspections and 58 bait and catch inspections (Table 4). A total of 192 anglers were transgressing one or more of the MLRA laws resulting in 225 actions of which 37 were admission of guilt fines (J534 fines) and 141 verbal warnings and request to leave (Table 5). Prominent transgressions included no permit (152), exceeding bag limit (19 people), illegal fishing method e.g. spearfishing in an estuary / use of throw net after sunset (11 people), and undersized fish (5 people).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 155 Figure 8: Recorded law enforcement patrols carried out by SANParks marine rangers within two sections of the Garden Route National Park.

Table 4: The number of patrols and number of inspections logged on the cybertracker sequencet by law enforcement officials in the Wilderness and Knysna sections of the Garden Route National Park.

No. of Check Check Check Check No. Check Net People Angling Bait Permit Angling & Patrols Collection Checked Catch Collected Only Bait Catch

Wilderness 1207 612 20 54 525 13 0 Knysna 1240 1557 32 163 1302 58 2 Total 2447 2169 52 217 1827 71 2

Table 5: Number of transgressions logged and law enforcement responses between June 2008 and June 2011 in the Wilderness and Knysna sections of the Garden Route National Park.

Verbal No of No of Warning / Written Fine Confiscation Report No Arrest Other Transgressors Reactions Request to (J534) of Goods to Police Reaction leave

Wilderness 12 14 2 7 2 1 1 1 0

Knysna 192 225 141 37 35 2 0 1 9

Discussion

Recreational fishing is a popular activity in many countries undertaken by large numbers of participants (Brouwer et al. 1997, Beckley et al. 2008, McPhee et al. 2002, Cooke & Cowx 2004, Veiga et al. 2010) and participation is likely to be increasing. Within South Africa, fishing pressure on estuaries is high due to the close proximity to urban developments, general ease of access, all year round fishability and as an indirect impact of the beach driving ban shifting pressure from the coastline to the estuaries (Mackenzie 2005).

page 156 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The Knysna and Swartvlei linefisheries conform too many other estuarine fisheries (Mann et al. 2002, Pradervand & Baird 2002, Cowley et al. 2009 and Beckley et al. 2008) in that participants are generally male, live locally and fish primarily for recreational purposes. According to the Knysna 2012 -2017 Integrated Development Plan (IDP) the greater municipal population (which includes communities around Knysna and Swartvlei) was 63 306 in 2010 with 14.2% of the labour force (those eligible to work) being unemployed in 2009 and half the population living in relative poverty (referring to people where basic needs are met proportionately but who in terms of their social environment still experience some disadvantages). In both the Knysna and Swartvlei linefisheries the number of subsistence fishermen increased over the two year period and is more than likely due to the high unemployment within the area and the general economic slowdown experienced. The greater number of subsistence type fishermen on Knysna would be expected due to the proximity of poverty stricken communities such as Hornlee, Sizamile, White Location, Rheenendaal and Khayalethu (Knysna IDP 2006). The unemployment rate and poverty level will continue to be a major driver in motivating people to fish for either household consumption or to sell their catch to supplement any income placing increasing pressure on these systems.

It would be expected that the necessity for food would dictate that a subsistence type fisher would be more likely to keep undersized fish and have a general overall higher retention rate than recreational anglers. However, of particular concern is the high retention rates and seemingly poor lack of self-regulation, accountability and fishery regulation knowledge amongst recreational anglers. This is despite the majority of anglers interviewed in this study stating that they agree with and support the current regulations.

Recreational anglers frequently dispute their impact on fish stocks (Sauer et al. 1997, Cooke & Cowx 2006) and tend to blame commercial or subsistence fishing, impacts of pollution or habitat degradation from coastal development and the same trend was seen in this study with the majority of anglers tending to blame factors other than their own angling fraternity for declines in catch rates. In reality recreational fishing pressure is often higher than perceived with total catches exceeding the commercial sector for certain species (McPhee et al. 2002, .Cooke & Cowx 2004, Veiga et al. 2010). The dispute could be due to an individual anglers generally low catch rate without the angler taking into account the cumulative impacts of a large number of anglers. Unfortunately the sample size of interviewed recreational anglers with higher levels of accountability and who had caught fish was low within this study, but, there may be trend of increasing accountability with a decrease in the retention rate of undersized fish. Similarly, samples size of anglers with high regulatory knowledge scores were low (n = 6 for angler scoring 6 and catching fish) but there does seem to be some trend pointing towards an increase in knowledge with a decrease in retention rates, particular for undersized fish. The general low level of regulatory knowledge is not new but is a continuing concern within the South African recreational estuarine and rock and surf linefisheries. Poor knowledge of species-specific linefish regulations has been shown within the Sundays estuary (Cowley et al. 2009) and angler education programmes and improved law enforcement for recreational fisheries were advocated by Brouwer et al. (1997) and Mann et al. (2003). It seems that 12 years later little has changed with the current fisheries regulations largely being ignored by many recreational anglers.

The importance of recreational fishery law enforcement and its impact in improving angler compliance has been shown for the St. Lucia system (Mann et al. 2002) and the KwaZulu- Natal coastline when compared to other sections of the South African coast (Brouwer et al. 1997). However, a general lack of and necessity for improved law enforcement has been shown along most of the South African coastline (Brouwer 1997, Mann et al. 2003) and in particular on a number of estuaries including the Great Fish estuary (Potts et al. 2005) and the Sundays estuary (Cowley et al. 2009). Although the patrol rate (number of patrols per year) within the two sections of the Garden Route National Park seem to be quite high (over 500 patrols per year) the contact rate is low averaging just over 1.2 anglers per patrol on Knysna and 0.5 anglers in the Wilderness section (which includes the Swartvlei estuary). Furthermore, law enforcement concentrated on permit requirements rather than enforcing species-specific linefish and associated bait regulations. The low catch inspection rate is not restricted to these two case studies and has been shown within the Great Fish Estuary (Potts et al. 2005) and in a

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 157 more recent assessment of the Kwazulu-Natal shore based linefisheries (Dunlop 2011). Possibly the most concerning aspect of the current law enforcement is the high level of verbal warnings being issued as opposed to admission of guilt fines. If compliance is linked to law enforcement it would likely be due to a) the possibility of being caught (inspected) and b) the level of fine being issued. A simple model being an increase in compliance with an increase in expected monetary costs for being non-compliant.

The present study has begun to highlight some of the possible drivers for non-compliance including necessity, lack of knowledge and a lack of self-accountability or the belief that recreational angling cannot be impacting fish stocks. However, it is unrealistic to assume that such factors would be driving non-compliance in isolation and a combination of factors is more likely. A more complete model would need to look at a number of factors including law enforcement, the perceived legitimacy of the regulations and regulatory body by anglers, moral values and social or peer influence. In this regard more research should be directed at gaining a better understanding of angler behaviour whilst seeking solutions to limit non-compliance. Efficient law enforcement has a role to play and the current law enforcement effort (number and types of patrols) and the efficiency (number and type of inspections and resultant actions) needs to be revisited with patrols and data logging techniques structured to enable robust analysis of trends in fishing effort and non-compliance. The present situation of increasing fishing pressure, greater dependence on fish resources for food or income supplement, high retention rates, lack of self-regulation, high non-compliance and limited law enforcement continues to place the long term sustainability of South Africa’s estuarine linefisheries under threat.

References

Attwood CG, Farquhar M. 1999. Collapse of linefish stocks between Cape Hangklip and Walker Bay, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 151 – 160. Beckley LE, Fennessy ST, Everett BI. 2008. Few fish by many fishers: a case study of shore-based recreational angling in a major South African estuarine port. African Journal of Marine Science 30: 11-24. Bennett BA. 1991. Conservation in the Marine Environment: Some problems with management of shore-angling in the Southwestern Cape. South African Journal of Aquatic Science 17: 12 – 18. Branch GM, Haunk M, Siqwana-ndulo N, Dye AH. 2002 Defining in the South African Context: Subsistence, Artisanal and Small-Scale Commercial Sectors. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 475 - 487. Brouwer SL. 1997. An assessment of the South African east coast linefishery from Kei Mouth to Stil Bay. M. SC. Thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa, 124pp. Brouwer SL, Buxton CD. 2002. Catch and effort of the shore and ski-boat linefisheries along the South African Eastern Cape coast. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 341 – 354. Brouwer SL, Mann BQ, Lamberth SJ, Sauer, WHH, Erasmus C. 1997. A Survey of the South African Shore-Angling Fishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 165-177. Cooke SJ, Cowx IG. 2004. The role of recreational fishing in global fish crises. Bioscience 54: 857-859. Cooke SJ, Cowx IG. 2006 Contrasting recreational and commercial fishing: searching for common issues to promote unified conservation of fisheries resources and aquatic environments. Biological Conservation 128: 93-108. Cowley PD. 2000. Utilisation of living marine resources in the estuaries between Port Elizabeth and East London, Eastern Cape Province. Unpublished Report, Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism, Cape Town: 19pp. Cowley PD, Brouwer SL, Tilney RL. 2002. The role of the Tsitsikamma national Park in the management of four-shore angling fish along the South-Eastern cape coast of South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 27 – 35. Cowley PD, Childs AR, Bennett RH. 2009. A survey of fishery resource utilisation and recreational activities on the Sundays estuary, with implications for management. SAIAB Project Report. 51pp.

page 158 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Crawford RJM, Crous HB. 1982. Trends in commercial handline catches of redfishes along the southern cape coast republic of South Africa. Koedoe 25: 13 - 31. Dunlop SW. 2011. An assessment of the shore-based and offshore boat-based linefisheries of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. M.Sc. Thesis, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, 211pp. Gigliotti LM, Taylor WW. 1990. The effect of illegal harvest on recreational fisheries. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 10: 106 – 110. Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: Snapshots of the 20th Centuary. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81 – 110. Griffiths MH, Lamberth SJ. 2002. Evaluating the marine recreational fishery in South Africa. In: Pitcher TJ, Hollingworth C. (eds) Recreational Fisheries Ecological, Economic and Social Evaluation. Blackwell Science Ltd. pp: 227 – 251. Hecht T, Tilney RL. 1989. The Port Alfred fishery: a description and preliminary evaluation of a commercial linefishery on the South African east coast. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 103 – 117. Knysna IDP. 2006. Knysna local municipality Integrated Development Plan, Vision and Strategies. 140pp. Mackenzie B. 2004 An assessment of bait use in the shore-based recreational and subsistence linefishery in the Eastern Cape. Msc. Thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa, 115pp. Mann BQ, James NC, Beckley LE. 2002. An assessment of the recreational fishery in the St Lucia estuarine system, KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 263 – 279. Mann BQ, McDonlad AM, Sauer WHH, Hecht T. 2003. Evaluation of participation in and management of the Transkei shore linefishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 25: 79 - 97. McPhee DP, Leadbitter D, Skilleter GA. 2002. Swallowing the bait: is recreational fishing in Australia ecologically sustainable. Pacific Conservation Biology 8: 40 – 51. Penney AJ, Mann-Lang JB, Van Der Elst RP, Wilke CG. 1999. Long-term trends in catch and effort in the Kwazulu-Natal nearshore linefisheries. South African Journal of Marine Science 21: 51 – 76. Potts WM, Cowley PD, Corroyer B, Naesje TF. 2005. Trends in fishery resource utilization on the Great Fish Estuary. NINA Report 50: 34 pp. Pradevand P, Baird D. 2002. Assessment of the recreational linefishery in selected eastern Cape estuaries: trends in catches and effort. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 87 – 101. Sauer WHH, Penny AJ, Erasmus C, Mann BQ, Brouwer SL, Lamberth SJ, Stewart TJ. 1997. An evaluation of attitudes and responses to monitoring and management measures for the South African boat-based linefishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 147 – 163. Turpie JK, Clark B. 2007. Development of a conservation plan for temperate South African estuaries on the basis of biodiversity importance, ecosystem health and economic costs and benefits. Report by Anchor Environmental Consultants CC. C.A.P.E. Regional Estuarine Management Programme. 125pp Turpie JK, Adams JB, Joubert A, Harrison TD, Colloty BM, Maree RC, Whitfield AK, Wooldridge TH, Lamberth SJ, Taljaard S, Van Niekerk L. 2002. Assessment of the conservation priority status of South African estuaries for use in management and water allocation. Water SA 28: 191-206. Veiga P, Ribeiro J, Concalves JMS, Erzini K. 2010. Quantifying recreational shore angling catch and harvest in southern Portugal (North-East Atlantic Ocean): implications for conservation and integrated fisheries management. Journal of Fish Biology 76: 2216 – 2237. Whitfield AK. 1983. Effect of prolonged aquatic macrophyte senescence on the biology of the dominant fish species at Swartvlei. Fifth National Oceanographic Symposium, Rhodes Whitfield AK. 2000 – Available scientific information on individual southern African estuarine systems. Water Research Commission Report 577/3/00. 217pp

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 159 Enactments, Disconcertments and Dialogues: Regarding marine social-ecological systems through the lens of relational ontologies

G Duggan1 ,2,, J Rogerson1,2, L Green1, A Jarre2 1 Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch, 7701. 2 Marine Research Institute (Ma-Re), University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch, 7701.

Abstract

This paper emerges out of observations of ethnographic fieldwork amongst commercial handline fishers in two sites, one on the Southern Cape coast (Stilbaai) and the other on the West coast (Lamberts Bay). The approach presented herein, termed a relational ontology, posits a possible collaborative avenue in social-ecological research in which natural science, social science and local knowledge might be brought into conversation in more equal terms.

Introduction

In 2000, with a looming stock crisis in the country’s commercial line fisheries, government took steps to mitigate against widespread collapse by adopting a policy of reduced effort on the part of fishers. What transpired was a dramatic reduction in the number of licences and permits in traditional handline fisheries, concomitant with the introduction of the Marine Living Resources Act (MLRA) of 1998, which left many fishers without legal rights to catch fish. This disenfranchisement lead to widespread dissatisfaction resulting in instances of political action and an increase in poaching in a number of instances (Schultz 2010).

It is our belief that in order to conduct more effective management and research (both natural and social science) of marine ecosystems and fisheries, the suite of knowledge offered by local fishers is an essential key in figuring out a way forward. Working with these multiple ways of knowing (what we refer to here as ‘knowledges’) is certainly a difficult prospect but a necessary one. The reasons for this are as complex and messy as knowledge itself however, for the sake of the current work, we suggest that conservation science generally does not lend itself as an arena of ready agreement with fishers, many of whom reject conservation arguments and policy on grounds of knowing the sea and fish very differently from what is presented to them in official science and management. This paper is a mediation of knowledge: it asks how fishers know and how making space available to understand this knowledge opens possibility for dialogue and possible collaboration. We by no means make any claim to offer a panacea for collaborative work between management, fishers and researchers with this work, but rather set out to explore a different way of knowing. Furthermore, our intention is not to romanticise, nor vilify, the knowledge of social or natural science nor that of fishers. Rather we hope to tease out some of the messiness and complexity which goes into the production of particular meanings that alter with context with the intention of opening dialogue which might lead to new understanding and possible collaborative work.

Over the past two decades, growing evidence of stock collapses and associated failures of centralized, quantitatively managed fisheries in many parts of the world have led to a number of calls for alternative approaches to fisheries management which address the concerns of biophysical ecosystems as well as human wellbeing (FAO 1998; Maurstad 2000; Neis & Felt,

page 160 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium 2000; Zwaneburg et al 2000; Ommer and Team 2007). Recent research (Neis et al 1999; Neis & Felt 2000; Stanley & Rice 2003; Stead et al 2006; Murray et al 2006; Ommer and Team 2007; Murray et al 2008) suggests that working with the knowledges of fishers within the fisheries management context offers the possibility of augmenting scientific knowledges by contributing locally-grounded experiential understandings and strategies for dealing with the variability of fish and climate.

In 1992, the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) was formulated to address the growing concerns of the time surrounding the preservation and safeguarding of the earth’s natural resources. Enshrined in the Convention was a commitment that contracting states “respect, preserve and maintain the knowledge, innovations and practices of indigenous and local communities” (Haggan et al 2007: 21). In terms of fisheries management the guidelines outlined in the CBD laid the foundations for a significant shift away from established ‘top- down’ management paradigms, which ignored local people and their concerns, towards more inclusive approaches which worked with local people and ecologies (Haggan et al 2007; Erdelen, 2007; Sowman, 2011). One of the more prominent approaches to fisheries management which emerged (and continues to do so) from the guidelines of the Convention is known as an Ecosystems Approach to Fisheries Management, or EAF (Shannon et al 2010; Sowman, 2011). A somewhat radical departure from established norms of fisheries management, an EAF adheres to a number of core premises which challenge conventional management structures. One of the guiding principles of an EAF is summed up by Fikret Berkes, who has argued (2011: 9) that “the delineation between social and ecological systems is artificial and arbitrary”. As such, an EAF seeks to work with complex social-ecological systems and perceives these as engaged in feedback relationships of mutual influence (Berkes. 2011). In 2002, at the Johannesburg World Summit for Sustainable Development, South Africa committed to the implementation of an EAF by 2010. This however, has been slow coming and is now being slated for 2012. As an EAF takes fishers’ knowledge into account and is in the process of being implemented, beginning to look at ways of knowing is important.

This paper reports on initial findings from an on-going extensive interdisciplinary research project which has been running for the past four years. A collaborative undertaking between the UCT Ma-Re BASICS and Fishers Knowledge Projects, the research has involved Honours, Masters and Doctoral students from UCT’s Department of Social Anthropology working with students, researchers and supervision from the Marine Research Institute (Ma-Re) to rethink the complexity and interface of multiple knowledges in fisheries on the West and Southern Cape coasts as well as in Namibia.

In response to the growing concerns surrounding climate change and variability and the perceived shortcomings of the MLRA and the failure of conventional top-down, stock assessment-based management paradigms, Ma-Re initiated the Marine Research in the Benguela and Agulhas Systems for supporting Interdisciplinary Climate-Change Science (BASICS) project in 2010. The approach is interdisciplinary in nature and directly challenges established management protocols by explicitly seeking to investigate an EAF through social- ecological research and collaboration with fishers with considerable support through the South African Research Chair in Marine Ecology and Fisheries. Incorporating “physical and ecological modelling studies at a range of scales” as well as complementing these with a broader regional approach (Ma-Re 2010: 1), the BASICS project incorporates perspectives from industry, government, fisheries management and academia as well as case studies working with fishers’ knowledges from within the Benguela ecosystem. The objective of this multi-sited, multi-scalar project is to provide understanding of the impacts of climate variability as well as predict future outcomes at various levels including marine ecosystems, individual species and human coastal communities (Ma-Re, 2010).

The Fishers Knowledge Project is a collaborative interdisciplinary and multi-sited research project funded by PERC as part of the University of Cape Town’s project for rethinking the place of African knowledges in research projects. Bringing the objectives of Ma-Re BASICS and the Fishers Knowledge Project together, Prof. Jarre (Ma-Re) and Dr. Green (Social Anthropology) have co-supervised a number of social anthropology theses focusing on fisheries and fishers

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 161 knowledges in a range of fisheries along the Benguela current ecosystem coastline. Starting in 2007, Marieke van Zyl (2008) began research amongst small-scale handline fishers in the Southern Cape town of Kassiesbaai where the impacts of the MLRA were felt particularly keenly. Van Zyl took as her focus the ways in which the implementation of the MLRA affected the wellbeing and economic stability of the Kassiesbaai fishers and their families. The site was highly contested and van Zyl’s focus on discursive differences revealed the divergent and often disconcerting ways in which the MLRA was enacted1 by local fishers, government officials, DAFF fishery managers and marine fisheries experts. Van Zyl’s work concluded that the relative failure of the MLRA in this fishery was due to an inherent lack of trust between these groups, fostered in large by the divergent ways in which people perceive, talk about and enact their versions of fish, fishing, fishers and the sea.

Following on from van Zyl’s work, 2009 saw Jennifer Rogerson and Tarryn-Anne Anderson conducting field research in Simonstown and Kalk Bay respectively, both working with small- scale fishers. In 2010 the group expanded further when Rogerson and Anderson, returning to conduct masters fieldwork (Anderson returning to Kalkbay and Rogerson now electing to work with small-scale handline fishers in Lambert’s Bay on the West Coast), were joined by Sven Ragaller and Greg Duggan at two new sites in the Southern Cape: Gansbaai and Stilbaai respectively (Ragaller, 2012; Duggan, 2012).

Rogerson’s (2011) work in Lambert’s Bay took as its focus the ways in which different groups perceive and interact with the sea, how different people assemble and enact different versions of the marine environment and in so doing, a strong sense emerged of the embodied ways in which fishers come to know the sea. In her work, Rogerson suggested that, somewhat paradoxically, the science which informs state-regulated fisheries policies such as the MLRA often leads to ‘epistemological policing2’ of local fishers, disenfranchising them from the very seas they have fished for generations. Rogerson’s study found that the fishers with whom she worked related to fish as more than objects for capture, suggesting a relational ontology in which fishers and fish acted as engaged subjects rather than the subject (human) - object (fish) distinction which forms the conceptual basis of a modernist3 nature-culture dualism.

Taking as her entry point, the logbooks which skippers use to keep track of catches and items of interest in the fishery, Anderson’s (2011) focussed on logbooks as devices for transforming and transferring knowledge between fishers and fisheries researchers. The process of what she refers to as ‘tracking the movements of fish’ were instrumental in her research into understanding how fishers go about making and sharing knowledge.

Sven Ragaller’s (2012) research was conducted amongst commercial fishers in Gansbaai who engage in both handlining and purse seining. Dyer Island in the bay is a highly contested space and home to a threatened penguin colony. Recent evaluation by fisheries managers and scientists to potentially close the waters adjacent to the island in order to protect food supplies for the embattled penguins have lead to a series of disconcertments and moments of knowledge tension between them and the local fishers who feel their fishing grounds are being threatened and removed to their detriment.

Greg Duggan’s (2012) field research was conducted in the small commercial handline fishery in the Southern Cape town of Stilbaai. Over a seven month period, Duggan conducted participant observation-type research amongst fishers, spending time with them at work both at sea and on land. The work revealed a complex set of relational interactions between fishers and fish in which fishers knew fish as intelligent, reactive beings and sought to balance a range of objectives including ecological, economic and ethical concerns via a range of complex adaptive strategies which aimed to effectively cope with variability in the fishery at all levels. With the proliferation of research sites along the West and Southern Cape coasts of South

1. To enact something is to perform or bring about a particular representation of that thing based on a particular understanding of reality – when one has a version of reality, it is through one’s practices that this version is ‘enacted’ into reality. 2. Epistemological policing refers to a way of working whereby only one particular way of knowing is understood to be legitimate and authorative. When another kind of knowledge is presented, it is not considered but is ‘policed’ by being portrayed as incorrect and therefore unable to be used. 3. Modernism is the movement of separating nature and culture, i.e. people from environment.

page 162 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Africa, Kelsey Draper’s (2011) work in the Namibian commercial trawling industry expanded the research further in terms of spatial and economic scales. Taking as her focus the networks of technology, knowledge and capital at play in a fishery, Draper’s work explored the possibilities of formulating a political ecology centred on the Walvis Bay hake fishery. Through this approach, the research found that tracing networks of knowledge is a vital process in understanding context and formulating meaningful policy accordingly4.

The common thread running through these theses has been a specific focus on trying to understand how fishers see the sea and fish. The intention of this focus has been to look for possibilities for facilitating productive dialogues between marine conservationist, researchers, managers and fishers. This paper reports on findings in two of the studies where small-scale fisheries are particularly important. We focus on specific ethnographic case studies of the ways in which in Lambert’s Bay and Stilbaai fishers think about marine ecology. The work moves towards an exploration of an approach in contemporary philosophy of science called relational ontologies. In the conclusion we make a case that such an approach is helpful in mediating knowledge disputes in fisheries management.

Our research forms part of a broader ongoing dialogue in the global South (Australia, Latin America and Southern Africa) that seeks to rethink the interface between the sciences and local knowledge in different contexts. Those dialogues encompass a rethinking of the distinctions between notions and distinctions between nature and culture, knowledge and belief as well as theoretical and practical knowledge, challenging established stereotypes and binary hierarchies5 of knowledge with the intention of creating more equal representation of knowledge.

Research Findings

The fishers with whom we worked and who are referred to in this paper were of varying ages and levels of experience. Oom Louis and Oom Koos between them have nearly 65 years of experience on the sea in commercial fishing for example while many of their peers had spent over forty years as a commercial fisherman working in a range of fisheries at locations in the Benguela and Agulhas ecosystems. The commonality shared by all the people in the conversations which follow is a self-identification as fishers. The group includes Oom Koos and Oom Louis from Stilbaai and from Lamberts Bay: Dikkie; Hennie O; Hennie W; Willem; Jacques; George; Ernest; Rosie; Kelvin and Joanne.

It is our experience, having worked with scientists and fishers during our research, that there are many times when the most useful ideas and insight come from scientists who are fishers and fishers who approach their task using the tools of science. For example, we have noted instances of fishers who consistently and accurately monitor water temperature (Duggan, 2012), and scientists who have a deep ecological understanding of the sea based on decades of fishing experience (ibid.). In order to open up the conversation we begin with a consideration of two different ways of knowing and relating to the fish Kob. In a weighty tome released in 2001 by the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (DEAT) entitled the Coastcare Factsheet Series, government scientists and “specialists” set out to document, for public dissemination, elements of South Africa’s marine ecosystems and coastline considered important. Included in the Fact Sheet is an introduction to various species including a number of fish. In section 3, entitled “Coastal and Marine Life – Animals: Vertebrates – Fishes”, is a subsection, 3C, dedicated over two pages to ‘Kob’. A single colour picture of what we are told is a ‘Snapper Kob’ is shown at the bottom of the page. The description starts with an account of how many species of Kob are found on the South African coastline (“about nine”). It then proceeds with a description of what Kob is: under different headings such as ‘Breeding Habits’, ‘Feeding Habits’, ‘Life Cycle’ and highlighted section covering ‘Commercial Importance’ the reader is presented with a very neat, uniform version of Kob – what can be expected of it, where to find it,

4. Draper’s research was co-supervised by Barbara Paterson, a post-doctoral researcher at Ma-Re, based in Namibia and associated with the Fishers Knowledge Project. With a background in philosophy and computer science, Paterson’s development of decision support tools seek to incorporate human dimension indicators into the fisheries management process. 5. A binary hierarchy in regard to knowledge, entails the ways in which knowledge is understood as either right or wrong. An example of this is scientific knowledge vs. indigenous knowledge.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 163 how it operates and so forth. The account describes all Kob as having “a coppery sheen…fairly robust with an elongated body and a rounded tail fin” and it continues, stating that “various Kob species are superficially very similar, making it difficult for non-scientists to distinguish between them”.

We now consider the way in which two fishers from Stilbaai know the same fish in a somewhat different way.

I6 arrived at Oom Koos’ house just before 10am. Various boats, motors, trailers, tow-vehicles and a small freezer truck stood parked around the front and back of the house in various states of repair. The large white double storey home was bustling with movement when I arrived, two domestic workers going about their work so busily that they seemed to not even notice me as I stepped over the threshold and into the lounge. The lounge served as an entrance to the home and I knocked on the door announcing my arrival. Oom Koos turned round in his seated position at his desk, and, beaming at me over his glasses, extended a massive calloused hand to envelope mine in a firm, friendly handshake. As he gestured to a couch and told me to sit, Oom Koos informed me that he had invited his friend and fellow skipper Oom Louis to join our conversation. I was here to talk about the Kob and both Oom Koos and Oom Louis were happy to do so. The discussion below picks up approximately twenty minutes into our conversation:

Greg: how many types of Kob are there?

Oom Koos: there’s about three, four…five

G: that you catch here?

OK: ja, that you catch here, that is different from each other.

Oom Louis: there’s seven different species of Kob. The only one that you don’t get here definitely is the Snapper Salmon that you get in Durban.

OK: but we catch the square-tail also here!

G: so the main ones I know of are the Dusky, the mini-Kob, the Square Tail and the Silver…

OK: ja, but the Silver Kob, neh, the Silver Kob – there’s more subspecies of Silver Kob – there’s not only one. There’s one with the long tail, the one with the funny fins – I showed the researchers the other day – what the difference is – there’s a seven kilo fish, his tail is like that (broad), there’s the other seven kilo fish and his tail is like that (thin, flat) – there’s a hell of a difference between the fins – it’s a different species, neh. And then there’s one of the fish where his head is small, and his body is fat –

OL: - and then the other one with that rounded nose –

OK: - ja, his top of his mouth is shorter than the bottom of his mouth.

OL: now they, if you look when the one’s got a thick tail and the other a thinner tail, for the same size fish, they will, for the fun of it – not the fun, to get the knowledge – they will open both, see whether its male, whether its female – and you do get females with different bodies, males with different bodies. So it’s definitely different species.

G: But are you catching them all together?

OK & OL: together ja, together!

OK: but some times of the year, that short fish – OL: - the thick one –

6. The following ethnography is taken from Duggan’s 2012 MSocSci thesis.

page 164 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium OK: - the thick one, yes, is at a certain time of the year, I think its September, October, we catch plenty, plenty, plenty of it.

OL: you know where you get that is in Namibia as well.

OK: really?

OL: it’s different!

OK: scientists don’t class it differently but it’s different.

OL: ja but to me it’s still a Kob and a Kob is a Kob oubroer.

OK: (laughing) But we as fishermen see that as another species – we know it’s another species and its fighting more than the other species of Kob when it’s on the line. That shorter fish is much stronger, much, much stronger than the other Kobs. Much, much, much, much stronger! And I show that to Lloyd the other day, I said “look here, can you see the difference?” and he said yes, he can see the difference…but when you get to the harbour, neh, the inspector doesn’t want to know it and the factory guy, he doesn’t care either. You have a Kob and for them it is a Silver Kob and that is so.

OL: ja, he doesn’t care because he gets his same price. Look if he turned around and said it was something else –

OK: - or if we said it was something else –

OL: ja, if we said it was something else, we and him would get a different price. And probably not a better one, you understand? So we must look and speak about it to each other and leave it at that.

OK: but that factory guy, he knows it’s different, he sees it every day – a different shaped fish that’s not a Dusky but that he sells as a Silver but clearly isn’t a Silver.

What emerges from the two accounts presented above are two very ways of knowing Kob which manifest as knowledge claims which at times contradict one another. Two networks of actors narrate their knowledge and research in the same environment featuring the same actor – Kob. Yet their descriptions clearly reference two different interactions with the fish. Through the actor7 Kob, it is possible to witness the narratives of two perceptions emerging and being played out in the same environment. In the knowledge claims of official state science, Kob is a clearly defined, universalized fact whilst knowable for scientists is “difficult for non-scientists to distinguish” (Coast Care Fact Sheet, 2001). The narrative suggests that the version of Kob presented in the Fact Sheet is true for all Kob. In effect it is a representation of Kob.

In Oom Koos and Oom Louis’ version of Kob, the definition is not as clear. They identify both officially-recognised and classified species such as ‘Silver Kob’, and ‘Snapper Salmon’ but also talk about subspecies, a point developed later in this paper. Their descriptions, rather than being about a singular Kob, speak of heterogeneity, complexity, multiplicity and many subspecies. Rather than being universalized and removed from context, their narrative speaks of identifying the fish through interaction when they are fighting the line. In other words, the fishers’ way of knowing Kob is mediated through a relational framework in which they know through their interactions which change with context and time.

7. An actor is a term borrowed from Latour (2000), to describe all things that produce an effect on the world; these could be humans through to boats and fish.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 165 8Returning to the harbour with Oom Koos, we have made a good haul of Kob, slightly over 800 kilograms by his estimate. Arriving at the quayside, we winch the boat up onto the trailer and tow her over to the Viking Fishing factory where the buyer, Willie, is waiting next to the scales. As the crew begin offloading the bakke (large plastic containers) of fish, the process begins: at sea, Oom Koos had shown me some of the characteristics of different subspecies of Silver Kob – the different fin, tail, head and body types. Opening some of them up, he showed me that these were both males and females and that there were indeed distinct differences between the subspecies, even though these swam together. Now, however, as Willie draws closer and the fish come to the scale, the different species of Kob we had identified at sea quickly and seamlessly became one – Silver Kob. It is a game, a performance for one another by fisher and buyer. As every fish is taken from the boat a length and weight measure are taken. Nothing else seems to matter. Individual characteristics are unimportant - in fact I get the sense that Oom Koos would rather not discuss these while Willie is around. The different individuals are thus transformed in a moment, becoming numbers. Then, once all of their number had been tallied, they became a single whole – the catch for the day, represented in kilograms and currency and later to be filled in on the log sheet which Oom Koos will submit to DAFF at year end.

Upon arriving at the quayside and pulling the boat out of the water, Oom Koos now related to Kob differently, seeing them no longer as interesting individuals but as a number. It was a relationality into which Oom Koos entered tacitly with Willie in which both agreed to a description of Silver Kob in line with a Linnean classification of what Kob is. On the boat, Oom Koos had been quick to point out differences in subspecies of Kob but outside the factory an altogether different account of nature again took place in Oom Koos’s interaction with Willie. Now, Oom Koos’ enactment and knowledge claim about the fish shifted – in order to sell the fish to the factory the multiple subspecies of Kob were referred to by one name - Silver Kob – thus becoming and becoming recognized as a unified entity. This shift was characterized by a seeming detachment from the fish, which were being thrown from the boat into waiting plastic bakke. The individual characteristics that had mattered at sea were no longer important in the relationship. Willie’s compliance with this enactment of Silver Kob was also important in securing a price for the catch and together the fisher and the buyer engaged in a process of transforming fish into figures. In so doing the complexities observed at sea – the individual subjective characteristics such as nose, tail and body shape – were now of no importance, smoothed over and translated into object via number, an artful deletion of characteristics which transformed the fish. Later that evening while writing up the day’s experience Duggan (2012) noted:

“Perhaps it was just my perception of them or the sun and water reflecting off of their skin, but when we were at sea the Kob, although dead, had still seemed lively. Now they appeared grey and waxen, bereft of their individual characteristics, flung unceremoniously as objects through the air. Suddenly they were lifeless numbers…one…two…thirty…forty five…I could almost see the fish being transformed from subjects as they were tossed off the boat and landed with a dull wet thud as an object in the bakke.”

In effect, the process of creating a number from fish represented a change in the relationship between fisher and fish and the fish’s entry into another part of the network, entering into new relationships with other sets of actors. The numbers generated in the fishery enter into networks of resale, consumption, research and management, moving through processes which work with and shape them into accounts of reality. In this way the end of the fish’s interactions with fishers and their translation into numbers marks an entry into new networks in which they are further enacted. Lien and Law (2010: 7) argue that “the inscription of a number in a notebook serves as a first point of making them real”. In other words where management, research and the sale of fish are concerned, the creation of a number is a means of quantifying the existence of a thing. The day’s total catch weight would be added to the month total for Kob which in turn would be written down by Oom Koos on his catch log sheet and submitted to DAFF at the end of the year. At this point it would serve a range of purposes within DAFF research and management as well as informing future stock models in government’s regulation of the country’s commercial fisheries. The individuality and conditions of each fish and its capture are

8. Ethnography taken from Duggan’s 2012 thesis.

page 166 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium omitted at this stage. There is no space available to talk about different species or subspecies, water conditions, location, wind, currents, bait or fish behaviour. The log sheet simplifies and expedites data capture, severing ties between fishers and fish and the time-space in which they interacted. Only the month’s total catch of the fish type is entered in each corresponding column and row. In this way, the messiness of the story of the catch is transformed, retold as simple representative numbers in a log. The number comes to represent all of the fish – they have become universalized in a series of digits which now represent them. The complex, multiple, dynamic, unpredictable, sought after are, through this simple process of enumeration, rendered knowable, quantified, simple, predictable, singular, ready for entry into a stock assessment model or levy accounting sheet for next season’s licensing purposes. In other words, in the moment of translation the object of attention (in this case Kob), although ostensibly the same being (a physical biological organism) can be very different – multiple versions of itself are simultaneously brought about dependent upon who is interacting with it and the context in which this interaction takes place.

In this section, we look at how people interact with sea and come to know the sea. For many of the people working in Lamberts Bay, while they did not see the sea or the fish there as persons, they seemed to share a relationship with them that was more than one of fisher and catch. Willem spoke of how they needed to go out to sea with positive attitudes and with a smile on their faces or else fishing would not be successful. This is because, according to Willem, the sea, fish and lobster could sense moods and act accordingly. In particular, the sea was given a type of agency, whereby the sea has an emotional relationship with people. It could become confusing at times during fieldwork because one person could be talking about how the sea gave him so much trouble and a minute later, Rosie, the only woman fisher, would be talking of how much she loved the sea and how she felt free there. After a while, no longer a complete outsider, these apparent contradictions began to appear complementary to me. As Willem put it: Sometimes the sea will give you so you can save, on other days nothing, so you can come back on those days that you have saved for.

The sea9, in this example was a provider to Willem, generous on some days, as on other days, said Willem, would be unsuccessful. The sea was bountiful but it did not allow fishers to have excess fish, meaning planning ahead and saving was always necessary. Often, while we spoke, Willem’s face became animated and excited when he spoke of the sea and how it works with him. In this way, Willem and Hennie spoke of their relationship with the sea:

W: Its like the sea is in love with us because before he will take you he will warn you and then if you are reckless, careless then something will happen to you, but at least he has warned you.

J: The sea almost gives you a chance.

W: Yeah.

H: I’ll share a personal experience of where the sea, he warned me. One day we were working close to Muisbosskerm, south of Lamberts Bay. There are lots of reefs and we work, putting a set of nets there. There is a wave coming but its not breaking, its coming and we could see. I told my bakkie mate that we have to leave and we leave. At that time another bakkie came and that morning they smoked something, you could see. I went to them and I warned them, I said guys we’ve just been out there and we see the sea is standing up so I warned them and they ignored me, went in there and I warned my bakkie mate, I said you don’t go after them we wait outside. They went a little bit deeper but we could still see them, they put their nets in the water. Then suddenly, the waves start to break and it turned them upside down. Capsized the whole boat, but from the head down, right over and we had to rush back to save them. The point is the sea warns you and you have to listen to that.

W: I wouldn’t say the sea is like a person but the sea it will tell you its my area, I’m in control of it and we have to listen to that. There are so many chances that the sea will show you.

9. Note that this analysis is not concerned with contesting facts: it is rather about the differences in relationship and ways of relating to the sea amongst positivist science and fishers.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 167 J: It communicates with you in a way.

W: Yes.

In the conversation below, one sees how Jacques and Ernest accord seals living in the bay with more than a need to collect food. The seals in this example actually learn how to get fish from fishermen and the best ways to do it. The seals directly affect fishers fishing attempts and the safety of their hands; Jacques and Ernest acknowledge this fact.

J: The seals are really clever, the one seal, we don’t know where he got his education but you can put your net in the water and the you put down your bait and without destroying your net he will take out the bait.

E: The seals aren’t stupid, in the past I’ve caught mullets and you catch mullets with a net so when they come into the net there heads get stuck and they can’t go back so you can’t pull them, you have to push them through the nets. So the seals catch mullets from the nets, they pull them out and they are well educated. If you fight with seal, hit him with rocks, disturb him, then he will cause trouble for you and destroy your net. But if you leave him he will just take your bait.

J: If the boats come in with catches of snoek then you can come and see what the seals are doing in the harbour. We have a way that we wash the fish, we take it and hit the water with it. Now the seals are clever, they won’t come for the head or the middle part of the snoek, they will come for your hand so that you have to let go. And twice now, recently, there were seals who bit fishers.

A significant point, from the preceding account, was how Jacques acknowledged the effect seals had in their fishing attempts. Seals needed to be factored into one’s fishing ventures as they interacted with both human and nonhuman sea-users, as if they had “an education”. Ernest described how seals were clever in stealing fish. From what they said, it would seem, Ernest and Jacques did not separate themselves from the ‘nature’ around them. In the way the modernist project10 seeks to separate subjects and objects, Jacques, Ernest and Willem acknowledged their daily interactions with those traditionally deemed objects. This is one way that people in their practices produced versions of nature. In these versions, seals learned from people watching them carefully, finally stealing their fish, according to Ernest. For Willem, the sea worked with him. For those practicing scientific methods, they produce versions of nature as object. This means that the version of nature that Jacques, Willem and Ernest assembled through their practices, for the sciences, is not possible because nature as an object is not multiple or human-like.

In these conversations, Jacques and his peers accorded the sea and marine creatures a kind of agency and understood themselves to be involved in a relationship that extended beyond that of subject/object, culture/nature, hunter/prey. Rather, these fishers knew the sea and its inhabitants as entities with whom they could engage. As Willem noted, the relationship was not always a positive one as the sea could take as much as it could give. While this provides an example of how these fishers engage with the sea relationally, and the Kob examples provide a means of considering Kob in the multiple, how might these ways of knowing be useful to management? In management, one may or may not see these knowledges as legitimate or useable – perhaps seeing multiple Kob or the sea as possessing agency may prove to be difficult to work with within established management paradigms. It is our belief that in order to establish whether or not a particular way of knowing is helpful in addressing a particular issue it is imperative that knowledge be worked with through collaborative research. Through working collaboratively, taking as many knowledges into account allows for more to be worked with. In what follows we consider how and when fishers’ knowledge may be useful to management.

10. The modernist project attempted to separate nature and culture – in other words it separates people from the environment in which they live.

page 168 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Discussion

How are our findings relevant and useful to this symposium and fisheries management in South Africa moving forward? As much research has suggested an approach that criminalises and disenfranchises those who fish for a living (particularly small-scale commercial handliners) is ineffective in the management of fisheries because communication is foreclosed and often poaching and other criminal misdemeanours result (Isaacs and Hara 2008, van Zyl 2008).

Thus far, we have shown that all knowledge positions undertake deletions and translations in order to tell their way of knowing the world. It is precisely because of the deletions and translations that they have to make in order to be heard by researchers and managers that certain conversations are rendered very difficult and daunting for fishers. Likewise, for the purposes of eliminating complexity from research and management objectives, it is often necessary that scientists undertake ‘artful deletions’ as evidenced in the Fact Sheet.

What is necessary moving forward is a conversational space which allows for views that are different from science. The question thus becomes: how do we go about opening up conversations given that people feel that they need to undertake artful deletions in order to speak to us as researchers? One possible avenue, we suggest, is evidenced in the earlier discussion on subspecies of Kob. It is important to note here that we are not making a claim either way about the existence of a genetic subspecies population in Stilbaai. Rather, the question of Kob genetics points to a possible research project in which fishers and scientists might discuss their ways of knowing Kob and come to new understanding of the ways in which each knows fish. An example of such discussion is found in the work of Helen Verran (2013). Describing an interaction between an Australian Yolgnu Aboriginal elder and environmental scientists, Verran describes what she calls a moment of ‘epistemic disconcertment’, an interaction which results in discord and unease where the knowledge claims of experts come into contact in what both feel is their ‘home turf’, revealing divergent ways of perceiving, receiving and being in the world.

In the context of a bush burning operation in the Australia North, it was found by the scientists that the Aboriginal burning practice consistently maintained a higher biodiversity than the scientific one. Collecting two sticks from what are classified in the Linnean system as two different tree species, a senior Yolgnu man suggested to the assembled scientists that these were in fact the same thing, being in a relationship of grandparent and grandchild. A moment of disconcertment arose as a scientist, drawing on his knowledge of Linnean taxonomy and plant botany, tried to demonstrate that the two were in fact not related. Eventually, the awkwardness of the situation eased when the scientist provided an allegory to explain away the disconcertment. However, Verran warns that the use of allegory as a ‘soothing balm’ risks cutting off the possibility of what she refers to as “generative tensions” (2011: 75 forthcoming), the ability of a situation of disconcertment to force invested parties to invent new ways of working with each other and their knowledges. In the context of an EAF, in which a multitude of disciplines, objectives and knowledges are brought together in close working contact, Verran’s suggestions are of great significance. If participants are to work meaningfully and respectfully with knowledges and the often divergent perspectives that attend these, it is important to work with difference generatively or else risk marginalizing certain positions through the use of allegory.

In the first ethnographic piece presented in this paper is to be found a moment of epistemic disconcertment in which Oom Louis and Oom Koos spoke of subspecies of Silver Kob not recognized by DAFF scientists or the Linnean system of biological classification. In the conversation, the Ooms initially spoke in terms of common names recognized in the Linnean system, used by DAFF and the Fact Sheet. However once they had discussed these species briefly, the picture began to change. Where they were speaking in terms which resonated with an official scientific version of Kob, the fishers began to speak from their own experience in which they had come to recognize a range of what they referred to as “subspecies” of Kob not recognized by marine biologists. The means by which they recognised and categorised these subspecies are markedly different from the means scholarly taxonomists would employ within

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 169 a Linnean system. The fishers identified the subspecies by a range of characteristics including long tail and ‘funny’ fins; broad tail; thin, flat tail; small head and fat body; rounded nose with protruding lower jaw with the fishers agreeing on naturalness of these subspecies classifications to the extent that they are able to finish each other’s descriptions. They catch these species together with what they identify as Silver Kob (in Linnean terms) but at certain times of the year the “thick one” comes in droves and is identified by its strength on the line when hooked.

Writing on the migration and stock structure of cod in the Northern Gulf of St. Lawrence, Murray et al (2008) found that in working with local fishers’ in conjunction with scientists, while a more nuanced map of cod population structure and their movements was produced, neither group had been in procession of a complete understanding of these prior to the exercise. Conducting research with local fishers, argue the authors (ibid.), presents the potential to augment scientific data with higher local resolution, suggesting the prospect of identifying local cod populations. Working with fishers and scientists in Gilbert Bay in Southern Labrador, Wroblewski (2000) explains how scientists, working with data supplied by local fishers, were able to conduct a taxonomic study which revealed a genetically distinct population of Cod which warranted separate management. Oom Louis’ and Oom Koos’ identification of subspecies of Kob points to a possible collaborative project in Stilbaai in which fishers and scientists might explore the fishers’ relational engagements and identification with a view to identifying a possible genetically distinct local Kob population. Even if subspecies in the Linnean sense may not be identified (i.e. in contrast to the Gilbert Bay example), a further worthwhile collaboration might explore the circumstances in which it may be of advantage to use the fisher’s relationality and classificatory system rather than the Linnean one without carrying out translations (i.e. using allegory) between these two relational ‘taxonomies’.

In this paper we have shown that knowledge is always in a constant state of mediation and translation. People engage in ‘artful deletions’ for a number of reasons. On the one hand, the complexity and messiness of knowledge is often smoothed in the final description of a thing in order to render the subject knowable and more accessible to research and management. On the other, fishers, for example, feel compelled to undertake a series of artful deletions when dealing with researchers, managers and factory buyers in order to be heard.

In the case of Stilbaai fishers identification of Kob subspecies a significant point emerges: that fishers identify multiple subspecies of Silver Kob is certainly debatable. However, their observations suggest, in line with Verran’s (2011, forthcoming) work that there may be instances in which the knowledge of local people may be more effective and appropriate than scientific knowledge and may not be translatable into the Linnean system or existing management paradigms. The task in these instances becomes one of working respectfully with knowledge which is not necessarily translatable into the Linnean system but which may be more appropriate to the given context.

As it is not possible to include all knowledge about, for example the sea or Kob, in a factsheet or a knowledge base, a series of ‘artful deletions’ will always be necessary, if only for the purpose of pragmatics. While this process is neither a cure-all nor a fast process, we argue it is nonetheless a necessary one and work around collaborating around different ways of knowing is integral to effective management. The latter point is vital; work has to happen collaboratively as having scientists talk for fishers may not be helpful as fishers continue to feel sidelined. Rather working and speaking together is something to consider.

The interactions and relationships as seen with Kob multiple and the sea as actor in Lamberts Bay, are filtered out of what is officially acknowledged. The shift we have proposed in our work is one which seeks to move beyond an identity politics to a relational way of knowing in which knowledge is an open and continual process of evaluating what is known. The strength of working with relationality is its positing of knowledges on an equal footing. Certainly there are many possible pitfalls associated with a new way of going about research and the imperative here is to move slowly through the terrain. However, as challenging as this step is it is a necessary one if South Africa’s conservation science is to work effectively with social-ecological systems in times of increasing variability.

page 170 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium References

Anderson T. 2009. Narratives of Loss: The exclusion of Kalk Bay’s traditional hand-line fishermen from the access to common property rights. Unpublished Honours Thesis. Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, South Africa. Anderson T. 2011. Tracking the Movement of Fish: Skipper’s Logbooks and Marine Knowledges in Fisheries Management. Unpublished M. SocSci. Thesis. Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, South Africa Berkes F. 2011. Restoring Unity: The Concept of Marine Social-Ecological Systems. In: Ommer RE, Coasts Under Stress Research Project Team (eds). World Fisheries: A Social-Ecological Analysis. Wiley-Blackwell, West Sussex. Draper K. 2011. Technologies, Knowledges, and Capital: Towards a Political Ecology of the Hake Trawl Fishery Walvis Bay, Namibia. M.A. thesis. Department of Social Anthropology. University of Cape Town, South Africa Duggan G. 2012. In the Realm of the Kob Kings: Rethinking knowledges and dialogue in a small- scale fishery. M. SocSci Thesis. Department of Social Anthroplogy, University of Cape Town, South Africa Erdelen W. 2007. Foreword. In: Haggan N, Neis B, Baird I. (eds). Fishers’ Knowledge in Fisheries Science and Management. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Paris. FAO. 1998. Status of Marine Fisheres. Rome: United Nations Food an Agricultural Organisation, FAO press, Rome. Haggan N, Neis B, Baird I. (eds). 2007. Fishers’ Knowledge in Fisheries Science and Management. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Isaacs M, Hara M. 2008. Mainstreaming of HIV and Aids into South African fisheries policy. PLAAS Policy Brief 27. (obtainable at http://scholar.google.co.za/citations?view_op=view_ citation&hl=en&use r=6sn6kucAAAAJ&citation_for_view=6sn6kucAAAAJ:ufrVoPGSRksC) Latour B. 2000. Circulating reference: sampling soil in the Amazon rainforest. In: Pandora’s Hope: Essays on the reality of science studies. Harvard University Press, London & Cambridge. Maurstad, M. 2000. Trapped in biology: an interdisciplinary attempt to integrate fish harvesters’ knowledge into Norwegian fisheries management. In: Neis B. Felt L (eds) Finding Our Sea Legs: Linking Fishery People and Their Knowledge with Science and Management. Int Soc. Econ. Res, Memorial University, St Johns, Newfoundland pp 135-152. Murray G, Neis B, Johnson J. 2006. Lessons learned from reconstructing interactions between local ecological knowledge, fisheries science and fisheries management in the commercial fisheries of Newfoundland and Labrador, Canada. Human Ecology 34: 4. Neis B, Schneider D, Felt L, Haedrich R, Fischer J, Hutchings J. 1999. Fisheries assessment: What can be learned from interviewing research users. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 56:1949-1963. Neis B, Felt LF. (eds). 2000. Finding Our Sea Legs: Linking Fishery People and Their Knowledge with Science and Management. ISER Books, Newfoundland. Ommer RE, Coasts Under Stress Research Project Team. 2007. Coasts under stress: restructuring and social-ecological health. McGill-Queen’s University Press, Quebec. Ragaller S. 2012. Misunderstandings in Fisheries: An ethnography of regulative categories and communication around Gansbaai and Dyer Island. M. SocSci Thesis, Department of Social Anthropology. University of Cape Town, South Africa. Rogerson JM. 2009. Fish out of water”: Fishers, the MLRA and ways of knowing the sea, Simonstown 2009. Unpublished Honours thesis. Department of Social Anthropology. University of Cape Town, South Africa. Rogerson JM. 2011. Above the surface, beneath the waves: Contesting ecologies and generating knowledge contestations in Lamberts Bay. Unpublished M.A. thesis. Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, South Africa.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 171 Schultz OJ. 2010. Belonging on the West Coast: An Ethnography of St Helena Bay in the context of marine resource scarcity. Unpublished M.A. thesis. Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, South Arica Shannon L, Jarre A, Petersen S. 2010. Developing a science base for implementation of the Ecosystems Approach to Fisheries in South Africa. Progress in Oceanography. 87:289-303. Sowman M. 2011. New Perspectives in small-scale fisheries management: challenges and prospects for implementation in South Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 33:297-311 Stanley R, Rice J. 2003. Fishers’ Knowledge? Why not add their scientific skills to the mix while you’re at it? University of British Columbia Fisheries Centre, Proceedings: ‘Putting Fishers’ Knowledge to Work’ 2003. Stead S, Daw T, Grey T. 2006. Uses of Fishers’ Knowledge in Fisheries Management. Anthropology in Action 13:77-86. United Nations Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO). 1998. Status of Marine Fisheres. FAO press, Rome. van Zyl M. 2008. Heritage and Change: The implementation of fishing policy in Kassiesbaai, South Africa 2007. Unpublished M.A. thesis. Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cape Town, South Africa. Verran H. 2013. Engagements Between Disparate Knowledge Traditions: Toward Doing Difference Generatively and in Good Faith. In: Green L. (ed.). Contested Ecologies: Nature and Knowledge. Human Sciences Research Council Press, Cape Town. Zwaneburg K King P and Fanning P (2000) in Neis, B & Felt, L. F. (eds) 2000. Fishermen andScientists Research Society: a model for incorporating fishers andtheir knowledge into stock assessment.Finding Our Sea Legs: Linking Fishery People and Their Knowledge with Science and Management. Int Soc. Econ. Res, Memorial University, St Johns, Newfoundland pp 124-132.

page 172 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Trade dynamics of South African Linefish

John Duncan1 and M Burgener2 1 WWF-SA, Bridge House, Boundary Terraces, Mariendahl Lane, Newlands, Cape Town, P.O.Box 23273, Claremont 7735. 2 TRAFFIC East/Southern Africa, South African National Biodiversity Institute.

Abstract

Despite the collapse of a number of linefish species in South Africa, many of them remain a popular item on restaurant menus and regularly found on the shelves in retailers and fish delis around the country. While there is a growing body of science around the life histories and impacts of fishing on these linefish species, there is very little known about what happens to these species in the market. Considering the growing interest in creating market-based incentives for sustainable fisheries, understanding the factors driving demand for these species is increasingly recognised as a key aspect in developing sustainable long-term solutions for these fisheries. Better understanding of the supply chain in terms of where they are sold in South Africa, in what quantities and through which outlets, can help to shed light on where the critical points for intervention in the supply chain are and which companies/institutions are key stakeholders in this process. WWF-SA, through its Southern African Sustainable Seafood Initiative (SASSI), has recently commissioned a study through TRAFFIC (The Wildlife Trade Monitoring Network) to look at the trade dynamics of seafood on the South African market. This paper provides a brief overview of the critical findings of this study, highlighting the important supply chain links in the local linefish market.

Introduction

WWF’s Southern African Sustainable Seafood Initiative (WWF-SASSI) was established in 2004 and engages with multiple stakeholders in the seafood supply chain ranging from consumers, through restaurants, retailers and suppliers right back to the fisheries from which the seafood is sourced. One of WWF-SASSI’s key objectives is focused on shifting consumer demand away from over-exploited species towards more sustainable options. In order to achieve this objective, the programme has adopted a market-based approach which is focused on developing market incentives for seafood-related companies (retailers, restaurants, fishing companies etc.) to pursue sustainable seafood strategies and in so doing drive positive change on the water. These incentives may range from preferential procurement retail agreements for sustainable seafood products to publicity campaigns in support of responsible fisheries/seafood traders.

In order to maximise the power of these types of market-based conservation approaches, it is critical to understand which seafood products are available on the market, where they originate from, and through which outlets they reach the end consumer. Better understanding these variables enables conservation organisations such as WWF to identify where the important leverage points are in the seafood supply chain for each species. For example, if the majority of a specific fishery’s products were being sold to a market which was sensitised to environmental issues, it would be relatively easy to incentivise sustainability improvements in that fishery through engaging with the market through the retailers/suppliers who deal in these products. Conversely, if a fishery’s products were predominantly sold to consumers whose seafood choices were made purely on the basis of price, a market-based approach would have little impact.

To date, apart from some cursory industry reports, there has been no comprehensive analysis of the trade dynamics of the South African seafood sector. In 2011, WWF-SASSI identified this research as a critical component of its on-going work and commissioned a report to achieve this goal. The objective of this report was to assess the dynamics of the South African seafood market by identifying the different species that occur on the South African market, their importance in the market, and the main stakeholders engaged in the trade of these species. As some of South

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 173 Africa’s most threatened marine resources, linefish111 constitute one of the priority groups of species in need of conservation interventions with the most recent available data suggesting that 68% of commercial linefish species stocks have collapsed (WWF-SA 2011). As linefish are targeted by a diverse range of fisheries, they have a number of different routes to market and thus pose a particularly difficult challenge to a market-based conservation approach.

This paper presents the findings of WWF-SASSI’s seafood trade dynamics report with a particular focus on linefish, looking at which species are commonly found on the market in South Africa, where they are traded and through which outlet types. It concludes with some discussion of the trade patterns observed and makes suggestions for WWF-SASSI’s future engagement with the linefish sector and the institutions responsible for managing this complex and diverse seafood sector.

Material and Methods

The information presented in this paper originates from an unpublished 2012 report commissioned by WWF-SA on the trade dynamics of the South African seafood market which was compiled by TRAFFIC (The Wildlife Trade Monitoring Network). TRAFFIC’s report was compiled using data gathered from a number of different sources, namely the following:

Surveys: Surveys were conducted in four provinces; the Western Cape, Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape, based on a standard survey template, with the primary focus on outlets operating in the major urban centres of each province. Outlets were identified using online and printed directories, and personal knowledge. A total of 147 outlets (retailers, restaurants, seafood shops/delis, markets) were surveyed through walk-in surveys which noted all of the different seafood products on sale on the shelves/delis/fridges/menus of each of the outlets.

Questionnaires: Of the 147 outlets that were surveyed, a total of 95 outlets also completed questionnaire interviews which were used to assess a number of areas of the outlet owner/ manager’s knowledge around the seafood trade including most popular seafood species, compliance with the law, awareness of SASSI and their perceptions of the state of the South African seafood industry.

Catch Data: Catch data was sourced from the South African Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF), the agency responsible for the management of all South African fisheries. For the majority of fisheries, catch data was only available for the period 2003 – 2010. Trade data: South African export and import data was sourced from South African Revenue Service (SARS) for the period 2000 - 2010. In certain cases, SARS trade data does not provide the level of detail required for effective trade analysis. In such cases data was sourced from the customs or statistics agencies of the relevant country or from UN COMTRADE and/or Eurostat.

Results

An analysis of the questionnaire responses indicated that of the top ten most commonly- available species across the four provinces, hake was by far the most commonly available seafood choice with prawns, calamari and kingklip also featuring regularly in the top 5 most common species available (Table 1).

Traditional linefish species212 (highlighted in grey in Table 1) did not feature very regularly in any of the provinces, with kob being the most commonly found linefish species across all four

1. The term ‘linefish’ is a uniquely South African term which is used to describe a group of unrelated fish species which were traditionally caught using hooks and lines. Although many of these species are now also caught using more industrial fishing methods such as longlines or trawl nets (some are even farmed), the term ‘linefish’ is still used to describe species which were originally targeted by traditional linefishers. As local linefish populations have declined, a number of alternative imported species are now also marketed locally as ‘linefish’, further complicating this already misused terminology. 2. Due to the nature of product information available, it was not possible to identify whether or not these species were in fact caught in the traditional linefishery, however, for the purposes of this paper all species which may have originated from this fishery are included under the term ‘linefish’, regardless of their country of origin or catch method.

page 174 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium provinces. Dorado and geelbek were the only other linefish species found across more than one province. However, a number of questionnaire responses in the Western Cape recorded species in the open-ended ‘linefish’ category, making it difficult to know which species exactly were being sold.

An analysis of the survey data indicates that of the 15 most commonly-found species on the South African market by outlet (Hake made up the majority of seafood sales volumes across the different outlet types surveyed, with prawns, squid and kingklip also featuring regularly. Restaurant trade volumes (Figure 2) indicated that, despite most restaurant menus listing a ‘linefish’ option, prawns, calamari, hake and Norwegian salmon make up almost 75% of the volumes sold with the only linefish species in the top ten being dorado and kob which contributed approximately 6% and 4% respectively.

The estimated relative volumes of the seafood sold through retailers (Figure 3) is based on data provided by one of South Africa’s major retail chains for a year’s worth of seafood sales in their fresh seafood department (i.e. excluding canned and frozen products). While there is no data on seafood sales in the other major retailers, it is assumed that these data are relatively representative of all South African retailers. While the majority of the seafood volumes sold in retailers is made up of hake, snoek makes up approximately 10% of the volumes sold, yellowtail makes up a further 4%. Unfortunately, it is not clear from the sales data whether the snoek and yellowtail, which are both linefish species, are in fact locally caught or are imported as there are known imports of both these products from foreign countries.

The estimated relative volumes of the seafood sold through seafood suppliers (Figure 4) is based on a year’s worth of seafood sales data provided by a large seafood supplier in the Western Cape. Seafood suppliers are largely responsible for supplying the hospitality trade (hotels and restaurants) in South Africa. Although it is unlikely that this data is representative of all South African seafood suppliers because of the differing clientele of different suppliers, this data helps to paint a broad picture of overall trends. Hake once again makes up by far the most seafood sold by volume, however a number of linefish species, namely kob, yellowtail, Cape salmon and barracouta (another name for snoek caught in New Zealand) also make up a significant part of the suppliers sales volumes.

The estimated relative volumes of the seafood sold through fish shops (Figure 5) is based on a year’s worth of seafood sales data provided by a popular fish shop in a Garden Route town. Fish shops generally sell directly to the public with a variable percentage of their sales being generated by supplying specialist products to restaurants and hotels. Again it is unlikely that this data is representative of all South African fish shops because of the differing clientele of different fish shops around the country, however this data helps to paint a broad picture of overall consumer trends at a coastal fish shop. As with the other outlets, hake makes up by far the most seafood sold by volume, however a number of potential linefish species, namely kob, Cape salmon and snoek also make up a significant part of the suppliers sales volumes. However, once again it is unclear what portion, if any, of the snoek sold is imported rather than originating from the local linefishery.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 175 Figure 1), there is a lot of overlap of the most popular species between fish shops and restaurants (hake, kingklip, mussels, calamari and prawns). While retailers tend to stock similar species, they do not appear to be as commonly found in these outlets. Predictably, fish shops appear to have the widest range of seafood products. In terms of linefish species, snoek, kob, red roman, yellowtail, carpenter (silvers), white stumpnose, dorado and cape salmon (geelbek) were commonly found, although only red roman and yellowtail were found at all three outlet types.

page 176 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 1: Ranking of key seafood species traded by occurrence as indicated by survey respondents across targeted provinces.

Western Cape Gauteng KwaZulu-Natal Eastern Cape 26 respondents 22 respondents 25 respondents 19 respondents Species Count Species Count Species Count Species Count Hake 20 Hake 6 Prawns 24 Hake 17 Kingklip 13 Prawns 4 Calamari 24 Prawns 15 Kob 12 Sole 3 Dorado 20 Calamari 15 Prawns 11 Kingklip 2 Mussels 20 Mussels 12 Tuna 9 Norwegian 2 Kingklip 18 Kingklip 11 salmon Calamari 8 Snoek 2 Hake 16 Norwegian 7 salmon Yellowtail 8 Yellowtail 1 Norwegian 10 Gurnards 6 salmon Geelbek 7 Calamari 1 Oysters 8 Kob 5 Linefish 6 Dorado 1 Sole (prefer 8 Sole (prefer EC ) 5 EC ) Norwegian 5 Mussels 1 Sole , WC 7 Butter bream 3 salmon (St Joseph) Gurnard 5 Panga 1 Tuna 8 Sole , WC 3 Crayfish 5 Kob 4 Oysters 3 Angelfish 3 Swordfish 3 Mackerel 2 (peppered) Mussels 2 Geelbek 3 Carpenter 2 (Silver)

Hake made up the majority of seafood sales volumes across the different outlet types surveyed, with prawns, squid and kingklip also featuring regularly. Restaurant trade volumes (Figure 2) indicated that, despite most restaurant menus listing a ‘linefish’ option, prawns, calamari, hake and Norwegian salmon make up almost 75% of the volumes sold with the only linefish species in the top ten being dorado and kob which contributed approximately 6% and 4% respectively.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 177 The estimated relative volumes of the seafood sold through fish shops (Figure 5) is based on a year’s worth of seafood sales data provided by a popular fish shop in a Garden Route town. Fish shops generally sell directly to the public with a variable percentage of their sales being generated by supplying specialist products to restaurants and hotels. Again it is unlikely that this data is representative of all South African fish shops because of the differing clientele of different fish shops around the country, however this data helps to paint a broad picture of overall consumer trends at a coastal fish shop. As with the other outlets, hake makes up by far the most seafood sold by volume, however a number of potential linefish species, namely kob, Cape salmon and snoek also make up a significant part of the suppliers sales volumes. However, once again it is unclear what portion, if any, of the snoek sold is imported rather than originating from the local linefishery.

Figure 1: Comparison of the percentage of outlets stocking the top 15 ranked species groups per outlet type

page 178 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 2: Estimated relative seafood volumes of the top ten species of seafood sold in restaurants in South Africa based on a sample of 62 restaurants.

Figure 3: Relative seafood volumes of the top ten species of seafood sold in 2011 through a major South Africa retail chain excluding canned and frozen seafood products.

Estimated consumption figures (Table 2) provide a useful breakdown of the relative importance of imported seafood on the South African market. It is clear that locally caught hake and sardines make up the large majority (almost 80%) of all seafood consumed locally. It is also interesting to note that there are significant imports of species such as squid, tuna, Norwegian salmon, prawns and mackerel, most of which is probably directed at the formal seafood market (retailers, restaurants, suppliers, fish shops). In terms of linefish, it appears that all of the locally caught linefish are sold on the local market rather than being exported, similarly for kingklip. Although there were no recorded imports of linefish, as snoek imports were recorded separately, it is well known that a number of imported species are being sold on the local market as linefish, in particular large volumes of fresh linefish are known to be imported from Mozambique. It is also interesting to note that over 33% of the snoek available on the local market is likely to have been imported, most likely from New Zealand.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 179 Figure 4: Relative seafood volumes of the top ten species of seafood sold in 2011 through a large Western Cape seafood supplier.

Figure 5: Relative seafood volumes of the top ten species of seafood sold in 2010 through a Garden Route fish shop.

The breakdown of the top five linefish species caught per region (Table 3) indicates that the linefishery in the Western Cape makes up the large majority of all linefish catches and is particularly focused on snoek, followed by the Southern Cape and the South Western Cape with many of the same species being targeted in these areas. Although the catches are significantly lower in KwaZulu-Natal and the Transkei, it is clear that the species targeted in these regions are very different to those in the more Western regions. Interestingly, Cape salmon (geelbek) is the one species that is consistently found in the top five species in all of the regions except for the Western Cape.

page 180 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 2: An estimate of seafood consumption for top ten seafood products in South Africa, 2010

Estimated Catch Export Import consumption Sardines 112,386,000 18,041,163 36,681,223 131,026,060 Hake 108,695,000 31,322,900 11,285,733 88,657,833 Snoek 10,221,000 5,690,1393 15,911,139 Tuna (canned) 12,355,641 12,355,641 Squid 7,794,790 7,794,790 Prawns 66,190 145,833 6,050,348 5,970,705 Linefish (excluding snoek) 4,410,545 4,410,545 Salmon (fresh, frozen and 3,591,344 3,591,344 canned) Kingklip 2,685,297 2,685,297 Mackerel (canned) 1,963,014 1,963,014

Source: Catch – Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Imports and exports – South African Revenue Services, UN COMTRADE and Namibian Bureau of Statistics

Discussion

The trade in seafood on the South African market, and linefish in particular, is very difficult to monitor based on the informal nature of the market for many of the linefish species. As noted by previous authors (von der Heyden et al. 2009), the use of group names and generic terms such as ‘linefish’ to market a broad range of species also makes it very difficult to accurately assess exactly which species are being offered for sale on the South African seafood market under this seafood category. The high levels of mislabelling of seafood on the South African market add further complexity to this challenge, with estimates of up to 31% of retail seafood products being mislabelled (Cawthorn et al. 2012) and rising to up to 84% for some popular species such as kob (von der Heyden et al. 2009). Notwithstanding these challenges, this study identified a number of linefish species on the South African market across the different outlets, enabling further discussion of some of the major issues surrounding the trade in linefish on the South African market.

Traditional linefish species appear to be more commonly found in the restaurant and fish shop trade with relatively few linefish species turning up in retailers other than snoek, which was not commonly found in the other outlet types. It is interesting to note that despite the collapse of kob species (Griffiths 2000), this group of species was still one of the most commonly found linefish species throughout all of the different market outlets. This raises a number of questions as to whether these species are in fact kob, as previous studies have shown this species to be particularly prone to mislabelling (von der Heyden et al. 2009). Analysis of reported linefish catches indicates that although kob are caught in significant numbers in the South-Western Cape, where they make up the majority of the catch, in most other regions species such as snoek, yellowtail, geelbek, slinger and carpenter are more commonly caught and yet they do not seem to appear on the formal market as regularly as kob.

The analysis of seafood imports also provides some interesting insights into South Africa’s seafood market. As suspected, locally caught linefish are almost exclusively sold on the local market, with very little evidence of any of the traditional linefish species being sold to export

3. This figure is an estimate based on the following: Reported catch of barracouta in 2010 was 28,450,694 kg (New Zealand Ministry of Fisheries, 2012). Statistics New Zealand notes that 25% of barracouta go to South Africa. There is limited domestic consumption. Until further information on exports is obtained, South African imports of New Zealand snoek have been estimated at 20% of catch in 2010: 5,690,139 kg.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 181 markets. However, it is clear from the import analysis that there are an increasing number of imported species which are being sold under the category of ‘linefish’, although it is highly unlikely that these imported species were caught using traditional linefishing methods. Known imported linefish species such as snoek and yellowtail are also not adequately distinguished on the market, and although it was not possible to distinguish the amounts of imported yellowtail on the market, the large volumes of imported snoek (5690 tonnes in 2010) suggest that the import market is having an increasing impact on the economics of the local linefishery. This issue has been raised by linefishers during the Ecological Risk Assessment process (see Petersen et. al. 2010) as a major economic risk as these species are in direct competition with the traditional linefishery.

Table 3: Top five linefish by volume (kg) caught per region over the period 2000 – 2010, (excluding hake, squid and tuna)

Region Total catch (2000 - 2010) kg % of total catch (2000 -2010) KwaZulu Natal Slinger 1 765 737 36% Geelbek 722 521 15% Santer 608 157 12% Rockcods and seabass 360 643 7% Kob 317 570 6% South Eastern Cape Geelbek 1 657 104 37% Carpenter 1 155 963 26% Kob 565 290 13% Panga 233 344 5% Santer 123 510 3% South Western Cape Snoek 5 366 577 37% Geelbek 2 514 523 17% Yellowtail 2 249 977 15% Carpenter 1 180 000 8% Soupfin shark 672 417 5% Southern Cape Kob 2 920 025 56% Sharks 704 366 13% Carpenter 435 558 8% Geelbek 393 103 7% Kingklip 140 275 3% Western Cape Snoek 52 993 038 87% Mackerels and tunas 3 530 317 6% Yellowtail 2 016 667 3% Hottentot 1 280 619 2% White Stumpnose 387 291 1% Transkei Slinger 8 342 33% Poenskop 2 425 10% Englishman 2 199 9% Geelbek 1 975 8% Rockcods and seabass 1 819 7%

Source: Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (National Marine Linefish System)

page 182 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The fact that so few consumers are aware of the large amount of imported seafood on the South African market, including popular species such as dorado, yellowtail and snoek, remains a major concern. The lack of differentiation between local and imported species creates a number of loopholes which marketers are increasingly known to exploit. For example, while the sale of ‘no- sale’ species caught in South African waters is illegal, there are currently no regulations preventing the import and sale of the same species if they are caught in foreign waters. This creates a ‘grey area’ for Fisheries Compliance Officers (FCOs) charged with enforcement of the law as they are unable to distinguish between legally imported products and illegal locally-caught products. The absence of accurate labelling also makes it difficult for conscientious consumers to make informed decisions about the sustainability of their seafood choices, as they are unable to relate the species on offer to the sustainability advice offered by sustainability guides such as WWF’s Southern African Sustainable Seafood Initiative (WWF-SASSI). Because of the completely different environmental impacts and management regimes of the different fisheries, it is critical that imported products should be differentiated from locally-caught products with country of origin labelling and ideally some indication of the catch method as well.

The study was also interesting in what it didn’t find, in that a number of species which are known to be caught in the traditional linefishery such as slinger, hottentot and sharks (smoothhound and soupfin) did not feature at all in the surveys despite being some of the more commonly caught linefish species in KZN and the Western Cape respectively. This would suggest that these species are likely to be sold through different market channels such as the informal market (hottentot & slinger) and the export market (sharks). This is an important finding in that it indicates that, barring some high-value species such as kob and Cape salmon (geelbek), local linefish species are not generally very commercially important species in the formal market outlets (retailers, restaurants, suppliers and fish shops) and market-based sustainability initiatives such as WWF’s SASSI Retailer Participation scheme, which works closely with key retailers, suppliers and restaurant chains, may not be able to shift current practices in the linefishery through working with these partners.

Key findings of the study include the fact that many of the traditional linefish species, once the mainstay of South African seafood dishes, are no longer very commonly sold through formal market outlets. This is likely to be a result of both the massive declines in linefish stocks that have taken place over the last 50 years as well as the fact that some of these species may also be marketed through more informal market outlets. The study also highlighted the growing prevalence of imported seafood on the South African market, much of which may be competing with species from the local linefishery. This is strongly related to the challenges associated with current seafood naming and labelling practices in South Africa which allow for fraudulent labelling or the misrepresentation of seafood products. Besides short-changing consumers and local fishers, the misrepresentation of seafood poses significant health risks by relabeling potentially toxic species as common species and undermines the work done by the WWF- SASSI awareness campaign as the consumers ability to choose sustainably sourced seafood is compromised. This highlights the need for the broader seafood industry and associated stakeholders to develop better regulations in this regard.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 183 References

Cawthorn D, Steinman HA, Witthuhn RC. 2012. DNA barcoding reveals a high incidence of fish species misrepresentation and substitution on the South African market. Food Research International, 46, 30-40. Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: Snapshots of the 20(th) century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22, 81-110. Petersen SL, Kerwath S, Paterson B and N Okes. 2010. Ecological Risk Assessment for the South African Linefishery. In Petersen S., Paterson B., Basson J., Moroff, N., Roux J-P., Augustyn, J. and D’Almeida, G. (eds) Tracking the Implementation of an Ecosystem Approach to Fisheries in Southern Africa. WWF South Africa Report Series – 2010/Marine/001. Von der Heyden, S, Barendse, J, Seebreghts, AJ and Matthee, CA. 2009. Misleading the masses: detection of mislabelled and substituted frozen fish products in South Africa. ICES Journal of Marine Science 67: 176-185. World Wide Fund for Nature- South Africa (WWF-SA) 2011. Fisheries: Fact & Trends http://assets. wwfza.panda.org.wwf-web-1.bluegecko.net/downloads/wwf_a4_fish_facts_report_lr.pdf (accessed on 27 December 2011).

page 184 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 7 – Fish Distribution and Stock Delineation: Chair Meaghan McCord Movement behaviour and genetic stock delineation of a coastal reef fish species, poenskop,C ymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae)

TS Murray1, G Gouws2, PD Cowley2, JQ Maggs3 and BQ Mann3 1 Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, Rhodes University, PO Box 94, Grahamstown, 6140, South Africa. 2 South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown, 6140, South Africa. 3 Oceanographic Research Institute, P.O. Box 10712, Marine Parade, Durban, 4056, South Africa.

Introduction

The poenskop, or black musselcracker, is an endemic South African sparid distributed from the south of Saldahna Bay in the Western Cape to Cape Vidal in northern KwaZulu-Natal. This distribution is shared by the juveniles and adults. Spawning locations are unknown, and even after extensive larvae surveys along the coastline of South Africa, poenskop larvae have never been documented (see Beckley and van Ballegooyen 1992, Tilney et al. 1996, Wood et al. 2000, Roberts and van der Berg 2005, Connell 2010). Poenskop are slow-growing, long-lived, sex-changing, late-maturing and show a high degree of residency at certain life-history stages. Collectively, these attributes make the species acutely sensitive to over-exploitation. The poenskop is one of South Africa’s most sought-after recreational angling species (Biden 1930, Smith and Heemstra 1986). It is predominantly caught by members of the recreational shore and skiboat sectors and is also targeted by spearfishers, but is of low commercial value due to low abundance (Coetzee and Baird 1981, Hecht and Tilney 1989, Brouwer et al. 1997, Mann et al. 1997). Despite interventions such as the imposition of size and bag limits, catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE) trends reflect a severe and consistent stock decline over the last two decades. Management is compromised by the deficiency of information and the efficacy of the current management strategies is questionable. As a result of its importance as a recreational angling species, Wallace and van der Elst (1983) identified it as a priority species urgently in need of investigation.

Although aspects of the biology of this species were documented by Buxton and Clarke (1989), little is known about the movement behaviour of poenskop. Furthermore, there is a complete lack of information on its genetic stock structure. Therefore, the primary aim of this project was to investigate the movement behaviour and genetic stock structure of poenskop. The specific objectives included:

• Evaluating current and historic trends in catch and CPUE of poenskop, • Determining patterns of residency and movement of juvenile, sub-adult and adult poenskop by analysing existing tag-recapture data from several dedicated tagging studies, • Determining genetic diversity of poenskop across its distribution, identifying possible stock substructure.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 185 Materials and methods

Catch trends

Current and historic trends in catch and CPUE of poenskop were reviewed and evaluated. This was achieved by making use of published and unpublished survey and research data. Information regarding poenskop catches was sourced from the National Marine Linefish System, personal angling records, and a popular fishing magazine, Stywe Lyne/Tight Lines. In addition, information from the primary literature was used. Numerous studies have been conducted to assess the catch, effort, species composition and value of the shore and skiboat fisheries along different parts of the coastline (see Coetzee and Baird 1981, Coetzee et al. 1989, Bennett 1990, Hecht and Buxton 1993, Hanekom et al. 1997, Penney et al. 1999, Griffiths 2000, Brouwer and Buxton 2002). Due to differences in survey techniques, analyses, time periods and angler behaviour (e.g. competitive vs. recreational), the studies could not be directly compared (Bennett and Attwood 1993). However, the results allow one to assess catch and effort trends over time.

A number of different coastal regions were described in these studies. This, combined with the changing of provincial boundaries in recent years, makes the interpretation of these studies rather complex. For the purpose of change in catch trends and movement behaviour components of the study, five coastal sections were defined: (a) south-west coast (Strand to Cape Infanta), (b) southern coast (Cape Infanta to St Francis Bay), (c) south-east coast (St Francis Bay to Kei River), (d) Transkei (Kei River to Umtamvuna River), and (e) KwaZulu-Natal (Umtamvuna River to Kosi Bay) (Fig 1).

Figure 1: Map of South Africa showing the different coastal regions used in the changes in catch trends and movement behaviour components of this study.

page 186 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Movement behaviour Conventional dart tagging and recapture data for assessment of movement patterns of poenskop were obtained from three ongoing, long-term coastal fish-monitoring projects, conducted at different spatial scales; the first covered the entire South African coastline (Oceanographic Research Institute (ORI) Tagging Project), and two were research-based projects conducted in marine protected areas (Tsitsikamma National Park (TNP) and Pondoland MPA (PLD) linefish tagging projects) (Fig 2).

A number of differences exist between the available data (Table 1). The data obtained from the MPA projects were fine-scale, high resolution data with a precision of 15 to 100 m, while the information from the ORI Tagging Project was large-scale low resolution data where localities reported were on a scale of > 1 km. Information for poenskop was obtained from both inshore (shore-angling) and offshore (boat-based angling) records in the ORI Tagging Project. The TNP provided inshore tagging effort, while the PLD fish were only tagged offshore. Collectively, these data provided a good platform on which to base the analyses of poenskop movement patterns.

b c

Figure 2: Study areas of (a) the ORI Tagging Project, that spanned the entire South African coastline, and two research-based tagging projects: (b) Tsitsikamma National Park (TNP) and (c) Pondoland (PLD) MPAs.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 187 Genetic stock structure

Despite considerable tagging effort along the South African coastline, there remains limited information on the connectivity of different populations along the South African coastline. This was addressed using mitochondrial DNA sequencing. The mitochondrial DNA control region was used due to its high substitution rate, haploid nature, maternal inheritance and absence of recombination. In order to determine the genetic diversity of the poenskop, fin clips were collected during tagging work, fishing competitions and recreational shore and boat fishing, from a total of 370 specimens from 35 locations (from Stilbaai in the Western Cape to Umtentwini in KwaZulu-Natal). DNA was extracted from samples using commercially available kits. A fragment of the highly variable mitochondrial control region was amplified by PCR using newly designed, species-specific primers, CNCR1-F and –R. Samples were then sequenced by Rhodes University’s Sequencing Unit and a commercial sequencing facility (Macrogen). Data were analysed using standard population genetic and phylogeographic approaches.

Table 1: Summary information on the data sets derived from the Oceanographic Research Institute (ORI), Tsitsikamma National Park (TNP) MPA and Pondoland (PLD) MPA tagging projects.

Dataset Study site Distance Distance Information Inshore/ resolution error recorded offshore ORI Entire South km 1 – 5 km Tag number Inshore African coast (3 Date Offshore 000 km) Location

TNP Tsitsikamma m 10 – 50 m Tag number Inshore National Park Date MPA (5 km Location research site) Angler effort Water temperature

PLD Pondoland MPA m 15 – 100 m Tag number Offshore (four 1 x 2 km Date sites) Location Angler effort

Results

Catch trends

Analysis of this available catch data (published and unpublished) revealed a decline in the number of poenskop caught over the last two decades, ultimately reflecting the collapse of the stock. Various technological developments have also increased the probability of landing a poenskop (besides other species). The size of fish caught has steadily declined with almost 100% of fish caught, at present, weighing less than 5 kg. However, the declaration of a crisis in the linefishery (in 2000) and subsequent reduction in commercial effort has yielded some positive trends. Furthermore, improved CPUE from the Tsitsikamma National Park Marine Protected Area (MPA) (Fig 3), and larger poenskop being caught in the no-take areas than adjacent exploited areas of the Pondoland MPA (Maggs 2011) confirmed that MPAs can be effective for the protection and management of poenskop.

page 188 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Movement behaviour

Conventional dart tagging and recapture information indicated high levels of residency at all life-history stages. Of 2 704 poenskop tagged, 189 (6.99%) were recaptured, with approximately 90% of all recaptures (from combined data) being made within 5 km of the tagging site (Table 2). All recaptures within the PLD were made within 650 m of the tagging site, while all poenskop in the TNP were recaptured within 250 m of the tagging site. This information confirms the extreme residency displayed by poenskop.

Within the ORI Tagging Project, recaptures were made from Cape Point to KwaZulu-Natal, spanning the core distribution of the species. Coastal region, seasonality and time at recapture did not appear to have a significant effect on the level of movement or distance moved. However, on correlating coastal movements with fish size (and ages), larger and older fish (adults) moved greater distances, with juveniles and sub-adults showing high degrees of residency (Figure 4, Table 3).

Figure 3: Trend in mean annual CPUE (fish.angler-hour-1) for poenskop recorded during research angling in the Tsitsikamma National Park MPA over the period 1995 to 2009 (PD Cowley, unpublished data).

Table 2: Summary of recapture data obtained for poenskop tagged along the South African coast between 1984 and 2010.

Recaptures Distance travelled (km) Days at liberty Tagging No. No. % Mean Min Max Mean Min Max project tagged ORI 1 935 74 3.82 24 0 483 430 0 3 295 TNP 556 73 13.13 0.04 0 0.25 393 0 2 407 PLD 213 42 19.72 0.12 0 0.64 468 59 1 390 Total 2 704 189 6.99 9 0 483 424 0 3 295

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 189 Genetic stock structure

Sequences were approximately 334 base pairs in length and 29 different haplotypes were seen across all the samples, with one haplotype being shared amongst 52 individuals, representative of all the different study regions. Haplotype diversity was high for all regions, ranging from 0.795 ±0.109 (Western Cape) to 0.903 ±0.031 (KwaZulu-Natal). Nucleotide diversity was fairly constant among each region, ranging from 0.0048 ±0.0034 (Western Cape) to 0.0075 ±0.0048 (KwaZulu-Natal). Overall, the mtDNA sequencing showed no evidence of major geographic barriers to gene flow in this species. Samples collected throughout the core distribution of poenskop showed high genetic diversity, no spatial genetic structure and no evidence of isolation by distance.

Figure 4: Mean (± SD) distance moved (km) by size class (mm FL) for all recaptures in all projects (n = 189). Sample sizes are presented above each bar.

Table 3: Mean (± SD) lengths (mm FL), length ranges, mean (± SD) ages (years) and age ranges of poenskop recaptured within various distance bins (n = 189).

Distance Number Mean (± SD) Size range Mean (± SD) Age range moved measured size (mm FL) (mm FL) ages (years) (years) (km) 0 – 1 165 377 (± 117) 220 – 920 5.9 (± 4.0) 1.2 – 34.2 > 1 – 10 9 414 (± 74) 307 – 526 6.7 (± 2.2) 3.7 – 10.2 > 10 – 100 8 388 (± 117) 250 – 579 6.1 (± 3.5) 2.3 – 12.2 > 100 7 650 (± 58) 562 - 740 14.85 (± 2.7) 11.6 – 19.8

Large-scale movements (> 100 km), in the Eastern Cape (n = 6) and KwaZulu-Natal (n = 1) provinces, of up to 483 and 148 km, respectively, were only recorded in the ORI Tagging Project (Fig 5). An estimation of home-range size indicated smaller poenskop to hold smaller home- ranges at shallower depths, while larger poenskop hold larger home-ranges. Large easterly displacements undertaken by a number of adult poenskop indicate the probability of this species undertaking a unidirectional migration up the coastline of South Africa, settling in Transkei and KZN waters for the remainder of their lives.

page 190 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 5: Long-distance movements (> 15 km) of recaptured poenskop along the South African coastline recorded in the ORI Tagging Project. Arrows connect tagging and recapture locations.

Discussion

This study successfully addressed two research priorities for poenskop, namely an investigation of its movement behaviour and genetic stock structure (Booth 2000). Analyses of the mitochondrial DNA control region revealed that this species has a high level of haplotype- and nucleotide diversity, and exists as a single, well-mixed population. The movement component of the study revealed that poenskop exhibits a high degree of residency in both juvenile and adult life-history stages. Results also suggested that large adult poenskop progressively migrate up the coastline of South Africa to KwaZulu-Natal and Transkei waters (being found in the highest numbers, and of a larger size, in these regions). Therefore, extensive mixing of the population may result from the southward transport of eggs and larvae from KwaZulu-Natal and Transkei waters to other reaches of the coastline. The presence of large adult poenskop in the Western Cape (along the south-western coast of South Africa) could also suggest the possibility of different spawning areas along the coast (even though the majority of poenskop move up the coastline to Transkei and KwaZulu-Natal). The location of these areas will most likely take advantage of the prevailing oceanographic currents, maximising transport of eggs and larvae to areas of the coast with suitable rocky intertidal nursery habitat.

The effectiveness of particular management measures is dependent on patterns of exploitation of individuals or populations. Poenskop is appreciably exploited in recreational fisheries with no effort restrictions. Therefore, management measures need to be developed in order to afford this species maximum protection. Conventional management tools include minimum size and bag limits, gear restrictions, and closed seasons. However, these conventional management measures will be biased, favouring the protection of the smaller poenskop, where the protection of large adults (breeding-stock) is, arguably, more important. As poenskop have life-history characteristics which make them vulnerable to overexploitation, no-take MPAs could be a useful management tool for this species. MPAs will especially provide protection for resident juveniles and sub-adults, allowing these fish to reach sexual maturity. The MPA network in South Africa is already well-established and because MPAs are not single species management tools, other resident reef species would also be afforded protection. Finally, due to its low importance in the commercial sector, consideration should be given to de-commercialise this iconic recreational species.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 191 References

Beckley LE, van Ballegooyen RC. 1992. Oceanographic conditions during three ichthyoplankton surveys of the Agulhas Current in 1990/91. South African Journal of Marine Science 12: 83-93. Bennett BA. 1990. Long-term trends in the catches by shore anglers in False Bay. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 47: 683-690. Bennett BA, Attwood CG. 1993. Shore-angling catches in the De Hoop Nature Reserve, South Africa, and further evidence for the protective value of marine reserves. South African Journal of Marine Science 13: 213-222. Biden CL. 1930. Sea-angling fishes of the Cape: A natural history of some of the principal fishes caught by sea anglers and professional fishermen in Cape water. London: Oxford University Press. Booth AJ. 2000. Poenskop (Cymatoceps nasutus). In: Mann BQ (ed.) Southern African marine linefish status reports. Oceanographic Research Institute Special Publication 7: 145-146. Brouwer SL, Mann BQ, Lamberth SJ, Sauer WHH, Erasmus C. 1997. A survey of the South African shore-angling fishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 165-177. Brouwer SL, Buxton CD. 2002. Catch and effort of the shore and skiboat linefisheries along the South African Eastern Cape coast. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 341-354. Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1989. The growth of Cymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae), with comments on diet and reproduction. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 57-65. Coetzee PS, Baird D. 1981. Catch composition and catch per unit effort of anglers’ catches off St Croix Island, Algoa Bay. South African Journal of Wildlife Research 11: 14-20. Coetzee PS, Baird D, Tregoning C. 1989. Catch statistics and trends in the shore angling fishery of the East coast, South Africa, for the period 1959-1982. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 155-171. Connell AD. 2010. A 21-year ichthyoplankton collection confirms sardine spawning in KwaZulu- Natal waters. African Journal of Marine Science 32: 331-336. Government Gazette No. 9543, 31 December 1984. Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: Snapshots of the 20th century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81-110. Griffiths MH, Lamberth SJ. 2002. Evaluating the marine recreational fishery in South Africa. In: Pitcher TJ, Hollingworth C (eds), Recreational fisheries: ecological, economic and social evaluation. Oxford: Blackwell Science. pp 227-251. Hanekom N, Mann-Lang JB, Mann BQ, Carinus TVZ. 1997. Shore-angling catches in the Tsitsikamma National Park, 1989-1995. Koedoe 40: 37-56. Hecht T, Tilney RL. 1989. The Port Alfred fishery: A description and preliminary evaluation of a commercial linefishery on the South African east coast. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 103-117. Hecht T, Buxton CD. 1993. Catch trends in the Transkei commercial linefishery. In: Beckley LE, van der Elst RP (eds), Fish, Fishers and Fisheries. Proceedings of the second South Africa marine linefish symposium, Durban, 23-24 October 1992. Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban. ORI Special Publication 2: 127-133. Hutton T, Pitcher TJ. 1998. Current directions in fisheries management policy: a perspective on co-management and its application to South African fisheries. South African Journal of Marine Science 19: 471-486. Mann BQ, Scott GM, Mann-Lang JB, Brouwer SL, Lamberth SJ, Sauer WHH, Erasmus C. 1997. An evaluation of participation in and management of the South African spearfishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 179-193. Penney AJ, Mann-Lang JB, van der Elst RP, Wilke CG. 1999. Long-term trends in catch and effort in the KwaZulu-Natal nearshore linefisheries. South African Journal of Marine Science 21: 51-76.

page 192 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Roberts MJ, van den Berg M. 2005. Currents along the Tsitsikamma coast, South Africa, and potential transport of squid paralarvae and ichthyoplankton. African Journal of Marine Science 27: 375-388. Smale MJ, Buxton CD. 1985. Aspects of the recreational ski-boat fishery off the Eastern Cape, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 3: 131-144. Smith MM, Heemstra PC. 1986. Smith’s Sea Fishes. Johannesburg: Macmillan. Tilney RL, Nelson G, Radloff SE, Buxton CD. 1996. Ichthyoplankton distribution and dispersal in the Tsitsikamma National Park marine reserve, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 17: 1-14. Wallace JH, van der Elst RP. 1983. Marine linefish priority list. SANCOR Research Report 70: 103 pp. Wood AD, Brouwer SL, Cowley PD, Harrison TD. 2000. An updated check list of the ichthyofaunal species assemblage of the Tsitsikamma National Park, South Africa. Koedoe 43: 83-95.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 193 Are changing water temperatures in the Benguela about to alter the evolutionary history of our Argyrosomus fishes?

WM Potts1, R Heriques2, WHH Sauer1, CV Santos3 and P Shaw4 1 Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, P.O. Box 94, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. 2 Royal Holloway University of London, United Kingdom. 3 Department of Zoology, University of Agostinho Neto, Angola. 4 Institute of Biological, Environmental and Rural Sciences, University of Aberystwyth, Wales.

Introduction

Global hotspots of ocean warming are defined as areas where ocean temperatures are warming at a rate faster than the global average (0.07˚C/decade, Burrows et al. 2011). These hotspots are critical research areas because they are the first to show warming impacts and can be used to test predictive models and provide testing grounds for adaptation strategies. The southern Angolan coastal region has been recognised as a global hotspot with ocean temperatures (between 1982 and 2009) warming at a rate of approximately 0.80˚C/decade (Munnick et al. this volume, Potts et al. in prep). The primary consequence of ocean warming around the world has been a poleward distributional shift of temperature sensitive fish species (Stebbing et al. 2002, Perry et al. 2005, Masuda 2008, Last et al. 2009).

Distributional shifts can be dramatic for a species; besides local extinctions these shifts can result in alterations to growth, feeding, reproduction and migration patterns. Since not all species respond to ocean warming in the same manner, ecosystem imbalances are extremely likely. The loss of a key predator (such as A. coronus) in a core area of its current distribution will have major implications down the food chain. In terms of fisheries, distributional shifts can have major impacts on the catch rates of important fishery species, with obvious socio-economic consequences. Furthermore, the stock assessment of species with shifting distributions provides a significant challenge (Link et al. 2011). Managers who rely on assessments conducted on shifting stocks, or species, are faced with considerable uncertainty, further complicating the already difficult job of managing coastal resources. This is further exacerbated when the distributional shifts of fishes are transboundary (Potts et al. in prep).

To date the evolutionary consequences of distributional shifts in fishes have been largely ignored during the broader discussions of climate change and the emergence of predictive models. Theoretically, distributional shifts may reunite previously isolated species and stocks. If the isolation of these species is prezygotic, with species occupying different areas, then there is potential for hybridisation, which in turn, may have significant evolutionary consequences, positive or negative. For example, a positive response may accrue through the introduction of novel genotypes promoting adaptability (Hoffman and Sgro 2011).

The genus Argyrosomus belongs to the family Sciaenidae. Fish in this genus are commonly known as drums, croakers, meagre or kob, primarily inhabit coastal waters and are important in coastal fisheries. There are four species of Argyrosomus fishes in the eastern Atlantic. Three of these occur in southern Africa. A. coronus is distributed from northern Namibia to northern Angola (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995), A. inodorus is distributed from northern Namibia to the south coast of South Africa and A. japonicus from north east coast to the south western Cape coast of South Africa.

page 194 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Of the species in the southern Angolan coastal region, Argyrosomus coronus (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995) appears to have undertaken the most dramatic southward distributional shift. This was evidenced in a 58% reduction in the relative abundance and a 27% reduction in the average length of the species in the recreational fishery, despite increased catches in the other dominant species (Potts et al. in prep). This southward distributional shift has changed the composition of the kob catch in Namibia. In 1995 the ratio of A. inodorus to A. coronus was 1.0:0.1 (Kirchner 1999) compared with 1.0:1.5 in 2009 (Potts et al. in prep.).

Due to the morphological similarity of A. coronus and A. inodorus, Potts et al. (2010) used a molecular technique to validate their identification during a study of their life history in Angola and Namibia. During this study allele’s characteristic of A. coronus were identified in a number of individuals with the A. inodorus genotype. This suggested that the distributional shift may have prompted recent hybridisation between the two species.

The aims of this study were to investigate potential hybridization between A. coronus and A. inodorus and to consider the potential consequences of shifting distributions for the evolution of this genus by comparing the phylogenetic patterns of the east Atlantic Argyrosomus species.

Materials and Methods

A total of 220 Argyrosomus genetic samples were collected from central and northern Namibia and from southern, central and northern Angola for the hybridization investigation. A fin clip was removed from each individual and fixed in 95% ethanol. DNA extraction was performed as outlined by Sambrook et al. (1989). Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) was conducted for amplification and two mitochondrial DNA regions, the Control Region (CR) and the cytochorme c oxidase I (COI) gene region were sequenced using universal CR and COI primer pairs. Hybrid identification was based on multilocus (6 microsatellite loci) assignment tests which were performed in STRUCTURE. The Bayesian approach implemented in NewHybrids (Anderson & Thompson 2002) was used to corroborate the results obtained in STRUCTURE.

A total of 25 genetic samples from the four east Atlantic Argyrosomus species from four countries were used in the phylogenetic analysis (Table 1).

Table 1: Capture locations of the four east Atlantic Argyrosomus specimens used in the phylogenetic study.

Species Country Region n value Coordinates Argyrosomus regius Portugal Quarteria 3 37°3.346’N 8°6.43’W Argyrosomus coronus Angola Luanda 2 8°47.263’S 13°14.32’E Argyrosomus coronus Angola Flamingo 4 15°10.374’S 12°04.863’E Argyrosomus coronus Namibia Hentiesbaai 4 22°7.404’S 14°16.139’E Argyrosomus inodorus Namibia Hentiesbaai 4 22°7.404’S 14°16.139’E Argyrosomus inodorus South Africa Port Alfred 4 33°36.500’S 26°54.00’E Argyrosomus japonicus South Africa Algoa Bay 4 33°49.53’S 25°52.31’E

Phylogenetic relationships within the Argyrosomus fishes were reconstructed by combining information from the mtDNA CR and COI sequences with two further regions, mtDNA cytochrome b (cytb) and the 1st intron of the nuclear ribosomal gene S7. Amplification and sequencing of Cytb used the universal primer pair H16460 / GLUDLC following the original protocols (Palumbi et al. 2002). Amplification of the S7 1st intron was obtained with newly developed primers (Henriques 2011). Assessment of gene trees was conducted using the Maximum Likelihood (ML) and Bayesian analysis (BA) inference methods. Time since most common recent ancestor (tmrca) was estimated based on a species-level phylogeny, as

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 195 implemented in BEAST 1.3.1 (Drummond & Rambaut 2007) under a strict molecular clock. The calibration of the molecular clock was performed by fixing the mean sequence divergence rate per lineage at 1.5% per MY for the mtDNA dataset (considered the universal rate in marine fish COI and cytb regions - Bermingham et al. 1997), and at 0.23% per MY for the nDNA dataset (a value obtained from the divergence of Anisotremus spp. after the closure of the Isthmus of Panama - Bernardi & Lape, 2005).

Results

Hybridisation

Five of the 180 A. coronus and three of the 40 A. inodorus individuals were identified as having admixed origins using the STRUCTURE analysis (Fig 1). No F1or F2 hybrids were identified but six of the eight hybrids were identified to be backcrosses with parental A. coronus. All of the hybrid specimens were captured in central (Henties baai) and northern Namibia (Cunene mouth).

Phylogenetic patterns

Reconstruction of Argyrosomus spp. phylogenetic relationships retrieved identical topologies for the Argyrosomus species independent of the inference method (ML or BA) and the datasets (mtDNA or nDNA) used. All trees exhibited four clear, reciprocally monophyletic and statistically well-supported clades, corresponding to the four identified kob species (Fig 2). Two major clades could be identified corresponding to the northeastern Atlantic (A. regius) and the southeastern Atlantic (Benguela Current species), suggesting that these taxa shared a common ancestor in the past. Within the Benguela clade, A. inodorus appears to have diverged earlier from a possible common ancestor, that later speciated into A. coronus and A. japonicus, which appeared to be sister species (Fig 2).

Figure 1: Multilocus assignment tests performed in STRUCTURE for hybrid identification based on 6 microsatellite loci: dark background indicates Argurosomus coronus genotypes, light background indicates Argyrosomus inodorus genotypes. Dashed lines indicate probability of assignment: q < 0.1 - pure A. coronus, q > 0.9 – pure A. inodorus, 0.1 < q > 0.9 – putative hybrid.

page 196 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 2: Reconstruction of phylogenetic relationships within Argyrosomus spp. using a concantenated mtDNA-nDNA dataset. Statistical support for nodes is given for both Bayesian and Maximum likelihood analysis. Outgroup = Cynoscion nebulosus.

The estimated time since the most recent ancestor (tmrca) showed similar patterns regardless of the calibration method and dataset used. However, there was considerable variation in the estimates of tmrca using the different methods. Divergence of northeastern / southeastern Argyrosomus (A. regius) appears to have occurred between the late-Pliocene and early Pleistocene (4 – 1.12 MYA). This was followed by two speciation events within the Benguela Current region with divergence of A. inodorus in the early- to mid-Pleistocene (2.5 – 0.9 MYA), and divergence of A. coronus and A. japonicus in the mid- to late- Pleistocene (0.9 - 0.1 MYA) (Table 2).

Discussion

The timing of the evolution of the genus can provide some indication of the historical climate patterns that have driven speciation events. In the east Atlantic Argyrosomus the separation of the historical northeastern and southeastern populations (Figure 2, Table 2) is most likely associated with historical glacial and interglacial periods. It is thought that the basal Argyrosomus species may have originated either in the northern or southern hemisphere. However additional Indian Ocean Argyrosomus species should be included in the analysis to confirm the origin of Argyrosomus in the eastern Atlantic. This basal population is thought to have been driven to the east Atlantic equatorial region by a glaciation event during the great glaciations, just after the Pliocene epoch. It is thought that this population was subsequently split into the northeastern and southeastern populations through rapid warming at the equator during an interglacial period approximately 3.78 -1.68 mya.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 197 Table 2: Estimates of the tempo of evolution of the eastern Atlantic Argyrosomus species. tmrca – estimated time since most common ancestor (95% HPD in brackets).

Calibration Northeastern A. inodorus A. coronus method vs vs vs Southeastern A. coronus / A. japonicus A. japonicus 1.5% 2.165 2.038 1.277 (1.85-2.47) (1.74-2.33) (1.04-1.53) mtDNA 2 MY 1.617 1.542 0.965 (0.31-3.37) (0.28-3.17) (0.16-2.03) 0.26% 4.365 3.326 2.298 (2.65-6.34) (1.98-4.78) (1.25-3.41) nDNA 2 MY 1.127 0.869 0.586 (0.12-3.26) (0.1-2.48) (0.07-1.75) 1.5% 1.849 1.743 1.097 (1.59-2.13) (1.49-2.01) (0.90-1.32) mtDNA-nDNA 2 MY 1.045 0.989 0.617 (0.15-2.77) (0.14-2.62) (0.9-1.65)

Two more speciation events occurred within the southeastern African Argyrosomus population. Argyrosomus inodorus speciated from the coastal Argyrosomus species. This is thought to have been a sympatric speciation event with the cooler water tolerant individuals in the population began spawning in separate grounds from the warmer water individuals. This isolation event is thought to have occurred in the early – mid Pleistocene (2.41 -1.33 mya).

The final speciation event in the eastern Atlantic is thought to have been an allopatric isolation of the warm water tolerant coastal Argyrosomus species into what are now A. japonicus and A. coronus. This separation is thought to have been driven by the formation of the cold Benguela Current in the mid – late Pleistocene (2.19 -0.93 mya).

The distribution of Argyrosomus coronus in Namibia was described by Griffiths and Heemstra (1995) as confined to a narrow zone along the central and northern coasts. Until recently (early 1990’s) the A. coronus population in this area has been comprised of juveniles and sub- adult specimens (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995). Adult A. coronus were distributed between the Cunene River mouth and northern Angola and undertake an annual temperature driven migration to the northern part of their distribution in the austral winter. However, relative abundance, size frequency and genetic information has indicated a recent southward shift of the migrating adult A. coronus (Potts et al. in prep). This situation has led to two possible hybridisation scenarios. Firstly, the spawning grounds of the adult A. coronus may have shifted southward into the distribution of A. inodorus. Secondly, the migration of at least a proportion of the adult A. coronus may now have moved southward to Meob Bay, the spawning grounds of A. inodorus.

The results of the phylogenetic study suggest that the evolution of this genus in the eastern Atlantic was a slow process and although closely related, Argyrosomus coronus and A. inodorus have been evolving separately for the last ~2 MY. However, climate induced distributional shifts can bring species previously isolated species into contact (Hill et al. 2011; Lo Brutto et al. 2011). If the species have not yet evolved postzygotic isolation mechanisms, and lost the ability to produce fertile offspring, there is potential for hybridisation. The presence of hybrid fishes suggests that the isolation of A. inodorus and A. coronus is prezygotic, which implies that adults of the two species need only to be together during spawning periods for hybridisation to occur. In addition, the presence of backcrossed individuals suggests that these hybrids are viable and thus these two species may now be subject to rapid evolutionary change. As far as we are aware this study provides the first evidence for climate driven hybridisation in coastal marine fishes.

page 198 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Besides altering the evolution of the genus, hybridisation can have a major impact on the life history of a species. Life history and physiological traits of the hybrids may either be similar to one of the parental species, within the range of the parent species or out of the range of the parent species (Chevassus 1983). Thus continued monitoring of the proportion of hybrids in Namibia and Angola and both biological and physiological studies on these animals are required to determine the consequences for fisheries and to propose mitigative management strategies. One potential benefit of hybridisation may be the introduction of novel genotypes into populations. This may provide organisms with additional opportunities to adapt to the additional selection pressures. Ultimately, this may contribute to species adapting to rapid climate change (Hoffman and Sgró 2011).

In terms of South African Argyrosomus, this study has shown that the isolation of the Argyrosomus fishes remains prezygotic. Therefore, if climate change drives adults from one species into the spawning grounds of another, hybridisation can occur. Presently, the most likely of these scenarios may be the hybridisation of A. japonicus with A. coronus. Specimens of A. coronus have been reported on the west coast of South Africa, including St Helena Bay (Lamberth et al 2008) and adult specimens are captured fairly regularly by anglers at Dwarskersbos. A further southward movement of these specimens will reunite the sister species and may also result in hybridisation.

References

Almeida PR. 1996. Estuarine movement patterns of adult thin-lipped grey mullet, Liza ramada (Risso) (Pisces, Mugilidae) observed by ultrasonic tracking. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 202: 137-150. Anderson EC, Thompson EA. 2002. A model-based method for identifying species hybrids using multilocus genetic data. Genetics: 160: 1217-1229. Bermingham E, McCafferty SS, Martin PP. 1997. Fish biogeography and molecular clocks: perspectives from the Panamian Isthmus. In: Kosher TDS (ed.) Molecular Systematics of Fishes. San Diego, USA. Bernardi G, Lape J. 2005. Tempo and mode of speciation in the Baja California disjunct fish species Anisotremus davidsonii. Molecular Ecology: 14: 4085-4096. Burrows MT, Schoeman DS, Buckley LB, Moore P, Poloczanska ES, Brander KM, Brown C, Bruno JF, Duarte CM, Halpern BS, Holding J, Kappel CV, Kiessling W, O’Connor MI, Pandolfi JM, Parmesan C, Schwing FB, Sydeman WJ, Richardson AJ. 2011. The Pace of Shifting Climate in Marine and Terrestrial Ecosystems. Science 4: 652-655. Chevassus B. 1983. Hybridization in fish. Aquaculture 33:245-262 Clark BM. 2006. Climate change: A looming challenge for fisheries management in southern Africa. Marine Policy 30: 84-95. Drummond AJ, Rambaut A. 2007. BEAST: Bayesian evolutionary analysis by sampling trees. Bmc Evolutionary Biology 7: 214 doi:10.1186/1471-2148-7-214. Fields PA, Graham JB, Rosenblatt RH, Somero GN. 1993. Effects of expected global climate change on marine faunas. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 8:361–67. Harley CDG, Hughes AR, Hultgren KM, Miner BG, Sorte CJB, Thornber CS, Rodriguez LF, Tomanek L, Williams SL. 2006. The impacts of climate change in coastal marine systems. Ecology Letters 9: 228-241. Henriques RPNL (2011) Influence of the Benguela Current in genetic sub-structuring of commercially exploited fish species. PhD Thesis. School of Biological Sciences, Royal Holloway University of London. Hill JK, Griffiths HM, Thomas CD. 2011. Climate Change and Evolutionary Adaptations at Species’ Range Margins. Annual Review of Entomology 56: 143-159.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 199 Hoffman AA, Sgro CM. 2011. Climate change and evolutionary adaptation. Nature 470:479-485. Last PR, White WT, Gledhill DC, Hobday AJ, Brown R, Edgar GJ & Pecl G 2009. Long-term shifts in abundance and distribution of a temperate fish fauna: a response to climate change and fishing practices. Global Change Biology 20: 58-72. Lamberth SJ, van Niekerk L, Hutchings K. 2008. Comparison of, and the effects of altered freshwater inflow on, fish assemblages of two contrasting South African estuaries: the cool- temperate Olifants and the warm-temperate Breede. African Journal of Marine Science 30: 311- 336. Link JS, Nye JA, Hare JA. 2010. Guidelines for incorporating fish distribution shifts into a fisheries management context. Fish and Fisheries 12: 461-469. Lo Brutto S, Arculeo M, Grant AS. 2011. Climate change and population genetic structure of marine species. Chemistry and Ecology 27: 107-119. Lubchenco J, Navarrete SA, Tissot BN, Castilla JC. 1993. Possible ecological responses to global climate change: nearshore benthic biota of Northeastern Pacific coastal ecosystems. In Mooney HA, Fuentes, ER & Kronberg BI. (eds) Earth System Responses to Global Climate Change: Contrasts between North and South America. Academic Press, San Diego, CA, pp. 147–166. Masuda R. Seasonal and interannual variation of subtidal fish assemblages in Wakasa Bay with reference to the warming trend in the Sea of Japan. Biology of Fishes 82:387–399. Munnick et al. (2012) Identification of a warming hotspot in the northern Benguela and the possible effects of this on Argyrosomus coronus. Proceedings of the South Africa Linefish Symposium, Langebaan, 16-20th April 2012. Palumbi SR, Martin A, Romano S, McMillan WO, Stice L, Grabowski G. 2002. The simple fool’s guide to PCR version 2.0. Department of Zoology, Kewalo Marine Laboratory, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. Perry AL, Low PJ, Ellis JR & Reynolds JD 2005. Climate change and distribution shifts in marine fishes. Science 308: 1912–1915. Potts WM, Sauer WHH, Henriques R, Sequesseque S, Santos CV, Shaw PW. 2010. The biology, life history and management needs of a large sciaenid fish, Argyrosomus coronus in Angola. African Journal of Marine Science 32 (2): 247 — 258. Potts WM, Sauer WHH, Henriques R, Kirchner K, Munnick, K, Santos CV, Shaw PW. in prep. Rapid climate driven distributional shifts, complicates coastal fisheries management and alters the evolutionary history of fishes. Sambrook J, Fritscher EF, Maniatis T. 1989. Molecular cloning: a laboratory manual. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, USA. Stebbing ARD, Turk SMT, Wheeler A, Clarke KR. 2002. Immigration of southern fish species to south-west England linked to warming of the North Atlantic (1960–2001). Journal of the Marine Biological Association UK 82:177–180.

page 200 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Identification of a warming hotspot in the northern Benguela, and the possible effects of this on Argyrosomus coronus

Munnik K1, 2, Potts WM3, Ansorge I1, Sauer WHH3 1Department of Oceanography, University of Cape Town, Private Bag, Ronderbosch, 7700, South Africa. 2Marine Research Institute, University of Cape Town, Private Bag, Ronderbosch, 7700, South Africa. 3Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, Rhodes University

Abstract

Seasonal migrations are undertaken by Argyrosomus coronus (west coast dusky kob) in avoidance of pulses of tropical Angolan Current water into the northern Benguela. This, together with evidence of temperature related evolution, suggests that this species exhibits a relatively narrow thermal tolerance. However, a lack of comprehensive oceanographic datasets in the region makes monitoring of this species in relation to environmental parameters difficult. A spatial and temporal solution to temperature monitoring was found in satellite derived sea surface temperature estimates. Moderate-Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) data was compared to in situ temperature data collected at Flamingo Lodge, southern Angola with the Aqua and Terra products showing a 0.8°C and 0.7°C over estimate respectively. Using MODIS Terra SST data an inshore linear warming trend of up to 1.5°C/decade (2000- 2010) above the global average (0.07°C/decade) has been found in the northern reaches of A. coronus’ distribution, identifying this area as a warming hotspot. This warming trend, coupled with amplifications of the seasonal warm water intrusion into the region (Benguela Niños), may explain the discovery of A. coronus individuals in the southern Benguela. If such trends continue, it is expected that this species may undergo a southerly distribution shift and become targeted by the already well established recreational kob fishery in northern Namibia.

Introduction

The oceans are warming globally, at a rate of 0.07°C per decade (Burrows et al. 2011). This threatens many fish species which, as poikilotherms have evolved to tolerate a limited temperature range. The physiological processes of poikilotherms have evolved to function optimally within a specific environmental temperature regime and as a result these organisms are unable to function efficiently outside of their tolerable temperature range (Helfman et al. 2009). When a fish is exposed to temperatures above its thermal tolerance limit, it experiences among other physiological changes, an elevated metabolism increases oxygen demand. In a warming ocean this problem is confounded, as the solubility of oxygen decreases with increasing temperature, limiting the amount of oxygen available for metabolism (Pörtner and Knust 2007). Fish must, therefore, move away from unfavourable conditions such as increased temperatures, or face eventual mortality.

This study aimed to determine the extent of environmental change in the inshore region of the Angola-Benguela frontal zone (ABFZ) and predict the impact of this change on the distribution of the west coast dusky kob A. coronus.

Any responses to temperature changes by A. coronus in the region could only be assessed once the optimum temperature range of this species had been identified. Catch per unit effort (CPUE) data from Flamingo Lodge, southern Angola (2005 – 2009), in conjunction with daily MODIS

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 201 Aqua and Terra satellite imagery was analysed to identify inshore temperatures on occasions -1 when CPUE was greater than 0.01 fish.anglerhour . For the west coast dusky kob, the optimum temperature range was considered to be 16-22°C. The optimum ranges of salinity and dissolved oxygen were to be identified. However, due to the lack of in situ data available for these parameters, modelled monthly data was used as rough estimates.

A warming hotspot in the northern Benguela

Temperature changes in the northern Benguela over the past 25 years were investigated using corrected satellite sea surface temperature (SST) retrieval data. A linear trend of ~0.6°C.decade-1 was found to have occurred between 1985 and 2009 in the Angola-Benguela frontal zone in particular and this trend was found to have increased to >0.8°C for the last decade. The majority of the northern Benguela region has experienced warming at a much faster rate than the global mean (0.07°C.decade1) over the last decade (Fig 1). Furthermore, two inshore (<200m depth) hotspots of localised warming were identified at 15.5-17°S and 18.5-20°S where the linear trend of warming over the last decade (2000-2010) was found to be significant at the 90-95% level.

Figure 1: Linear warming trend in the northern Benguela using (a) Pathfinder (1985-2009) 4x4 km resolution, (b) MODIS Terra (200-2010) 4x4 km resolution and MODIS Terra (2000-2010) 2x2 km resolution data.

page 202 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Warming hotspots are areas where warming rates are greater than the global mean. Organisms become stressed in these regions and their responses could be used to predict biological responses in regions where warming is currently slower. The described warming trends were investigated further through analysis of the surface expression of the 20 and 22 °C isotherms (Fig 2). The 22°C isotherm is considered to be the upper limit of the optimum thermal tolerance range for A. coronus and thus could indicate the northern limit of its distribution in the region. Although the seasonal temperature cycle of the ABFZ is clear, both the 20 and 22°C isotherms appear to have shifted slightly southwards between 1985 and 2009 (Fig 2). An increase in the southerly influence of warm events and their residence time is evident.

Figure 2: The annually averaged location of the 20 and 22°C isotherms between 15 and 20 °S along 11.58°E measured using Pathfinder (1985-2009) 4x4 km resolution data. The extreme nature of the 1995 Benguela Nino is also evident in this image.

The warming trends observed over the last decade (2000-2010) are likely to be the caused by decadal variability in the region. However the existence of a significant linear warming trend over a 25 year period indicated that the recent warming in the northern Benguela may be related to more than just decadal variability and may persist into the future. The localised warming in the ABFZ region is thought to be caused by an increase in the residence time of the seasonal intrusions by Angola Current water into the region. This is brought about by a decadal scale trend in weakened upwelling in the central Benguela (Hutchings et al. 2009). These warming trends (and their persistence) pose a threat to the temperate biota of the region and may result in a shift of organisms to cooler waters at higher latitudes, which has been observed in other temperate regions of the world (Parmesan and Yohe 2003, Parmesan 2006, Burrows et al. 2011).

The response of west coast dusky kob

Due to the thermal stability of water, warming generally occurs relatively slowly and organisms have time to adapt. Shifts in the distributional ranges of marine organisms have been observed in response to extreme warming events as well as general warming trends in temperate regions (Parmesan and Yohe 2003, Parmesan 2006, Pörtner and Knust 2007, Hutchings et al. 2009, Burrows et al. 2011). This has been especially apparent in pelagic species, or species with pelagic larval stages, and these species are expected to undergo further distributional variations in the future (Harley et al. 2006).

A. coronus has shown signs of a potential distribution shift in recent years. Between 2005 and 2010 the CPUE for A. coronus at the Flamingo Lodge study site, southern Angola, decreased while that of other important fishery species in the region (shad Pomatomus saltatrix and leervis Lichia amia) has increased (Fig 3). Furthermore, wet coast dusky kob experienced a 27% reduction in average length between 2005 and 2009, and it seems that the adult portion of the

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 203 population has largely disappeared compared to the local populations of shad and leervis. The potential distributional shift is also evident in genetic results. In 1995 a study was carried out in northern Namibia and southern Angola where 100% of the kob caught in southern Angola were identified as A. coronus while this species only represented 10% of the kob caught in northern Namibia. The other 90% of the catch was made up of A. inodorus (silver kob) individuals. However, when the study was repeated in 2009, although A. coronus still comprised 100% of the southern Angola kob catch, they now represented 60% of the northern Namibian kob catch. This evidence confirms that we expect this species to follow its optimum temperature range and move south.

Figure 3: Catch per unit effort (CPUE) data for west coast dusky kob (A.coronus), leervis (Lichia amia) and shad (Pomatomus saltatrix) between 2005 and 2010 at Flamingo Lodge, southern Angola. A dramatic decrease in the CPUE of .A.coronus is evident.

If warming trends in the region continue at the present rates, and this species continues to shift southwards, current management strategies for Argyrosomus coronus would need to be adapted to encompass the expected changes in the species distribution. The vulnerability of a species generally increases if it undergoes a range contraction (Parmesan 2006), as its catchability may increase. This is particularly relevant in the case of the west coast dusky kob as a southerly range shift and possible range contraction (associated with strengthened upwelling at Luderitz) would concentrate this species in central and northern Namibia. This is a region known for its well established recreational fisheries (Kirchner 1998) and A. coronus will likely be caught in these fisheries. The Skeleton Coast National Park (17.5-21.1°S) in Namibia however, could provide some protection from fishing pressure unless the population shift extends further south of 22°S. On a positive note, the large size attained by the west coast dusky kob (max 77kg, common to 50kg) (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995), when compared with the Namibian kob species, the silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus) (max 36.5kg, common to 15kg) (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995) will provide the recreational fishery of northern and central Namibia with a major boost. The Namibian recreational fishery is extremely important for the economy of coastal communities (Stage and Kirchner 2005) thus it is critical that a new resource such as this is well managed to maximise its long-term benefit. The required management plan is complicated by the extremely similar morphological characteristics of the two kob species and the vastly different life histories. For example, A. coronus matures at approximately 90 cm (Potts et al. 2010) compared with 40 cm (Griffiths and Heemstra 1995) for A. inodorus. Therefore, future management plans must recognise the potential of the A. coronus resource and will need to incorporate the seasonal trends in relative dominance of the two species. For

page 204 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium example, the west coast dusky kob may be the dominant species during the summer and autumn months and fishery regulations should be designed towards this species during that time. This will ensure that A. coronus is protected when it is dominant in the Namibian fishery.

Unfortunately, Namibia’s gain is southern Angola’s loss and a southerly shift in the distribution of A. coronus will negatively impact the artisanal fishery for this species in southern Angola (Potts et al. 2010). In addition, continued warming in the region could lead to similar spatial distribution shifts of other important fishery species in the future. Coastal communities and local economies would then suffer from a decrease in abundance of economically important fisheries resources. It is recommended that experimental fishing for tropical species be initiated in this area, to ensure that communities can quickly respond to the arrival of new fisheries resources from the north.

Conclusions

The results of this study suggest that if current warming trends in the ABFZ region continue, the spatial distribution of A. coronus will shift southwards into northern and central Namibia. This would result in this species becoming targeted in the recreational fisheries of Namibia, and would require major changes to existing management plans if new kob resource was to be protected. It was demonstrated that the approximate changes in spatial distribution of this species can be assessed using satellite derived SST information. These movements can then be incorporated into management plans for the west coast dusky kob to ensure its protection in the heavily fished Namibian waters.

However this approach relies on the accurate determination of the optimum temperature range of the species, which is only possible if accurate CPUE and in situ water temperature data are available. This study, therefore, recommends the installation of temperature loggers at strategic positions along the Angolan and Namibian coasts, followed by the addition of dissolved oxygen and salinity sensors onto the same mooring. The installation of temperature loggers at strategic locations along the coast, corresponding with sites of ongoing CPUE monitoring would benefit studies such as this one where in situ oceanographic data is limited. Temperature loggers can be placed in the water column on a permanent basis and remotely relay data to a laboratory computer. The loggers can be set to specific satellite overpass times to encourage a direct comparison between locally observed sea surface temperatures and those derived from satellite sensors. This would improve the correction factors applied to satellite data used here and thus enable a more accurate understanding of surface temperature variability in the region. Temperature loggers also allow for the monitoring of temperature change with depth, and could shed light on the characteristics of warming events which are too thought to increase if the identified warming of the northern Benguela continues. Information collected using this equipment would significantly contribute to our understanding of the ecology of the northern Benguela. Without this, resource managers in the northern Benguela would not be able to plan for future scenarios of marine resource abundance and spatial distribution changes. This could lead to unsustainable exploitation of these resources and significant socioeconomic problems in the region.

Studies such as this one demonstrate the applicability of satellite data to marine resource management. As the global oceans continue to undergo major temperature changes in response to our changing climate, many marine species are expected to shift their distributional ranges. Methodologies similar to the one used in this study could describe these changes in spatial distribution and could be applied to a range of different species to ensure their successful management.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 205 References

Burrows MT, Schoeman DS, Buckley LB, Moore P, Poloczanska ES, Brander KM, Brown C,Bruno JF, Duarte CM, Halpem BS, Holding J, Kappel CV, Kiessling W, O’Connor MI, Pandolfi JM, Parmesan C, Schwing FB, Sydeman WJ, Richardson AJ. 2011. The pace of shifting climate in marine and terrestrial ecosystems. Science 334:652–654. Griffiths MH, Heemstra PC. 1995. A contribution to the taxonomy of the marine fish genus Argyrosomus, with descriptions of two new species from southern Africa. Ichthyological Bulletin 65:1–40. Harley CDG, Hughes AR, Hultgren KM, Miner BG, Sorte CJB, Thomber CS, Rodriguez LF,Tomanek L, Williams SL. 2006. The impacts of climate change in coastal marine systems. Ecology Letters 9:228–241. Helfman GS, Collette BB, Facey DE, Bowen BW. 2009. The diversity of fishes. Blackwell Publishing Ltd, Oxford, UK, pp 720. Hutchings L, van der Lingen CD, Shannon LJ, Crawford RJM, Verheye HMS, Bartholomae CH, van der Plas AK, Louw D, Kreiner A, Ostrowski M, Fidel Q, Barlow RG, Lamont T, Coetzee J, Shillington F, Veitch J, Currie JC, Monteiro PMS. 2009. The Benguela Current: An ecosystem of four components. Progress in Oceanography 83:15–32. Kirchner C. 1998. Population dynamics and stock assessment of the exploited silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus) in Namibian waters. PhD Thesis, University of Port Elizabeth. Parmesan C. 2006. Ecological and evolutionary responses to recent climate change. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics 37:637–69. Parmesan C, Yohe G. 2003. A globally coherent fingerprint of climate change impacts across natural systems. Nature 421:37–42. Pörtner HO, Knust P. 2007. Climate change affects marine fishes through the oxygen limitation of thermal tolerance. Science 315:95–97. Potts WM, Sauer WHH, Henriques R, Sequesseque S, Santos CV, Shaw PW. 2010. The biology, life history and management needs of a large sciaenid fish, Argyrosomus coronus, in Angola. African Journal of Marine Science 32:247–258. Stage J, Kirchner CH. 2005. An economic comparison of the commercial and recreational line fisheries in Namibia. African Journal of Marine Science 27:577–584.

page 206 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 8 – Fish Movement Studies: Chair Tor Næsje The genetic stock structure of slinger (Chrysoblephus puniceus) in the South West Indian Ocean

Murray Duncan1, Monica Mwale2, Sean Fennessey3 1 Rhodes University, PO Box 94, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa. 2 South African Institute of Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa. 3 Oceanographic Research Institute, PO Box 10712, Marine Parade 4056, Durban, South Africa.

Introduction

The slinger, Chrysoblephus puniceus, a seabream of the family Sparidae, is one of the most important linefish species in South Africa and Mozambique (Garratt 1985, Lichucha 1999). It contributes between 31 – 34% to the commercial line fishery catch in KwaZulu-Natal (Lamberth et al. 2009), and about 40% to the semi-industrial linefish catch in southern Mozambique (Instituto de Investigacao Pesqueira, unpubl. data). C. puniceus is endemic to South Africa and Mozambique with its core distribution stretching from Vilankulos in southern Mozambique to the Transkei in South Africa (Garratt 1985). Like most sparids, C. puniceus is a relatively slow-growing protogynous hermaphrodite, which makes it more susceptible to fishing pressure (Garratt et al. 1993, Garratt 1986). Despite its fisheries importance, very little is known about C. puniceus’ genetic stock structure, larval dispersal and migration.

Concern over decreasing C. puniceus catch trends in the 1990s led to stock assessments based on per-recruit analysis in South Africa (Punt et al. 1993) and Mozambique (Lichucha 2001), both of which indicated that stocks were overexploited; the former authors also noted the possible dependence of South African stocks on recruitment from Mozambique. These stock assessments helped contribute to the minister’s declaration of a crisis in the South African linefishery in 2000. In South Africa, management tools such as the declaration of additional Marine Protected Areas and a reduction in commercial fishing effort were enforced to rebuild linefish stocks. Although these assessments are currently being updated, the degree to which South Africa and Mozambique share this stock needs to be investigated. An understanding of the genetic diversity and isolation among C. puniceus populations is imperative for the better management of the species since the resource may be a trans-boundary stock shared between South Africa and Mozambique. Garratt (1985) and Punt et al. (1993), suggest that larvae drift from north to south, with a return migration of fish from the south to the north.

A first step would therefore be to establish the degree to which populations of C. puniceus in South Africa and Mozambique are genetically isolated. Population genetic methods offer different tools for identifying, classifying and investigating stock structure at both the population and stock level (Shaklee et al. 1999; Oosthuizen et al. 2004; Teske et al. 2010). Genetic studies can advise management decisions through the estimation of the genetic variation of a species over time, the historical changes in stock structure, annual recruitment success as well as the patterns of dispersal and connectivity of larvae and adults among areas (Shaklee et al. 1999; Chow et al. 2000; von der Heyden et al. 2007). Such studies can form the basis, or reference point, for future stock assessment studies on C. puniceus when combined with traditional approaches such as CPUE and per recruit data.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 207 The aim of this study was therefore to provide an assessment of the genetic structure, connectivity and levels of variability throughout C. puniceus’ range. The provision of this information can complement ongoing stock assessments and be integrated into marine biodiversity conservation planning and the management of exploited resources.

Materials and methods

Genetic tissue samples were collected at sampling locations throughout the distributional range of C. puniceus, stored in 90% alcohol and grouped based on geographic proximity for analysis (Table 1). Genetic material was extracted using the commercially available Wizard® Genomic DNA purification kit as per the manufacturer’s instructions (Promega, USA). One mitochondrial gene region (Control region) and 10 microsatellite loci were selected for amplification through polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Processing of control region primers and PCR conditions followed Teske et al. (2010), while Processing of microsatellite primers and PCR conditions followed Chopelet et al. (2009). PCR product purification and sequencing was done through a commercial sequencing facility (Macrogen inc., Korea).

Table 1: Sampling location, number of samples per location and geographic grouping.

Location Number Group Ponta de Barra 36 1 Ponta Zavora 30 2 Quissico 16 2 Xai Xai 30 3 Bilene 6 3 Inhaca 30 4 Ponta do Ouro 30 5 Richards Bay 40 6 Shelly Beach 30 7 Rocky Bay 15 7 Pondoland MPA 31 8 Southern Transkei 8 9

Control region sequence chromatograms were cleaned in Chromas lite v2.01 (Technelysium Pty Ltd) and aligned in Seqman proTM (DnaStar). Summary statistics of aligned sequences were calculated in DnaSPv5 (Librado and Rozas 2009). Analysis of molecular variance (AMOVA) and pairwise (FST) population comparisons were done in Arlequin 3.5 (Excoffier and Lischer 2009). A median joining haplotype network was calculated in network 4.6 (Fluxus Technology Ltd). Spatial analysis of molecular variance (SAMOVA) was calculated in SAMOVA 1.0 (Dupanloup et al. 2002). A mantel test for isolation by distance was done in IBDWS 3.23 (Jensen et al. 2005).

Microsatellite scoring was done using Genemarker ver 2.2.0 (Softgenetcis® LLC). AMOVA and pairwise (RST) population comparisons were estimated in Arlequin 3.5 (Excoffier and Lischer 2009). SAMOVA and Mantel tests followed the procedure used for the Control region data set. A structure analysis was done using Structure 2.3.3 (Pritchard et al. 2000) and negative ln likelihood means for each possible number of populations were analysed in Statistica ver 10 (Statsoft).

page 208 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Results

A 944 base pair (bp) sequence was obtained for the Control region from 282 viable samples. The 944 bp sequence set had a large haplotype diversity (0.99) which made statistical analysis difficult. A shorter, more conserved region consisting of the first 270 bp was subsequently selected for analysis as the haplotype diversity was reduced to 0.86, enabling greater statistical rigour. From the microsatellite data 300 viable samples were obtained with 10 polymorphic loci.

Pairwise FST population comparison P-values for both the 944bp and 270bp samples showed no significant difference (P > 0.05) between sampling localities except for some fine scale structuring between Xai Xai versus Ponta do Ouro and Richards Bay, and between Inhaca and three localities (Ponta de Barra, Quissico and Richards Bay). Pairwise RST population comparison P-values showed no significant difference (P > 0.05) between localities except between Shelly Beach and Ponta de Barra.

AMOVA for both Control region sequence sets and microsatellite data showed no significant differences at any hierarchical level, with close to 100% of the variance being explained within populations and within individuals respectively. SAMOVA analysis found no groupings that had significant differences or which had a possible biological basis. A median joining haplotype network for the 270bp Control region sequence indicated a single panmictic stock.

Isolation by distance mantel tests showed no significance (P > 0.05) for either the 270 bp Control region sequence set or the microsatellite data, with weak R2 values of 0.017 and 0.004 respectively. The structure analysis based on mean negative ln likelihoods showed a significantly higher probability (Kruskal-Wallace ANOVA, P < 0.05) of their being one population throughout the distribution of C. puniceus, rather than multiple populations.

Conclusions and Discussion

The extreme variability of the mitochondrial control region makes it an unsuitable marker for population genetic studies on C. puniceus and other sparids in this genus (Teske et al. 2010). This variability was also observed in swordfish, Xiphius gladius, population genetic studies (Rosel and Block 1996, Alvarado Bremer et al. 1996), resulting in a shorter more conserved region of the gene being considered. Bradman et al. (2011) compared the Control region to ND2 for X. gladius population studies and found that the slower-evolving ND2 defined more genetic structure. These results and the findings of this study suggest that the control region should not be used when doing population genetic studies.

Microsatellite data provided strong evidence that C. puniceus exists as a single, well-mixed stock through its distribution and can thus be considered a single trans-boundary stock. The lack of genetic differentiation throughout C. puniceus’ distribution is in accordance with other population genetic studies on endemic sparids of southern Africa. Roman, Chrysoblephus laticeps (Teske et al. 2010), and Cape stumpnose, Rhabdosargus holubi (Oosthuizen 2006), both were found to show genetic homogeneity throughout their distribution. It is believed that the broadcast spawning and long larval phase of some marine species contributes to low levels of genetic differentiation (Grant and Bowen 1998).

The prevailing North to South flow of the Mozambique and Agulhas Currents, in combination with southward-migrating Mozambique Channel eddies and shelf currents passing through C. puniceus habitat are likely to facilitate southward larval dispersal. One would therefore expect a genetic isolation by distance with higher genetic variability in the southern region compared to the northern region, which is not the case. It is therefore likely that there is a return northern migration of at least part of the population at some point in their life history, as hypothesized by Garratt (1985). Limited tagging studies have indicated that adult C. puniceus are fairly resident (Garratt 1993, Maggs 2011) suggesting that it is most likely juvenile fish that move northwards.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 209 The indication that C. puniceus exists as a single trans-boundary stock in Mozambique and South Africa is a cause for concern if the management strategies in the two countries are not aligned. Punt et al. (1993) suggested that the relative lack of fishing effort in Mozambique at that time may be masking the effects of overexploitation in South Africa. Fishing effort in the southern Mozambique linefishery has increased markedly since the mid 1990’s (Lichucha 1999) which is likely to have affected catches in the South African linefishery for C. puniceus by reducing recruitment. Increased recruitment into the fishery through MPA networks such as the St Lucia Marine Reserve and the Ponta do Ouro Partial Marine Reserve, protecting spawning adults, thus becomes increasingly important. Catch data and trends from Mozambique should be investigated as they would likely add value to South African assessments, providing a more holistic view of the fishery and could assist in interpreting catch trends in the South African linefishery for C. puniceus.

Acknowledgements

SWIOFP, DAAD and WIOMSA for funding. Bruce Mann and Rui Jorge Mutombene for samples. Rhett Bennett for help with microsatellite analyses.

References

Alvarado Bremer JR, Mejuto J, Greig TW, Ely B. 1996. Population structure of the swordfish (Xiphias gladius L.) as revealed by analysis of the mitochondrial DNA control region. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 197: 295-310. Bradman H, Grewwe P, Appleton B. 2011. Direct comparison of mitochondrial markers for the analysis of swordfish population structure. Fisheries Research 109: 95 – 99. Chopelet J, Helyar S, Mann, B, Mariani S. 2009. Novel polymorphic microsatellite loci for the protogynous hermaphrodite slinger sea bream (Chrysoblephus puniceus, Sparidae). Molecular Ecology Resources 9: 1223–1226. Chow S, Okamoto H, Miyabe N, Hiramatsu, K. 2000. Genetic divergence between Atlantic and Indo- Pacific stocks of bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus) and admixture around South Africa. Molecular Ecology 9: 221-227. Dupanloup I, Schneider S, Excoffier L. 2002. A simulated annealing approach to define the genetic structure of populations. Molecular Ecology 11: 2571-2581. Excoffier L, Lischer H. 2009. Arlequin version 3.5. An integrated software package for population genetics data analysis. http://cmpg.unibe.ch/software/arlequin3. Garratt PA. 1985. The offshore linefishery of Natal: l: Exploited population structures of the sparids Chrysoblephus puniceus and Cheimerius nufar. Investigational Report 62. Durban: Oceanographic Research Institute. pp 1-21. Garratt PA. 1986. Protogynous hermaphroditism in slinger Chrysoblephus puniceus (Gilchrist and Thompson, 1971) (Teleostei: Sparidae). Journal of Fish Biology 28: 297-306. Garratt PA. 1993. Slinger-the final nalysis? In: Beckley LE, van der Elst RP (eds) Fish, Fishers and Fisheries – Proceedings of the Second South African Marine Linefish Symposium, 23 – 24 Ocober 1992, Durban, Kwa-Zulu Natal: Special Publication No. 2. Ocenographic Research Institute: pp 28 – 31. Grant WS, Bowen BW. 1998. Shallow population histories in deep evolutionary lineages of marine fishes: insights from Sardines and Anchovies and lessons for conservation. The Journal of Heredity 89: 415-426 Jensen JL, Bohonak AJ, Kelley ST. 2005. Isolation by distance, web service. BMC Genetics 6: 13. V.3.23. http://ibdws.sdsu.edu. Lamberth SJ, Drapeau L, Branch GM. 2000. The effects of altered freshwater inflows on catch rates of non-estuarine-dependent fish in a multispecies nearshore linefishery. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science. 84: 527-538.

page 210 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Librado P, Rozas J.2009. DnaSP v5: A software for comprehensive analysis of DNA polymorphism data. Bioinformatics 225: 1451-1452. Lichucha I. 1999. The status of slinger exploitation in southern Mozambique. In: Mann BQ (ed), Proceedings of the Third South African Marine Linefish Symposium, 27 April to 1 May 1999, Arniston, Western Cape: SANCOR Occasional Report Series 5. Lichucha I. 2001. Management of the linefish resource in Southern Mozambique: A case study for Marreco (Chrysoblephus puniceus). MSc Thesis, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal, South Africa. Maggs JQ. 2011. Fish surveys in exploited and protected areas of the Pondoland marine protected area with consideration of the impact of the MPA on coastal fisheries. MSc thesis, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal, South Africa. Oosthuizen A, Jiwaji M, Shaw P. 2004. Genetic analysis of the Octopus vulgaris population on the coast of South Africa. South African Journal of Science 100: 603–607. Oostuizen CJ. 2006. Genetic variation within Cape stumpnose, Rhabdosargus holubi Steindachner (Teleostei: Sparidae). MSc Thesis, University of Pretoria, South Africa. Pritchard JK, Stephens M, Donnelly P. 2000. Inference of population structure using multilocus genotype data. Genetics 25: 1451-1452. Punt AE, Garratt PA, Govender A. 1993. On an approach for applying per-recruit methods to a protogynous hermaphrodite, with an illustration for the slinger Chrysoblephus puniceus (Pisces: Sparidae). South African Journal of Marine Biology 13: 109-119. Rosel PE, Block BA. 1996. Mitochondrial control region variability and global population structure in swordfish Xiphius gladius. Marine Biology 125: 11-22. Shaklee JB, Beacham TD, Seeb L, White BN. 1999. Managing fisheries using genetic data: case studies from four species of Pacific salmon. Fisheries Research 43: 45-78. Teske PR, Forget FRG, Cowley PD, von der Heyden S, Beheregaray LB. 2010. Connectivity between marine reserves and exploited areas in the philopatric seabream Chrysoblephus laticeps (Teleostei: Sparidae). Marine Biology 157: 2029–2042. Von Der Heyden S, Lipinski MR, Matthee CA. 2007. Mitochondrial DNA analyses of the Cape hakes reveal an expanding, panmictic population for Merluccius capensis and population structuring for mature fish in Merluccius paradoxus. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 42: 517-527.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 211 Does the restricted movement paradigm apply to the estuarine-dependent spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii?

PD Cowley1, TF Næsje2, A-R Childs1, RH Bennett1, EB Thorstad2, CM Chittenden3 and R Hedger2 1 South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown, South Africa. 2 Norwegian Institute for Nature Research, P.O. Box 5685 Sluppen, NO-7485 Trondheim, Norway. 3 Department of Arctic and Marine Biology, University of Tromsø, NO-9037 Tromsø, Norway.

Introduction

Movement studies are necessary to gain information on the spatial and temporal distribution of fishes, which, in turn, is important for the identification of appropriate management measures for fishery species. In South Africa, studies conducted on the movement patterns of inshore coastal fishery species have revealed the dominance of restricted movement (resident/station keeping) behaviour and highlighted the importance of no-take marine protected areas (MPAs) (e.g. Cowley 1999; Cowley et al. 2002; Attwood and Cowley 2005; Kerwath et al. 2009; Watt- Pringle 2009; Bennett et al. 2012). The benefits of station keeping behaviour are apparent, particularly for reef-associated species, as knowledge of a small home range area with fixed structures and resources allows for efficient refuge from predators and foraging (Eristhee and Oxenford 2001). However, not all coastal environments offer the same degree of uniformity in terms of habitats and physico-chemical conditions. For example, estuaries are subject to tidally-driven changes in salinity, temperature and turbidity. These rhythmic and sometimes abrupt changes in environmental conditions can place considerable physiological demands on station keeping fishes that reside in estuaries, forcing them to undertake movements to decrease stresses associated with unfavourable environmental conditions. Indeed this “riding the tide” behaviour has been observed in several estuarine-associated species (e.g. Almeida 1996; Hartill et al. 2003), including the local dusky kob Argyrosomus japonicus (Næsje et al. 2012).

In recent years, acoustic telemetry has been used to study the behaviour of several important coastal fishery species. In particular, the spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii has received considerable attention. Research conducted on the Great Fish Estuary investigated the movements, space use patterns, home range parameters, influence of environmental parameters and vulnerability to exploitation (Næsje et al. 2007, Childs et al. 2008a,b,c). Similarly, studies conducted in the intermittently open East Kleinemonde Estuary examined movement patterns, home range dynamics and space use patterns in relation to prey abundance (Kerwath et al. 2005, O’Connell 2008, O’Connell et al. in prep.). The motivation for this research attention was based on the findings of roving creel surveys conducted on numerous estuarine systems, which revealed that the spotted grunter is one of the most targeted estuarine fish species. These fishery surveys also revealed that the majority of fish captured were retained and many were below the legal size limit (e.g. Cowley et al. 2004, Potts et al. 2004). This lack of compliance indicates that there is a need for assessment of alternative management measures, such as no-take area closures. To date, acoustic telemetry studies on the juvenile spotted grunter (e.g. Childs et al. 2008b) have provided empirical evidence that they display restricted movements during their estuarine-dependent phase. However, little is known about the movement patterns of adults.

This study aimed to investigate estuarine residency, dispersal and movements of sub-adult and adult spotted grunter between estuaries and coastal areas using a regional network of acoustic receivers. Of particular interest was to identify a synchronized, collective movement away from the array of estuarine receivers, indicative of a spawning migration. A minimum of two acoustic receivers was deployed in eight neighbouring estuaries, spanning 271 km of coastline (Figure

page 212 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium 1). The two ports within Algoa Bay (Port Elizabeth Harbour and Port of Ngqura) were also equipped with acoustic receivers. A total of 26 fish were tagged with one-year lifespan acoustic transmitters (Vemco V13) in the Kariega (n = 17) and Bushmans (n = 9) estuaries.

Results and Discussion

Estuarine residency and habitat connectivity

The mean observation period (confirmed by receiver detections) for fish tagged in the Kariega and Bushmans estuaries was 417 and 328 days, respectively. On average, the fish tagged in the Kariega estuary spent 57% of their time in their home estuary, 29% of their time at sea and 14% of their time in other monitored estuaries (Fig 2). In contrast, the fish tagged in the Bushmans Estuary (n = 9) spent 88%, 11% and 1% of their time in their home estuary, at sea and in other estuaries, respectively (Fig 3).

Figure 1: Map of the study area showing the eight estuaries and two ports that were equipped with acoustic receivers (numbers represent the number of acoustic receivers in each system). Fish were tagged in the Kariega (n = 17) and Bushmans (n = 9) estuaries

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 213 Figure 2: Proportion of time spent in different environments by 17 spotted grunter tagged in the Kariega Estuary. Stippled bars = time spent in home estuary, black bars = time spent in other estuaries and grey bars = time spent at sea. Arrow indicates 24 December 2008

Figure 3: Proportion of time spent in different environments by nine spotted grunter tagged in the Bushmans Estuary. Stippled bars = time spent in home estuary, black bars = time spent in other estuaries and grey bars = time spent at sea. Arrow indicates 24 June 2009

Most of the fish (n = 12) tagged in the Kariega Estuary went to sea and re-entered estuarine habitats, of which nine returned to their home estuary (Kariega), seven went into the neighbouring Bushmans Estuary (2 km away), six entered the Kowie Estuary (22 km away), two went into the Great Fish Estuary (49 km away), three went into the Sundays Estuary (82 km away) and seven entered Swartkops Estuary (109 km away). No tagged fish were recorded in the ports in Algoa Bay or the two estuaries furthest away (Gamtoos - 196 km and Kromme - 225 km). Of the fish tagged in the Bushmans estuary, all went to sea but only two were

page 214 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium recorded elsewhere, both in the nearby Kowie Estuary (24 km away). Observations on the wide ranging behaviour and visits to other estuaries once leaving their home estuary were made possible by the expanded telemetry network that covered sheltered habitats along 271 km of coastline. However, it was possible that the tagged individuals moved further afield or entered other unmonitored estuaries, but considering that none of the tagged fish entered the furthest estuaries monitored, it is proposed that the findings are representative of the level of habitat connectivity displayed by the tagged fish.

Estuarine movements

The Kariega Estuary was equipped with 16 acoustic receivers to monitor the movements of tagged fish (n = 17) within the system. All tagged fish remained resident in one portion of the estuary that corresponded with their capture and release site, for the duration of their monitored estuarine residency periods (mean = 92% of their time; range 8-100%). This pattern is in agreement with earlier studies conducted in the Great Fish Estuary (Næsje et al. 2007, Childs et al. 2008a,b) and the East Kleinemonde Estuary (Kerwath et al. 2005; O’Connell 2008; O’Connell et al. in prep.). In all cases tagged spotted grunter exhibited station keeping behaviour, with few up- and down-estuary movements, and maintained small home ranges relative to the size of the estuary.

Spawning migration

The extended estuarine residency period displayed by four individuals that remained in the Kariega Estuary (mean = 419 days; range = 331 - 547) suggests that some individuals do not undertake annual spawning migrations to sea. Despite the ability to migrate to known spawning areas in KwaZulu-Natal (Wallace 1975a,b; Connell 1996) without being detected by the receiver array, there was no evidence of a synchronous collective departure with an absence period long enough to confirm such a migration. However, two collective seaward emigrations were observed. In December 2008, eight of the 15 tagged fish still present in the Kariega Estuary went to sea, of which four never returned (Fig 2). Similarly, all eight tagged fish still present in the Bushmans Estuary made a short sea trip in June 2009 (Fig 3). Initially, it was thought that these seawards migrations (particularly the former) could be attributed to spawning activity. However, upon further investigation these events were ascribed to some instinctive behaviour in response to extreme weather conditions. On 24 December 2008 and 24 June 2009, the south eastern seaboard of South Africa experienced some of the roughest seas and sharpest drops barometric pressure ever recorded (South African Weather Services; Cowley et al. unpublished data).

Considering that reproductively active (ripe or ripe running) spotted grunter have not been reported from the south east coast of South Africa, Webb (2002) proposed that they migrate to KwaZulu-Natal to spawn. However, this suggestion is not supported by unpublished tagging data collected by the Oceanographic Research Institute’s national tagging project, which revealed that only 2% of recaptured fish moved more than 100km, while 95% of the recaptures were made within 3.5 km of where they were tagged. The conventional tagging data provide supportive evidence of the findings of this study.

Conclusion

The results indicate that while sub-adult and adult spotted grunter display high levels of connectivity between estuarine and marine environments, they do conform to the restricted movement paradigm and display a high degree of site fidelity within estuarine environments, thereby highlighting the dependence of this species on estuarine habitats throughout ontogeny. Fisheries and environmental management authorities need to be aware of the implication of these findings to ensure corrective management of this important fisheries species. Furthermore, aspects of the reproductive biology and spawning of spotted grunter populations in waters of the Eastern Cape and Western Cape Provinces require additional research attention.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 215 References

Almeida PR. 1996. Estuarine movement patterns of adult thin-lipped grey mullet, Liza ramada (Risso) (Pisces, Mugilidae) observed by ultrasonic tracking. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 202: 137-150. Attwood CG, Cowley PD. 2005. Alternative explanations of the dispersal pattern of galjoen (Dichistius capensis). African Journal of Marine Science 27: 141-156. Bennett RH. 2012. Movement patterns, stock delineation and conservation of an endemic coastal fishery species Lithognathus lithognathus (Pisces: Sparidae). PhD Thesis, Rhodes University Grahamstown. Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Næsje TF, Booth AJ, Potts WM, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2008a. Estuarine use by spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii in a South African estuary. African Journal of Marine Science 30(1): 123-132. Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Næsje TF, Booth AJ, Potts WM, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2008b. Home range of an estuarine-dependent fishery species Pomadasys commersonnii in a South African estuary. Fisheries Management and Ecology 15: 441-448. Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Næsje TF, Booth AJ, Potts WM, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2008c. Do environmental factors influence the movement of an estuarine fish? A case study using acoustic telemetry. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science. 78: 227-236. Connell AD 1996. Sea fishes spawning pelagic eggs in the St Lucia estuary. South African Journal of Zoology. 31: 37-41. Cowley PD. 1999. Preliminary observations on the movement patterns of white steenbras Lithognathus lithognathus and bronze bream Pachymetopon grande (Teleostei: Sparidae) in the Tsitsikamma National Park Marine Reserve. In: Proceedings of the third southern African marine linefish symposium, Arniston, 28 April–1 May 1999. pp 106-108. Eristhee N, Oxenford HA. 2001. Home range size and use of space by Bermuda chub Kyphosus sectatrix (L.) in two marine reserves in the Soufrière Marine Management Area, St Lucia, West Indies. Journal of Fish Biology 59: 129-151. Cowley PD, Brouwer SL, Tilney RL. 2002. The role of the Tsitsikamma National Park in the management of four shore-angling fishes along the south-eastern Cape coast of South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 27-35. Cowley PD, Wood AD, Corroyer B, Nsubuya Y, Chalmers R. 2004. A survey of fishery resource utilization on four Eastern Cape estuaries (Great Fish, West Kleinemonde, East Kleinemonde and Kowie). Protocols contributing to the management of estuaries in South Africa, with a particular emphasis on the Eastern Cape Province. Vol III, Project C, Supplementary Report C5: pp 129-165. Hartill BW, Morrison MA, Smith MD, Boubée J, Parsons DM. 2003. Diurnal and tidal movements of snapper (Pagrus auratus, Sparidae) in an estuarine environment. Marine and Freshwater Research 54: 931–940. Kerwath SE, Götz A, Cowley PD, Sauer WHH, Attwood CG. 2005. A telemetry experiment on spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii in an African estuary. African Journal of Marine Science 27: 389-394. Kerwath SE, Götz A, Attwood CG, Cowley PD, Sauer WHH. 2007. Movement pattern and home range of roman Chrysoblephus laticeps. African Journal of Marine Science 29: 93-104. Kerwath SE, Thorstad EB, Næsje TF, Cowley PD, Økland F, Wilke C, Attwood CG. 2009. Crossing Invisible Boundaries: the Effectiveness of the Langebaan Lagoon Marine Protected Area as a Harvest Refuge for a Migratory Fish Species in South Africa. Conservation Biology. 23: 653-661. Næsje TF, Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Potts WM, Thorstad EB, Økland F. 2007. Movements of undersized spotted grunter (Pomadasys commersonnii) in the Great Fish Estuary, South Africa: implications for fisheries management. Hydrobiologia 582: 25-34. Næsje TF, Cowley PD, Diserud OH, Childs A-R, Kerwath SE, Thorstad EB. 2012. Riding the tide: Estuarine movements of a sciaenid fish, Argyrosomus japonicus. Marine Ecology Progress Series. 460: 221–232

page 216 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium O’Connell BA. 2008. Home range dynamics of spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii in a South African intermittently open estuary. MSc thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. 111 pp. O’Connell BA, Cowley PD, Næsje TF, Childs A-R, Thorstad EB, Terörde AI. (in prep.). Long term home range dynamics of spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii and distribution of their main prey (Callianassa kraussi) in an intermittently open estuary. Potts WM, Cowley PD, Corroyer B, Næsje TF. 2005. Trends in fishery resource utilization on the Great Fish Estuary. NINA Report 50: 34 pp. Wallace JH. 1975a. The estuarine fishes of the east coast of South Africa. I. Species composition and length distribution in the estuarine and marine environments. II Seasonal Abundance and migrations. Investigational Report of the Oceanographic Research Institute 40: 1-72. Wallace JH. 1975b. The estuarine fishes of the east coast of South Africa. III. Reproduction. Investigational Report of the Oceanographic Research Institute 41: 1-51 Watt-Pringle PA. 2009. Movement behaviour of three South African inshore sparid species in rocky intertidal and shallow subtidal habitats. MSc Thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. 128 pp. Webb GA. 2002. Biology and demography of spotted grunter Pomadasys commersonnii in South African waters. MSc thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. 148 pp.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 217 Spatio-temporal dynamics of fish and fisheries in the Breede River estuary, South Africa

ME McCord1, SJ Lamberth2, SE Kerwath2, C Erasmus2, T Zweig1, C da Silva2 and CG Wilke2 1 South African Shark Conservancy, Old Harbour Museum, Market Square, Marine Drive, Hermanus 7200, South Africa. 2Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, Cape Town, South Africa.

Abstract

The Breede River estuary is a permanently open warm-temperate system located on the southwest coast of South Africa. It provides essential habitat for a number of recreational fishery species – dusky kob (Argyrosomus japonicus), spotted grunter (Pomadasys commersonnii) and Zambezi sharks (Carcharhinus leucas). Since 2009, five sharks and 11 spotted grunter were tagged with acoustic transmitters and movement patterns examined during two study periods. Preliminary results indicated Zambezi sharks are tolerant of large variations in environmental conditions, but alter their position in response to changes in turbidity and dissolved oxygen. The Breede Estuary is subject to significant anthropogenic changes which may drive changes in fish species behaviour. Improved understanding of the spatio-temporal dynamics between fishes, fisheries and environment will assist in developing system- and species-specific management strategies in the Breede Estuary.

Introduction

Estuaries are important transition zones between freshwater and marine environments, providing critical nursery and refuge habitats for many fish species and important recreational and cultural services for humans (Nicolas et al. 2010, Costanza et al. 1997). Although it is widely accepted that species found in estuaries are subject to considerable environmental variability (e.g., salinity, turbidity, temperature) and anthropogenic impacts (e.g., fishing, agriculture, habitat alteration) (Heupel and Simpfendorfer 2008, Nicolas et al. 2010), the degree to which spatio-temporal behaviour and ecological function is influenced by these factors remains largely unknown (Edgar et al. 2000). It is increasingly recognised, however, that an integrated approach to understanding linkages between ecological and biotic processes, as well as human dynamics, is required to improve management and conservation approaches at both the micro- and macro-ecosystem scale.

This study used an integrated approach to improve understanding of relationships between three recreational fishery species - dusky kob (Argyrosomus japonicus), spotted grunter (Pomadasys commersonnii) and Zambezi sharks (Carcharhinus leucas) - their fisheries and environment in a permanently open warm-temperate estuary in South Africa. Multiple techniques, including conventional tagging, acoustic telemetry, environmental monitoring, and fisheries surveys, were employed to evaluate the efficacy of existing species-specific conservation and management strategies. This paper introduces the project and provides preliminary results from the first study period of the project.

page 218 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Materials and Methods

Study site

The Breede River is 322km long with a catchment area of about 12 600km2. Situated on the southwest coast of South Africa it enters the Indian Ocean in San Sebastian Bay, and falls within the warm-temperate Agulhas biogeographical region (Emmanuel et al. 1992). The Breede Estuary covers 455ha and tidal influence stretches to 55km upriver (Taljaard et al. 2001). It is permanently open with mean depth of 4.6m, and is characterized by strong seasonal flows which peak in winter months (May-September). Strong currents and high flows completely flush and reset the system within one tidal cycle (Taljaard et al. 2001). It is an important nursery and refuge area for several fish species and is heavily utilised by recreational fishers throughout the year.

Movement and environmental variables

Acoustic telemetry methods were used to track fish movement during two separate periods. In the first study period (January 2009 to April 2011), one female and three male sharks (301- 400cm TL) were externally tagged with continuous acoustic transmitters (VEMCO Ltd., Halifax, 69KHz R69K) and manually tracked using a VEMCO VR100 acoustic receiver for 470 total hours. All fishes were also tagged with conventional plastic dart tags (Hallprint Ltd.). During tracking, the position of each shark was recorded every 15 minutes and environmental data (temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen, and turbidity) were recorded every 30 minutes using a YSI 6600 Multi-parameter Environmental Monitoring System. One individual was fitted with a pop-up archival tag (PAT tag) (Wildlife Computers Ltd.) to examine broad-scale movement outside the estuary.

In the second study period, which began in January 2012 and is ongoing until January 2015, one shark (256cm TL) and 11 spotted grunter (52.6-73cm TL) were tagged with coded acoustic transmitters (VEMCO Ltd., model V9-2L-R256, 69 KHz, random pulse rate 20-60 s). All fishes were also tagged with conventional plastic dart tags. Eighteen VR2W acoustic receivers and nine temperature-pressure minilogs were deployed at strategic locations from 0-21km upriver (Fig. 1). An additional five, nine and 20 coded acoustic transmitters will be deployed in sharks, grunter and dusky kob, respectively, during the remaining study period. Two smart positioning tags (SPOTs) and two PAT tags will also be deployed on each shark.

Habitat types and estuarine characteristics

To quantify estuarine habitat types and characteristics, high resolution bathymetric mapping was conducted in first study period. To quantify temporal shifts in these characteristics and to determine how potential shifts influence fish movement, mapping and telemetry data from the first study period will be compared to the second study period.

Surveys

To assist in mitigating human-shark conflict, preliminary surveys to explore perceptions and knowledge about sharks in estuaries were conducted during the first study period. These surveys, and additional surveys to quantify depredation events (sharks foraging on fish captured by recreational fishers) and monitor fish catches, will be conducted during the second study period.

Data analyses

Movement data from the first study period were mapped using GIS (ArcView GIS3.2; MapWindow GIS). The proportion of positional fixes describing shark location and environmental variables was calculated and averaged to determine frequency of occurrence in specific ecological zones. For the second study period, the influence of habitat, diel cycle, tide, season, and year on shark and fish movement will be analysed using a General Linearized Model (GLM) and compared with the results obtained during the first study period.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 219 Results

Due to the preliminary and ongoing nature of study period two, data for period one were analyzed separately. Data analyses for period two are not within the current scope of this paper.

Movement

A total of 470 hours of manual tracking indicated sex- and individual-specific differences in spatio-temporal behaviour of the sharks. Female shark (S1) exhibited tidally-dependent movement, swimming upriver on the incoming tide and downriver on the outgoing tide. The maximum distance travelled by S1 during a 24hr tracking period was 93km. Male 1 (S2) spent 75% of the time between 11km-17km upriver and male 2 (S3) spent 100% of the time between 3km and 11km. The remaining 25% of the time, S2 was located between 2km and 11km upriver. Maximum distances travelled by S2 and S3 during a 24hr tracking period were 37km and 24km, respectively. The female shark left the estuary for two hours post-release and then re-entered the system. The two male sharks did not exit the estuary throughout the study. The second male shark (S3) was recaptured in the estuary one year after initial tagging in January 2011. It was fitted with a second acoustic tag and a PAT tag. However, the acoustic tag failed to operate after deployment and no further estuarine movement data was collected for S3. The PAT tag was programmed to pop-up 100 days after deployment however it released prematurely 53 days after tagging. The data indicated that S3 moved over 2000km from the Breede Estuary to Bazaruto, Mozambique during this time (Fig. 2).

Environmental variables

Salinity

Sharks were located in salinities ranging from 15-36ppt, with a mean salinity of 27ppt. The medians for S1, S2 and S3 were 25, 28 and 31ppt, respectively.

Temperature

Mean water temperature where tagged sharks were located was 23°C (range 20-25°C). The medians water temperature were uniform at 23°C or 24°C for all sharks.

Oxygen Sharks were located in water with dissolved oxygen levels ranging from 75-100%. The medians of the positional fixes were between 75% and 87%.

Turbidity Sharks were located in waters ranging from 0-25NTU, with a median of 5NTU.

page 220 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 1. Placement of the 18 VR2W acoustic receivers (R) deployed in the Breede Estuary, from 0-21km.

Discussion

Estuaries are essential habitats, providing nursery and refuge areas for many commercially and recreationally important fish species (Nicolas et al. 2010). Increasingly, however, these fish populations are being adversely affected by the loss of estuarine habitats due to anthropogenic impacts, climate change and inadequate management (Whitfield 1998, Beck et al. 2001, Courrat et al. 2009). This is often compounded by a lack of baseline information on basic biotic and ecological processes and an understanding of how shifts within these processes could impact fish behaviour, ecology and conservation in and around estuaries.

The current study employs a multi-species approach to understanding linkages between fish, fisheries and environment in a South African estuary. Although preliminary, the results of the study show that Zambezi sharks, though physiologically capable of adapting to changes in environment, selectively utilise areas of the estuary to remain in optimal conditions. Sharks appeared to be tolerant to wide ranges in salinity, temperature, turbidity, and dissolved oxygen, but preferred areas of the estuary with the lowest turbidity and highest dissolved oxygen. Further investigation into the spatio-temporal behaviour of their preferred prey in the Breede Estuary – dusky kob and spotted grunter – will assist in determining the degree to which shark behaviour and movement is affected by prey behaviour.

As estuaries are particularly susceptible to external perturbation (Whitfield 1998, Cattrijse et al 2002, Childs et al 2008), and long-term monitoring is required to improve system-specific management and meet conservation goals. Through continued examination of the spatio- temporal dynamics of fishes and fisheries in the Breede Estuary, it will be possible to elucidate how anthropogenic change affects these variably impacted fishery species in South Africa.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 221 Figure 2. Track illustrating the 2000km migration of a male Zambezi shark (Carcharhinus leucas) (S3) tagged with a pop-up archival tag in January 2011 in the Breede Estuary.

References

Beck MW, Heck KL, Able KW, Childers DL, Eggleston, DB, Gillanders, BM, Halper B, Hays CG, Hoshino K, Minello TJ, Orth RJ, Sheridan PF, Wienstein MP. 2001. The identification, conservation and management of estuarine and marine nurseries for fish and invertebrates. Bioscience 51:633-641. Cattrijse A, Codling I, Conides A, Duhamel S, Gibson RN, Hostens K, Mathieson S, McLusky DS. 2002. Estuarine development/habitat restoration and re-creation and their role in estuarine management for the benefit of aquatic resources. In: Elliot M, Hemingway KL (eds), Fishes in Estuaries. Blackwell Science Ltd, UK. pp 266 - 321. Childs A-R, Cowley PD, Naesje TF, Booth AJ, Potts WM, Thorstad EB, Okland F. 2008. Do environmental factors influence the movement of estuarine fish? A case study using acoustic telemetry. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 78: 227-236. Costanza R, d’Arge R, de-Groot R, Farber S, Grasso M, Hannon B, Limburg K, Naeem S, O’Neil R, Paruelo J, Raskin R, Sutton P, van den Belt J. 1997. The value of the worlds ecosystem services and natural capital. Ecological Economics 25: 3–15. Courrat A, Lobry J, Nicolas D, Laffargue P, Amara R, Lepage M, Girardin M, Le Pape O. 2009. Anthropogenic disturbance on nursery function of estuarine areas for marine species. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 81:179-190. Edgar GJ, Barrett NS, Graddon DJ, Last PR. 2000. The conservation significance of estuaries: a classification of Tasmanian estuaries using ecological, physical and demographic attributes as a case study. Biological Conservation 92:383–397. Emmanuel BP, Bustamante RH, Branch GM, Eekhout S, Odendal FJ. 1992. A zoogeographic and functional approach to the selection of marine reserves on the west coast of South Africa. In: Payne AIL, Brink KH, Mann KH, Hilborn R (eds), Benguela trophic functioning. South African Journal of Marine Science. 12: 341–354. Heupel MR, Simpfendorfer CA. 2008. Movement and distribution of young bull sharks Carcharhinus leucas in a variable estuarine environment. Aquatic Biology 1: 277-289.

page 222 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Nicolas D, Lobry J, Lepage M, Sautour B, Le Pape O, Cabral H, Uriarte A, Boët P. 2010. Fish under influence: a macroecological analysis of relations between fish species richness and environmental gradients among European tidal estuaries. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 88: 137-147.

Taljaard S, van Niekerk L, Huizinga P. 2001. Breede River Estuary EFR/RDM Study. Specialist report on physical dynamics and water quality. Stellenbosch: CSIR report ENV-S-C 2001.

Whitfield AK. 1998. Biology and ecology of fishes in southern African estuaries. Ichthyological Monographs of the JLB Smith Institute of Ichthyology 2.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 223 Patterns and volumes of commercial and recreational harvest of white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay: an assessment of the fishery

Tor F. Næsje1, Colin G. Attwood2, Felicia Keulder3, Clement Arendse2 1 Norwegian Institute of Nature Research, P. O. Box 5685 Sluppen, NO-7485 Trondheim, Norway. 2 Marine Research Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa. 3 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, South Africa.

Introduction

Together with Table Bay and False Bay, Saldanha Bay has the longest history of linefishing in South Africa dating back to the 1700s (Thompson 1913, Lees 1969). Today Saldanha Bay’s linefishing is composed of three sectors, boat-based commercial, boat-based recreational and recreational shore angling, yet the magnitude of the fishery and the impact of each sector have never been studied. Such information is now required for environmental impact assessments and for the regulation of activities in the area. Specifically, the importance of linefishing needs to be assessed in relation to competing fisheries and potential negative impacts of port activities (shipping and aquaculture), housing and tourism developments.

Of equal concern is the state of the fish stocks themselves. Earlier assessments have shown that South Africa’s linefish resources, which include approximately 200 species, are poorly managed, with many species having collapsed to a small fraction of their pre-exploitation biomass (Brouwer 1997, Sauer 1997, Griffiths 2000, Lamberth 2003). The over-exploited species are mostly endemic, long-lived species that inhabit coastal waters.

The purposes of the study were to quantify the effort and catches of commercial and recreational linefishers in Saldanha Bay, and to describe the size- and age-structure of catches of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps. The fisheries of Saldanha Bay were monitored by counting boats and shore-fishers in the bay, and inspecting catches at slipways (access point surveys) and along the shore (roving creel surveys) between April 2006 and March 2008.

Methods

Fishing effort and fish catches were sampled monthly by a single observer from April 2006 to March 2008. Boat-based catches were monitored by an access point survey, whereas shore anglers’ catches were monitored by the roving creel method (Pollock et al. 1984).

Instantaneous boat counts of the number of boats fishing were made from four viewpoints around the Saldanha Bay. These viewpoints were chosen to ensure that every part of the bay could be seen from at least one of the points. Saldanha Bay was divided into eight zones and the counts were recorded against each zone (Fig. 1). The commercial boat fishers consisted of two licensed groups; set-net mullet (Liza richardsonii) fishers fishing inside and outside the marine protected area, and commercial linefishers targeting various species outside the marine protected area only. However, commercial and recreational boats outside the marine protected area could not be reliably distinguished from the view points. Day-time counts covering the entire lagoon were made 12 times per month. A random-stratified schedule was adopted, according to which count dates and times were randomly assigned within the months, on condition that eight week-day and four weekend-days (and public holidays) were covered each month.

page 224 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 1. A map of Saldanha Bay showing the eight zones used for counting boats, the four access points (Langebaan Yacht Club, Alabama, Club Mykonos and Pepper Bay), and the four beaches that were patrolled (Langebaan rocks, Mykonos beach, Dam, and Saldanha) in the survey from April 2006 to March 2008.

Four stretches of shore around the bay were selected for roving creel surveys, namely: Langebaan rocks, Mykonos beach, Dam, and Saldanha (Fig. 1). These were the only parts of the shore where public angling was practiced, the remaining areas being private land and inaccessible, having restricted access, or being in the no-take part of the marine protected area. The observer walked along the shore of these areas, and counted anglers along the route. Anglers were interviewed to obtain data on effort, fishing time and catches. Catches were identified, counted and measured. A random-stratified survey schedule was used. Roving creel surveys were performed four times per month in daylight hours in each of the four routes. The dates and times of each survey were randomly selected, provided that one weekend-day and three week-days were covered for each route per month.

The recreational and commercial boat fisheries were surveyed at the four slipways (boat launch sites) in Saldanha Bay, namely Langebaan Yacht Club slipway, Alabama slipway, Club Mykonos slipway and Pepper Bay slipway (Fig. 1). The number of fishing boats launching and returning was recorded. One angler, usually the skipper, on each returning fishing boat was interviewed to obtain data on effort and catches. Fish were identified, counted and measured. A random- stratified survey schedule was used. Access surveys were performed four times per month at each of the four slipways. The dates and times of each survey were randomly selected, provided that one weekend-day and three weekdays were covered for each slipway per month.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 225 Data analysis

The analytical methods followed Pollock et al. (1994) closely. Counts (of boats, anglers or catches) were averaged per zone and per day-type over each month. These averages were then scaled up to yield totals for each area and each month. Area-month estimates were added to yield annual estimates per sector.

The size data from each sector were combined to estimate the total rate of mortality, by converting to age with an age-length key (Attwood et al. 2009). The age distribution was used in a regression to estimate the exponential rate of decline of catch-by-age. This rate was equated to the total mortality rate.

Results

Boat counts peaked in March, with an average of 27.5 boats per day (Fig. 2). The minimum was in mid-winter when scarcely any boats were out fishing. The seasonal cycle shows that this is clearly a spring and summer fishery. The same holds for the shore-based fishery, in which the period September to April had consistently high angler densities, between 30 and 50 anglers in instantaneous counts at all four beaches combined (Fig. 3). From May to August the average counts were below ten.

Figure 2: Average daily boat counts per month across all zones in Saldanha Bay from April 2006 to March 2008.

Fishing boats included commercial and recreational linefish and set-net boats. These were easily distinguished by the observer in the slipway survey. In total we counted 10 commercial linefish boats and 550 recreational boats. Set-net boats did not form part of the survey, and their methods and targets were not comparable.

Access point interviews revealed that the average recreational fishing trip lasted 4.9 hours, whereas the average commercial trip was 7.8 hours. Another difference was the crew size: commercial boats took an average of 7.9 fishers (range 4-11), whereas recreational boats had an average of 2.7 fishers and was more variable (range 1-13).

Catch composition was remarkable similar between all three sectors. White stumpnose dominated with over 79% in all sectors (commercial = 78%, recreational boat = 78 %, shore = 82%), with steentjie (Spondyliosoma emarginatum) being the next important species for recreational fishers (boat = 13% , shore = 12%) and hottentot (Pachymetopon blochii) in commercial boat catches (21%).

page 226 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 3. The average ashore angler counts per month (±1 SE), across all beaches in Saldanha Bay from April 2006 to March 2008.

Catch rates of white stumpnose were greatest for commercial fishers, 39.2 fish per person per day, to whom bag limits do not apply. Recreational boat and shore anglers averaged 2.9 and 1.1 fish per person per day. Recreational anglers were limited to ten fish per day.

The total annual catch of white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay, estimated over the period, was 147 000 fish, equivalent to approximately 92 tons. Of this total, 44 % was taken by commercial fishers, and 39 % by recreational boat anglers and 16 % by shore anglers.The total mortality rate for age classes 3-10 years (cohorts 1997-2007) was estimated to be 0.53 y1 (Fig. 4)

Figure 4. Catch-at-age distribution of white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay for age classes 3-10 years. The fitted regression provides an estimate of the total mortality rate. Compliance with regulations was remarkably good. Only 1.5 % of fishing trips exceeded the bag limit, and only 0.8 % of fish were under-sized. Transgressions of the MPA boundary were not uncommon, although linefish boat that crossed the borders were seldom observed to penetrate far into the MPA. Most merely crossed the line by a few hundred meters.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 227 Discussion

Roving creel surveys and access point surveys are widely used survey methods employed in coastal fisheries (Pollock et al. 1994), particularly where estimating the total catch is an objective. Both methods have been used in South African bays and estuaries at St. Lucia (Mann et al. 2002), Richards Bay (Beckley et al. 2008), Mgeni, Durban (Pradervand et al. 2003), Knysna (Smith, 2013) and the Berg River (Hutchings et al. 2008). In addition, open coast applications have been conducted along the entire South African coast (Brouwer et al. 1998, Pradervand 2004), and specifically at Betty’s Bay (Attwood and Farquhar 1999), Goukamma (Pradervand and Hiseman 2000) and Port Alfred (Donovan and Hecht 2013). In virtually all surveys including the present, night activity was unmonitored, which is the greatest weakness of the implementation of the method in South Africa. Reasons for daylight limitation are most often security concerns and cost implications.

Saldanha Bay is conveniently monitored because it is a relatively closed system with good access due to a good road network. In addition the species which are caught here are not caught outside the area in appreciable quantities, which means that population changes should be well reflected in the local catch rates. There is a high degree of isolation of the main target species (Attwood et al. 2007, Kerwath et al. 2009, and Hedger et al. 2010, da Silva et al. in press). Catch estimates should therefore be very useful in local stock assessments, provided that these are unbiased.

An advantage of the relief around Saldanha Bay was the possibility to count boats remotely, which allowed a cheap method to verify the spatial and temporal distribution of effort. Although this information could be accessed from access point surveys, skippers often do not report accurately or do not report all positions that were visited. Knowledge of the distribution of boats is very useful for zoning plans.

There are several reasons to suspect that night fishing patterns differ from day fishing, due to changes in fish behaviour and due to differing motivations of anglers who operate at night. However, we suspect that night fishing is not a major contributor to the catch of white stumpnose as boats that fished at night and surveyed in the early morning, had a preference for targeting of silver kob Argyrosomus inodorus. This is a far larger and more valuable species, which would provide suitable reward for the inconvenience of night fishing. Nevertheless, the estimates of total catch of white stumpnose are conservative by not including the night catch.

The boats in Saldanha Bay are predominantly recreational, but the few commercial vessels make this fishery different from the two large estuarine ports of the KwaZulu-Natal coast (Beckley et al. 2008, Pradervand et al. 2003). Saldanha Bay is also considerably more productive, producing at least 92 t of white stumpnose alone per annum. An adjustment to include other species would push the total production up to minimum of 108 t. By comparison, the total harvest in Durban Bay is approximately 17 t per annum, and 8.5 t per annum in Richards Bay. In neither of these latter cases is commercial fishery permitted. Catch per unit effort is approximately an order of magnitude higher for boat and shore fishing in Saldanha Bay, than either of these comparably sized systems of the east coast.

The difference in fisheries yield might be related to the varying productivity of the east and west coast. Although the Benguela Upwelling Ecosystem rates as among the most productive marine ecosystem in the world (Shannon 1989), the estuaries of the east coast are also highly productive, benefiting from a mixture of marine and terrestrial nutrients, and considerable allochthonous inputs of organic material (Branch and Branch 1980).

Another explanation is that heavy pressure of the more populous east coast has led to overexploitation. By comparison Durban Bay had 22 232 shore-angler outings and 6661 boat trips based on instantaneous counts (Pradervand et al. 2003), as opposed to the 11 242 and 4197 respectively in Saldanha Bay. Richards Bay was similar to Durban Bay, with 23 021 angler outings per annum (Beckley et al. 2008). Mann (1995) reported that, apart from high levels of effort, the rate of transgressions of fishery regulations in St Lucia was very high, a situation

page 228 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium that is likely reflected in the other two large east coast systems. By comparison, transgressions of fishery regulations were far lower in Saldanha Bay. This situation may be the result of better enforcement, less impoverished fishers or the greater availability of fish.

A third probable explanation is the level of industrialisation and habitat modification. All three systems are disturbed, but the proportion of shoreline modified is greater in the two east coast systems. It is the shallow waters that are important nursery grounds of fish, yet these are extensively modified by breakwaters and canals in Richards Bay and Durban, whereas the shoreline of Saldanha Bay is affected to a far lesser degree.

A fourth likely reason for the difference is the presence of a marine protected area in Langebaan Lagoon within the Saldanha Bay. Although occupying only 4% of the fish habitat of Saldanha Bay, it is shallow, productive and has a disproportionately large positive impact on the conservation of the white stumpnose (Kerwath et al. 2009).

The scale of the linefish harvest in Saldanha Bay is also impressive when compared to trawl fisheries. By comparison, the total annual harvest of white stumpnose from the two east coast stocks by trawlers amounts to approximately 230 t per annum (Attwood et al. 2011). These trawlers operate over an area two orders of magnitude larger than Saldanha Bay. The difference in yield is likely a result of the varying productivity of the west coast and the central Agulhas Bank. The white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay grow faster, which attests to the more productive feeding ground and warmer water in this area (Attwood et al. 2010).

The mortality rate of white stumpnose in Saldanha Bay, as estimated from size structure data, is high. Even allowing for a natural mortality rate of 0.2 y-1, which is higher than that predicted from the Pauly’s (1984) regression for white stumpnose, fishing mortality accounts for more than half of the total mortality, which is not likely to be sustainable. By comparison, the heavily exploited roman population near Goukamma has a fishing mortality rate of approximately 0.21 y-1, which is similar to the natural mortality rate of that species (Götz et al. 2008)

The split between the various sectors of linefishing reveals an interesting pattern that should have a bearing on management options. Recreational fishing effort (boat and shore) far outweighs the commercial effort, but the total catch from each sector is roughly equivalent. The skill of the commercial fishers, their incentive to turn a profit and the absence of a commercial bag limit means that they harvest more efficiently. The commercial catch per unit effort is approximately 17 times greater than that of recreational fishers. Assuming that the white stumpnose stock is maximally exploited and that the towns of Saldanha and Langebaan are increasing, placing more demands on the fishery, a pertinent question is which of these two sectors should be the target of further restriction.

Something which is rarely considered in linefish management in South Africa is the broader social and economic implications of catch restrictions. Commercial fishers have been granted a right to make a business of catch and selling fish. They do so more efficiently than the recreational sector, and in theory are more easily monitored and controlled. Commercial boats are fewer in number and land their catches at predictable sites. The sale of fish also leaves a paper trail, which is another source of data. In an area where environmental impacts of boats are of particular concern, the lighter boat traffic associated with commercial effort should be a positive attribute.

In the favour of the recreational sector is that these fishers are prepared to pay to catch fish, whereas the commercial fishers expect to be paid. Managing the stock for recreational use should attract more money to the area by way of tourism, and ultimately might provide more employment on the impoverished west coast. Reducing the bag limit on commercial fishers would not be a viable option, as the economic feasibility of this sector depends on attaining large catches for a given outlay in hardware, fuel and wages. The only possibility of reducing the commercial fisher’s impact is by zoning the area further to exclude commercial boast from certain areas, which might also reduce their economic viability, or to remove some or all commercial right holders from the area. It would be legally and politically difficult to implement

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 229 either of these options. Nevertheless, a detailed study of the recreational angler’s spending patterns and the importance of this source of revenue for the district and the National Park should be done before further restrictions are applied to this sector.

References

Attwood CG, Farquhar M (1999) Collapse of linefish stocks between Walker Bay and Hangklip, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science. 21: 415-432. Attwood CG, Cowley PD, Kerwath SE, Næsje TF, Økland F, Thorstad EB (2007) First tracking of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps (Sparidae) in a South African marine protected area. African Journal of Marine Science. 29(1): 147-151 Attwood CG, Næsje TF, Fairhurst L and Kerwath S (2010) Life history parameters of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps in Saldanha Bay, with evidence of stock separation. African Journal of Marine Science. 32(1): 23–35. Attwood CG, Næsje TF, Fairhurst L and Kerwath S (2010) Life history parameters of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps in Saldanha Bay, with evidence of stock separation. African Journal of Marine Science. 32(1): 23–35. Attwood, CG, Peterson, S, Kerwath S (2011) Bycatch in South Africa’s inshore trawl fishery as determined from observer records. ICES Journal of Marine Science 68(10): 2163-2174. Beckley LE, Fennessy ST, Everett BI (2008) Few fish but many fishers: a case study of shore-based recreational angling in a major South African estuarine port. African Journal of Marine Science 30(1): 11-24. Branch GM, Branch M (1980) The living shores of southern Africa. Cape Town: Struik. p 272. Da Silva C. (in press) Quantifying the degree of protection afforded by a no-take marine reserve on an exploited shark. African Journal of Marine Science. Donovan B, Hecht T and Weyl O (2013). A comparison of the commercial and recreational sectors in the Port Alfred linefishery and their response to management changes between 1985 and 2008 (this volume). Götz A, Kerwath SE, Attwood CG, Sauer WHH (2008) Effects of fishing on population structure and life history of roman Chrysoblephus laticeps (Sparidae). Marine Ecology Progress Series 362: 245–259. Hedger RD, Naesje TF, Cowley PD, Thorstad EB, Attwood C, Oklan, F, Wilke, CG & Kerwath S (2010) Residency and migratory behaviour by adult Pomatomus saltatrix in a South African coastal embayment. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 89:12-20. Hutchings K, Clark BM, Atkinson LJ, Attwood CG (2008) Monitoring of the linefishery in the Berg River estuary (Western Cape, South Africa), with evidence of recovery subsequent to closure of commercial gill-netting. African Journal of Marine Science 30(3): 507-517. Kerwath SE, Thorstad EB, Næsje TF, Attwood CG, Cowley PD, Økland F, Wilke C (2009) Crossing invisible boundaries: can a marine protected area protect a mobile species? Conservation Biology 23(3): 653-661. Lees R 1969. Fishing for fortunes. Rustica Press, Wynberg, South Africa. 283 pp. Mann BQ 1995 Quantification of illicit fish harvesting in the Lake St Lucia Game Reserve, South Africa. Biological Conservation 74: 107-113.

page 230 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Mann BQ, James NC and Beckley LE (2002). An assessment of the recreational fishery in the St Lucia estuarine system, KwaZulu Natal, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science. 24: 263-280. Pauly D (1980) On the interrelationships between natural mortality, growth parameters and mean environmental temperature in 175 fish stocks. J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer. 39(2): 175-192. Pradervand, P. & Baird, D. (2002) Assessment of the recreational linefishery in selected Eastern Cape estuaries: trends in catches and effort. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 87–101. Pradervand, P., Beckley, L.E., Mann, B.Q. & Radebe, P.V. (2003) Assessment of the linefishery in two urban estuarine systems in Kwazulu-Natal, South Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 25: 111–130. Pradervand, P (2004) Long term trends in the shore fishery of the Transkei coast, South Africa. African Zoology 39(2): 247–261. Pradervand, P. & Hiseman, R. (2006) An analysis of the recreational shore fishery in the Goukamma Marine Protected Area. African Zoology 41: 275–289. Shannon LV (1989) The physical environment. In: Payne AIL, Crawford JM (eds), Oceans of Life off southern Africa. Cape Town: Vlaeburg Publishers. pp 12-27. Smith MKS, Kruger N (2013) The recreational and subsistence linefisheries in the Knysna and Swartvlei Estuaries – some concerns and management challenges (this volume) Thompson WW. (1913) Sea fisheries of the Cape Colony. Maskew Miller. Cape Town. 163 pp.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 231 Notes on the spatio-temporal behavior of the smoothhound sharks of Langebaan Lagoon

C da Silva1, S E Kerwath1,2, C G Attwood2, E B Thorstad3, P D Cowley4, F Økland3, C G Wilke1, T F Næsje3,4 1 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, South Africa. 2 Marine Research Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa. 3 Norwegian Institute for Nature Research, P.O. Box 5685 Sluppen, NO-7485 Trondheim, Norway. 4 South African Institute for Aquatic Biodiversity, Private Bag 1015, Grahamstown, South Africa.

Abstract

It has been shown that sharks may benefit from the protection of marine protected areas (MPAs), however, the degree of protection has not been quantified for a commercially valuable elasmobranch species. The movements of 24 smoothhound sharks (Mustelus mustelus) in and adjacent to a small (34 km2) no-take MPA situated on the West Coast of South Africa were investigated over two years using acoustic telemetry. The sharks spent the majority of their time (average 79%) inside the reserve and some sharks (n = 5 of 15) did not leave the MPA during the observation period. Time spent inside the MPA and the number of crossings of the MPA boundary was strongly influenced by season. The sharks concentrated inside the MPA during summer and were widely distributed throughout the study area during winter months. Six sharks left the Saldanha Bay embayment during spring and winter periods for durations ranging from two to 156 days (median = 111 days). All sharks returned to the bay within the study period. During 2007 and 2008, the sharks spent an average of 74% and 80% inside the MPA, respectively. The extended residency of smoothhound sharks within the MPA suggests that no- take area protection is a viable management option for this species.

Introduction

The evolutionary success of elasmobranchs is based on morphological design and life-history traits alternative to those of modern teleosts (Ferretti et al. 2010). General characteristics include relatively large body size, longevity, low natural mortality, low productive rates and in many cases, viviparity (Compagno 1990). These traits make this group susceptible to overfishing (Holden 1973). Although increased exploitation of sharks is a global phenomenon, efforts to manage their exploitation sustainably have been limited (Walker 1998). Few shark species are comprehensively assessed due to the fact that the majority are caught as by-catch (Myers et al. 2007). In the absence of effective regulations, closed areas have been advocated as an effective conservation method to sustain some teleost and elasmobranch fisheries (Denny and Babcock 2004; Garla et al. 2006; Worm et al. 2009).

In this study, we investigated the spatio-temporal behaviour of the smoothhound shark, (Mustelus mustelus) in and around a small MPA and quantified the proportion of time spent in the different areas over a period of two years. The smoothhound shark is a small, benthic species, which is commercially fished around the world (eg. Costantini et al. 2000; da Silva 2007; Saidi et al. 2008). Globally it provides an alternative target in the absence of high value teleosts. Although considerable movement of more than 200 km has been reported, conventional tagging studies in South Africa have shown that most smoothhound sharks were recaptured close to their release site, regardless of time at liberty (Mann and Bullen 2009). Based on their morphological traits and the tag and recapture information, we hypothesized that these sharks might exhibit site-fidelity within a small area and therefore benefit from spatial fishery closures in the absence of species-specific management for this species.

page 232 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium There are currently eight no-take MPAs in South Africa where smoothhound sharks are known to occur (Fernández 2011). The Langebaan Lagoon MPA (LMPA) is a small no-take MPA situated inside Saldana Bay, a coastal embayment on South Africa’s West Coast. An array of underwater receivers enabled us to track the movements of 24 acoustically tagged smoothhound sharks inside, outside and across the MPA boundary and to evaluate the role of fishery closures in the conservation and management of this species.

Materials and Methods

General Methods

The Langebaan Lagoon Marine Protected Area (LMPA) (34km2) is a no-take MPA situated on the west coast of South Africa (Fig.1). Twenty-four smoothhound sharks, 12 females and 12 males (81-147 cm total length) were tagged with coded acoustic transmitters (VEMCO Ltd., Halifax, model V9-2L-R256, 69 KHz, random pulse rate 20-60 s). Due to the physiological consequences of capture stress data from the first seven days after tagging were removed from analysis. Twenty-eight acoustic receivers (VR2, VEMCO Ltd., Halifax) were moored at strategic positions throughout the bay (Fig. 1). When sharks passed through the detection range of a receiver, time and tag identification number were recorded. Only sharks present at least one annual cycle were included in the quantitative analyses.

Figure 1. Saldanha Bay on the west coast of South Africa and its southern extension, the Langebaan Lagoon, which includes the no-take MPA. Small squares denote individual receiver positions within the four receiver locations (1-4, indicated by circles). The grey shaded area within the LMPA boundary represents shallow sandbanks

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 233 The position of an individual within a particular hour was determined and these hour bins were used for the majority of analyses. The time spent inside and outside the LMPA was summed over the total period of detections. It was assumed that the sharks could not cross the LMPA boundary without detection. The data were split into two different datasets: dataset 1, from the 1st November 2006 to the 1st November 2007, when 15 sharks were still present in the system, and dataset 2, from the 1st November 2006 to the 1st November 2008, which included only the 9 sharks that were still transmitting at the end of the study.

Between 2007 and 2010 229 sharks were captured inside the LMPA and dissected to determine aspects of reproductive biology and feeding. Data from previous telemetry studies on the same system (Attwood et al. 2007; Hedger et al. 2010) were used to determine whether seasonal movements were related to food. The number of individual sharks detected per day per receiver was calculated and plotted separately for dataset one and two to visualize the area utilization across the study area over the study period. Similarly the number of individual white stumpnose (Rhabdosargus globiceps), elf (Pomatomus saltatrix) and smoothhound sharks detected per day per receiver was calculated and plotted for representative months within each season.

Temporal patterns on MPA utilization

The influence of diel cycles, season and year on the presence of sharks inside the MPA was examined with the use of a Generalised Linear Model with a logit-link function. As the sharks cannot be pooled into a sample for these analyses due to autocorrelation, the models were applied to individual sharks for both datasets (R development Core Team 2008; http:/// CRAN.R-project.org).

Therefore the presence of a shark in the MPA was expressed as: p=exp ()1+exp() p=exp ()1+exp() for datasets 1 and 2, respectively. The GLMs could not be applied to analyse movements out of Saldanha Bay due to the small number of detections at receiver location one. Instead, detections at this receiver location were individually examined

Results

General movement patterns

Receivers within the LMPA (location 4) detected the presence of individual sharks more frequently than receivers at locations 1 and 2 for both datasets. The detection frequency increased from receiver location 1 to 4 (Fig 2 and 3). Sharks were more frequently recorded at receiver locations 3 and 4 i.e. inside and at the boundary of the MPA. Only eight sharks were recorded at receiver location 1 at the Saldanha Bay mouth (~15 km from the release site), whereas 14 sharks were detected at the southern-most site inside the MPA (location 4, ~3 km from the release site). Seven individuals were recorded on both the southern-most (4) and the northernmost receiver location (1), a distance of 17 km apart.

Within the first study year, tagged sharks (n=15) spent more time (mean=79%,range = 44-100%, SD = 21%) inside the MPA than outside. Two sharks never left the MPA, whilst the remaining sharks (n=13) frequently crossed into the fishing area (mean number of crossings per individual = 40, range 1-163, SD = 51).

page 234 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Movements out of Saldanha Bay

Eight individual sharks were recorded at the Saldanha bay mouth, of which only six left the Bay during both study periods and ventured into the Atlantic Ocean for durations ranging from two to 157 days (median = 111 days). Four sharks left the embayment only once during 2007 (4 July (112 days), 20 September (10 days), 14 September (two days) 12 May (157 days)) and one shark left twice (19 May (139 days). All sharks returned and remained in the bay until their transmitters expired. Only one shark left the bay in 2008 but did so on three separate occasions, once during winter (6 May (10 days)) and twice during spring (19 September (13 days) and 2 October (two days)). Movements out of Saldanha bay occurred during the African winter (May and July) and spring (September and October). Movements out of the bay in winter were generally longer than those in spring.

Temporal patterns on MPA utilization

Although sharks were detected at all receiver locations in all four seasons, strong seasonal variation was observed in the frequency of detections (Figs 2 and 3). Few detections occurred at receiver location 1 in summer, when most sharks were concentrated inside the MPA. In autumn, the frequency of sharks detected at receiver location 1 in the mouth of the embayment increased and remained higher during winter and early spring, in contrast to the MPA receivers that recorded the lowest numbers of detections in winter. In spring, the frequency of detections increases again at receiver locations 3 and 4 (Fig 2).

Figure 2. The cumulative number of acoustically tagged sharks recorded per day at the 28 receivers over the period between November 2006 and November 2007 (n=15). Receiver locations are denoted on the left side of the graph.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 235 Figure 3. The cumulative number of acoustically tagged sharks recorded per day at the 28 receivers over the period November 2006 to November 2008. (n=9). Receiver locations are denoted on the left side of the graph.

For the 15 sharks considered in dataset one, season had the biggest effect on the proportion of time sharks spent inside the MPA (period 1: mean = 0.30, range 0.04-0.53, SD 0.17) but the proportion of deviance explained by season varied considerably among individual sharks.

For the nine sharks considered in dataset two, the predictor season was still significant, but had less explanatory power (mean proportion of time spent inside the MPA= 0.17, range =0.06-0.39, SD= 0.12, Table 2). Although significant responses were observed for some individuals, less than 1% of mean deviance was explained by the addition of diel period to the model. All sharks with significant responses to diel period had a marginally higher fraction (<0.01) of time spent inside the MPA during assigned daytime hours. The predictor variable year, which was included in the model applied for dataset 2, was significant for all sharks and on average explained a higher the proportion of deviance than diel period and season (mean proportion of time spent inside the MPA = 0.18, range = 0.01-0.55, SD = 0.17).

A preliminary analysis of the reproductive biology of smoothhound sharks caught within the LMPA was completed. Animals were caught within all size classes (40-180 cm TL). A peak in uterine mass in mature females and the observation of free swimming newborn individuals (~40cm) with open umbilical scars between September and October points at a spring pupping season. As males and females reached 50% maturity at 100 and 110 cm TL, respectively and animals within this study ranged between 81 and 147 cm TL it is possible that several individuals engaged in reproductive activity within the study period. Movements outside the Saldanha Bay area coincide with the spring pupping period.

page 236 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium A preliminary analysis of feeding was also completed on smoothhound sharks caught within the LMPA. Frequencies of occurrence of prey species within the stomachs of smoothhound sharks were calculated. The most prevalent prey was the crown crab (Hymenosoma orbiculare), followed by mud prawns (Upogebia africana) and sand prawns (Callianassa kraussi) at 68%, 60% and 19% respectively. Other prey items occurred within frequencies below 10% such as three spot crab (Ovalipes trimaculatus), smoothhound shark, sandsharks (Rhinobatos spp), west coast rock lobster (Jasus lalandii), and unidentified teleosts, cephalopods and nematodes. No change in diet with size was observed. Fig 4 shows the cumulative number of stumpnose, elf and smoothhound sharks present per day per receiver within selected months within each season. Trends in time spent inside the MPA were similar for elf and smoothhounds during spring and summer, however the decreasing trend in proportion of time spent inside the MPA in winter were similar for white stumpnose and smoothhound sharks.

Discussion

Receiver coverage and general movement patterns inside and out of Saldanha bay The results of this study showed that smoothhound sharks were resident within Saldanha bay over prolonged periods. Site fidelity has been commonly documented in sharks such as cownose rays (Rhinoptera bonasus), blacktip reefsharks (Carcharhinus limbatus), and bull sharks (Carcharhinus leucas) (Collins et al. 2007; Heupel et al. 2004; Simpfendorfer et al. 2005). The repeated movements of sharks across wide areas suggest that these animals are familiar with the area and are able to navigate between preferred sites (Papastamatiou et al. 2011).

Although sharks were present in the southern lagoon during the entire study, seasonal variation in area utilization was evident. During autumn, winter and early spring, some sharks dispersed more widely across the bay and beyond, whereas only a few outings beyond receiver location 2 occurred during summer. White stumpnose and smoothhound sharks showed a similar decrease in time spent inside the LMPA during winter. The similar diet of white stumpnose and smoothhound sharks as opposed to elf suggests that this movement may be related to feeding or ability to catch prey.

The seasonal movement between Langebaan Lagoon and Saldanha bay, and even out of the Saldanha bay, had a strong seasonal component and can be considered an annual migration as defined by Dingle (1996) as it occurred during a specific, predictable time period and included a return movement and was repeated in the second year of the study. However, most individuals did not move over a larger distance than 16 km (i.e., distance between the two most distant recordings). Although most of the sharks remained within the Saldanha bay, some individuals left the bay in spring and winter for the open Atlantic Ocean, before returning again to the protected area within the Langebaan Lagoon. Due to the size range of the acoustically tagged animals and the spring pupping season, it is possible that the seasonal movements recorded were related to reproduction. However, neonates were commonly found within the MPA it is therefore likely that individuals left the MPA after pupping. Such a migration of mature sharks after or during pupping may be a mechanism to avoid competition for the same food resource or cannabilism. The reasons that few individuals left the Bay during winter are unknown but may be related to behavioural thermoregulation, food or predator avoidance.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 237 a)

a) .

Spring Summer Autumn Winter

Figure 4. The cumulative number of acoustically tagged stumpnose (a) (n=13), elf (b) (n=14) and smoothhound (c) (n=15) sharks recorded per day at the 28 receivers between 2006 and 2008. (n=9). Receiver locations are denoted on the left side of the graph.

page 238 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Movement around the MPA from a management perspective

MPAs have been acknowledged as a possible conservation method for sharks in the absence of fishing regulations (Bonfil, 1999; Barker and Schleussel, 2005). However, few studies have examined the movement patterns of sharks in relation to existing MPAs. The results in this study in the Langebaan Lagoon and surrounding Saldanha bay show that the MPAs may provide significant protection to the smoothhound shark, since they spent a large proportion of their time (average 79%) within the boundaries of the MPA, although the MPA represents only 35% of the entire bay area (Kerwath et al. 2009). Most telemetry studies of fish behaviour are short- term studies covering from a few weeks maybe up to one year. The strength of the present study is the long-term recording of the same individuals, and a confirmation that the behavioural patterns and protection by the MPA were consistent among years. The least protection was offered during winter, which was the period with the highest frequency of recordings outside the fished area.

Moreover smoothhound sharks were protected during their pupping period in spring, neonates are not commonly caught outside the MPA indicating that the area represents a nursery ground where neonates are protected. Summer is the busiest time for recreational fishing inside Saldanha Bay. Although recreational fishing in Saldanha Bay is primarily targeting edible teleosts, smoothhound sharks are commonly caught due to their abundance within the area. The fact that smoothhound sharks spend the majority of their time inside the MPA during summer during peak fishing effort increases the protection of smoothhound sharks in the area. Smoothhound sharks in the MPA are therefore protected whilst spawning, whilst neonate and during peak fishing periods. To date, this is the first study that has quantified the protected area usage of individuals by being able to account for each hour of an acoustically tagged animals life for a meaningful time period.

Acknowledgements

The study was financed by the NORSA fund, the Marine Living Resources Fund South Africa and the Norwegian Institute for Nature Research (NINA). We would like to thank Vincent Taylor, Tony Booth and Steve Lamberth for advice and support. Furthermore we would like to thank technical and support staff at the Department of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries: Linefish research for technical and logistical support.

References

Attwood CG, Cowley PD, Kerwath SE, Næsje TF, Økland F, Thorstad EB. 2008. First tracking of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps (Sparidae) in a South African marine protected area. African Journal of Marine Science 29: 147-151. Barker MJ, Schleussel V. 2005. Managing global shark fisheries: suggestions for prioritizing management strategies. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems. 15: 324- 347. Bonfil R. 1999. Marine Protected areas as shark fisheries management tool. In: Seret B, Sire, J.-Y. (Eds.), Proceedings of the 5th Indo-Pacific fish conference. Societe Francaise d’Ictyologie, Paris and Istitut de Recherche pour le Developpement, Paris., Noumea, New Caledonia, pp. 217-230. Collins AB, Heupel MR, Motta PJ. 2007. Residence and movement patterns of cownose rays Rhinoptera bonasus within a south-west Florida estuary. Journal of Fish Biology 71: 1159-1178. Compagno LJV. 1990. Alternative life-history styles of cartilaginous fishes in time and space. Environmental Biology of Fishes 28: 33-75.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 239 Constantini M, Bernardini M, Cordone P, Guilianini PG, Orel G. 2000. Observations on fishery, feeding habits and reproductive biology of Mustelus mustelus (Chondrichthyes, Triakidae) in Northern Adriatic Sea. Biologica Marina Mediterranea. 7: 427-432. da Silva C. 2007. The status and prognosis of the smoothhound shark (Mustelus mustelus) fishery in the southeastern and southwestern Cape coasts, South Africa. MSc Thesis, 152p Rhodes University, Grahamstown. Denny CM, Babcock RC. 2004. Do partial marine reserves protect reef fish assemblages? Biological Conservation 116: 119-129. Dingle RDH. 1996. Migration: the biology of life on the move. Oxford University Press, New York. Fernández SS. 2011. Empirical evaluation of the effectiveness of South Africa’s Marine Protected Area network in representing fish communities, In Zoology. pp. 1-71. University of Cape Town, Cape Town. Ferretti F, Worm B, Britten GL, Heithaus MR, Lotze HK. 2010. Patterns and ecosystem consequenses of shark declines in the ocean. Ecology Letters. 13: 1055-1071 Garla RC, Chapman DD, Wetherbee BM, Shivji M. 2006. Movement patterns of young Caribbean reef sharks, Carcharhinus perezi, at Fernando de Noronha Archipelago, Brazil: the potential of marine protected areas for conservation of a nursery ground. Marine Biology 149: 189-199. Hedger RD, Næsje TF,Cowley PD, Thorstad EB, Attwood CG, Økland F, Wilke CG, Kerwath SE. 2010. Residency and migratory behaviour by adult Pomatomus saltatrix in a South African coastal embayment. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 89: 12-20 Heupe MR, Simpfendorfer CA, Hueter RE. 2004. Estimation of shark home ranges using passive monitoring techniques. Environmental Biology of Fishes 71: 135-142. Holden MJ. 1973. Are long-term sustainable fisheries for elasmobranch possible? Parish, B. B. (ed). Fish Stocks and Recruitment 164: 360-367 Kerwath SE, Thorstad EB, Næsje TF, Cowley PD, Økland F, Wilke C, Attwood CG. 2009. Crossing invisible boundaries: the effectiveness of the Langebaan lagoon marine protected area as a harvest refuge for a migratory fish species in South Africa. Conservation Biology 23: 653-661. Mann BQ, Bullen EM. 2009. ORI/WWF-SA Tagging Project: Summary of tag and recapture data for smooth houndsharks (Mustelus mustelus) caught along the Southern African coast from 1984-2008, Oceanic Research Institure, Durban. Myers RA, Baum JK, Shepherd TD, Powers SP, Peterson CH. 2007. Cascading effects of the loss of apex predatory sharks from a coastal ocean. Science 315: 1846-1850. Papastamatiou YP, Cartamil DP, Lowe CG, Meyer CG, Wetherbee BM, Holland KN. 2011. Scales of orientation, directed walks and movement path structure in sharks. Journal of Animal Ecology 80: 864-874. Saidi B, Bradai MN, Bouain A. (2008). Reproductive biology of the smooth-hound shark Mustelus mustelus (L.) in the Gulf of Gabès (south-central Medeterranean Sea). Journal of Fish Biology. 72: 1343-1354. Simpfendorfer CA, Freitas GG, Wiley TR, Heupel MR. 2005. Distribution and habitat partitioning of immature bull sharks (Carcharhinus leucas) in a Southwest Florida estuary. Estuaries 28: 78-85. Smale MJ, Compagno LJV. 1997. Life history and diet of two southern African smoothhound sharks, Mustelus mustelus (Linnaeus,1759) and Mustelus palumbes (Smit,1957) (Pisces: Triakidae). South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 229-248. Walker TI. 1998. Can shark resources be harvested sustainably? A question revisited with a review of shark fisheries. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 553-572. Worm B, Hilborn R, Baum JK, Branch TA, Collie JS, Costello C, Fogarty MJ, Fulton EA, Hutchings JA, Jennings S, Jensen OP, Lotze HK, Mace PM, McClanahan TR, Minto C, Palumbi SR, Parma A, Ricard D, Rosenberg AA, Watson R, Zeller D. 2009. Rebuilding Global Fisheries. Science 325: 578-584.

page 240 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Session 9 – Fish Stock Assessment: Chair Sven Kerwath

A comparison of the commercial and recreational sectors in the Port Alfred linefishery and their response to management changes between 1985 and 2008

B Donovan1, T Hecht2, O Weyl3 1South African Environmental Observation Network, Grahamstown, South Africa. 2Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, Rhodes University, South Africa. 3South African Institute of Aquatic Biodiversity, Grahamstown, South Africa.

Abstract

Numerous changes in South African linefish management have changed the structure and functioning of fisheries. The aims of this study were to take a descriptive snapshot of commercial and recreational sectors of the Port Alfred linefishery between 2006 and 2008, identify the difference between the two, and compare these metrics with those estimated from suitable historical data (various periods from 1985 to 2005). In 2008 the commercial fishing effort decreased to less than 20% of the peak effort in 1991 due to legislated reduction in commercial fishing effort. The recreational sector, however, increased steadily (1.5% per annum) as previous commercial licence holders started fishing recreationally. Commercial fishing patterns in 2006- 08 were largely governed by increasing overhead costs, which resulted in operators fishing closer to access points and targeting higher valued species, such as silver kob (Argyrosomus inodorus) and Geelbek (Atractoscion aequidens). Despite evidence of a declining linefishery countrywide, the overall CPUE in 2006-08 remained roughly as high as it was in 1996-98. This was mainly due to the fishers tending to only go to sea on days when good catches were likely and is not representative of comparative stock status. Recreational fishers were also fishing closer to access points and, due to bag limit restrictions, had shorter trip durations in 2006-08 than previously. One point of concern was that, in 2006-08, the recreational fishers tended to target an increased proportion of the more vulnerable shallow-water reef associated species. This study provides evidence that the recreational sector is not as benign as once thought, and has had an increasing impact on the fishery as a whole, emphasising the need for monitoring and control of both sectors of the linefishery.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 241 An assessment of the shorefishery for largespot pompano, Trachinotus botla, in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

D Parker1, A J Booth1 & B Q Mann2 1 Department of Ichthyology and Fisheries Science, PO Box 94, Rhodes University, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa. 2 Oceanographic Research Institute, PO Box 10712, Marine Parade, Durban 4056, South Africa.

Abstract

The Trachinotus botla shorefishery in KwaZulu-Natal appears to be in a stable state and underexploited (SBR = 75% of pristine levels). The fishery displays considerable spatial and temporal variability with resource abundance increasing north-easterly towards Mozambique and CPUE peaking during summer. Movement was random and can be described as “ranging”. An increasing trend in mean annual CPUE since 2002 suggests that either the resource is increasing since the promulgation of the beach driving ban or possibly as a result of increased targeting of this species using “dropshot” fishing. It is likely that the beach driving ban has shifted fishing effort to accessible nodes along the coast where there is some evidence of localised overexploitation.

Introduction

Rock-and-surf angling in South Africa is a popular recreationally attracting thousands of participants because of its affordability and open-access nature (Brouwer et al. 1997). Although recreational fisheries do not produce the direct financial benefits commonly seen in commercial fisheries, the knock-on economical and social implications of an accessible recreational fishery are considerable (McGrath et al. 1997). Recreational fishing in southern Africa therefore has huge economical potential.

As recreational fishing continues to increase in popularity so will the increased fishing effort place additional pressure on the targeted species. Declines in population sizes of recreationally important species, as inferred through decreases in angler catch rates, have sometimes been disregarded by both anglers and fisheries managers because of a widespread perception that recreational fishing is a benign activity (Cooke and Cowx 2006). However, dramatic declines in catches and catch rates in the South African, Namibian and Angolan inshore fisheries as a direct result of recreational fishing pressure have been observed (Brouwer et al. 1997, Holtzhausen and Kirchner 2001, Potts et al. 2009) and have necessitated direct management intervention.

Largespot pompano, Trachinotus botla, is a medium-sized (60 cm FL and 2kg) surf zone carangid that is widely distributed in subtropical and tropical waters of the Indian and Pacific oceans. Within South African waters, the species occurs from Port St Johns northeastwards to the Mozambique border (Heemstra and Heemstra 2004). It is an important recreational shore angling species where it accounts for up to 30% of the shore angling catch composition in northern KwaZulu-Natal (KZN) (Maggs 2011). Despite the potential economic importance of T. botla, there is little available information on its abundance and resource status.

This study provides a spatial and temporal assessment of the T. botla shorefishery using historical catch and effort in conjunction with catch-and-release tagging data. It is hypothesised that a “recovery” period would be detectable in the fishery after the implementation of the ban on beach driving in 2002. The driving ban is known to have affected the behaviour of esourcer users, particularly with regards to the spatial distribution of fishing effort (Mann et al. 2008).

page 242 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Effort has shifted and concentrated in areas in close proximity to public beach access, particularly in Maputaland (i.e. within the iSimangaliso Wetland Park) where access areas are dispersed. Evidence of localised overexploitation is expected in these areas of concentrated fishing effort. Seasonal fishing patterns are also expected within the Maputaland fishery, and recreational angling effort is likely to increase over the holiday periods in these more remote areas.

Methods and Materials

Fishery trends

Catch and effort data were obtained from shore patrols conducted by Ezemvelo KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife (EKZNW) and stored on the National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) (Maggs 2011). While the database includes data from 1985 to 2010, only data from 1987 onwards were used as reporting rates and accuracy of the first two years of data collection was considered to be unreliable. EKZNW conducts routine daily shore patrols in 15 designated zones along the KZN coast. Catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE) was calculated as the number of fish caught per angler outing inspected (fish.outing-1), and was assumed to provide a relative index of fish abundance. Catch data were pooled into three specific areas (Fig 1).

Figure 1: Zones used by Ezemvelo KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife to conduct shore patrols to assess angler catch and effort along the Kwazulu-Natal coastline in South Africa.

Movement

Movement was assessed based on data obtained from the Oceanographic Research Institute (ORI) Tagging Project (Dunlop and Mann 2011).

Mortality rates

Instantaneous total mortality (Z) and natural mortality (M) rates were both calculated from the inverse-variance weighted average of estimates obtained from linearized catch-curves

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 243 (Ricker 1975) and the Chapman Robson (1960) estimator applied to age-frequency data. Fishing mortality, F, was determined by subtraction as Z=M+F.

Total mortality data were from Sodwana Bay (Parker 2012) and from a long-term monitoring project in the St Lucia Marine Reserve north of Cape Vidal. Natural mortality data were from the “no take” marine sanctuary zone within the St Lucia Marine Reserve. Length frequencies were converted to age-frequencies using a normalised age-length key. For the catch-curve analysis, Zcc and its asymptotic standard error, SEZcc, were estimated from the negated slope of a linear regression fitted through the natural logarithm-transformed descending limb of the age-frequency data (Ricker 1975). The Chapman and Robson (1960) estimate for survival was where ā is the mean age at and older than the peak of the age- frequency distribution (where the peak age is recoded as age-0), and n is the number of fish in the sample. The estimates of total mortality and its asymptotic standard error was calculated from survival as and , respectively, where .

Per-recruit analysis

Data available for the assessment of the T. botla resource are restricted to non-standardised CPUE estimates and relevant biological information (Parker 2012). A per-recruit assessment was therefore considered to be the most suitable approach as has been applied to many other South African linefish species (Chale-Matsau et al. 2001, Mann et al. 2002, Richardson 2010). Sex-independent age, growth, maturity and the length-weight relationship parameters were obtained from Parker (2012) and are summarized in Table 1.

Table 1: Parameter estimates which were used in the per-recruit analyses of Trachinotus botla from KwaZulu-Natal.

Parameter Estimate Description

L1 132.66 mm FL Average length of youngest age

L2 448.79 mm FL Average length of oldest age a 1.37 year-1 Growth curvature parameter b -5.84 year-1 Growth curvature parameter

t1 0.17 years Known minimum age

t2 6.75 years Known maximum age M 1.04 year-1 Asymptotic natural mortality rate F 0.27 year-1 Asymptotic fishing mortality rate

tmax 6 years Observed maximum age α 0.00002 g mm-1 Length-weight regression parameter β 2.96 Length-weight regression parameter

2.31 years Age-at-50%-maturity

0.33 year-1 Inverse rate of maturity

2.03 years Age-at-50%-selectivity

0.14 year-1 Inverse rate of selectivity

page 244 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Growth was modelled using the Schnute (1981) model of the form:

where and are the length of fish at the youngest ( ) and oldest ( ) aged fish, and and are the growth curvature parameters. Age-at-50% maturity was modelled as a logistic function as:

where ψt is the proportion of mature fish at age t, ψ50 is the age at 50% maturity and δψ is the inverse rate of maturity. Hook selectivity was assumed to be sigmoidal with 100% selection achieved at the peak of the age-frequency distribution. Selectivity was, therefore, modelled by fitting a logistic ogive to the normalised ascending limb of the age-frequency distribution as:

where Sa is the hook selectivity on a fish of age a, a50 is the age-at-50%-selectivity and δs is inverse rate of selectivity. Model parameters were estimated using a non-linear, least-squares regression.

Spawner biomass-per-recruit (SBR) and yield-per-recruit (YPR) were calculated as a function of both fishing mortality (F) and age-at-selectivity (St) as:

and respectively, where F is the instantaneous rate of fishing mortality on fully selected fish, tmax is the maximum observed age, M is the instantaneous rate of natural mortality, St the selectivity

at age t, Wt the mass of fish at age t and calculated as (with α and β the

length-weight regression coefficients), the proportion of mature fish at age t, and Ñt is the relative number of fish at age t calculated recursively as:

Results

Description of the fishery

Annual catches reported in EKZNW shore patrols ranged from 860 individual fish in 1994 to 2354 individuals in 1995, while effort ranged from 186 731 outings in 1987 to 96 462 outings in 1996. Both T. botla catch and total angling effort were unevenly distributed across the KZN coastline (Fig 2). Cape Vidal zone produced the highest catches (10 734 fish recorded) and was

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 245 almost double that of the second highest location, namely Durban (5 481 fish). Fishing effort was particularly high in the Durban zone, an urban centre, and both St Lucia and Cape Vidal which are both popular holiday destinations.

Mean CPUE was variable and consistent between years indicating a stable fishery. CPUE records displayed a latitudinal trend, and areas north of St Lucia having a higher mean annual CPUE than those areas south of St Lucia (Fig 3). CPUE appears to have increased in the Maputaland and North Coast areas since the ban on beach driving in 2002. The trend was not significantly different to period prior to the ban due to data variability (ANCOVA; t = 0.97, df = 23, p = 0.34).

Figure 2: Total catch (number of largespot pompano) and total effort (fishers inspected) per EKZNW patrol zone.

Figure 3: Annual trends in mean CPUE for the Trachinotus botla shore fishery in three areas of the KwaZulu-Natal coast from 1987–2010. The dashed line indicates the implementation of the beach driving ban.

page 246 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Long-term CPUE trends for Sodwana Bay exhibited a steady decline from 1985 to 2010 (Fig 4). Prior to the implementation of the beach driving ban annual CPUE records for this area were highly variable that is consistent with the overall CPUE trend for T. botla within KZN. Since 2002 CPUE has remained consistently low. CPUE trends illustrate the seasonal nature of the T. botla fishery with catches peaking in the summer months (Fig 5).

Figure 4: Mean annual CPUE for Trachinotus botla in Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal. Unshaded circles indicate post-beach driving ban data.

Figure 5: Variations in mean monthly CPUE for each zone patrolled by Ezemvelo KwaZulu- Natal Wildlife. The data is standardised, and is described as a proportion of the maximum monthly CPUE observed per zone, so as to facilitate comparisons between zones.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 247 Movement

A total of 2391 T. botla were tagged between 1984 and 2010, of which only 46 (1.88%) have been recaptured (Dunlop and Mann 2011). The average time at liberty was 210 days (± 243 days), with a maximum of 1236 days. Distance moved averaged 6.8 km (± 22.8 km), and 78% of all recaptured fish were within 1 km of their release site (Fig 6). Two fish were observed to have made significant northeast movements of 114 km and 107 km (St Lucia Marine Reserve Sanctuary to Kosi Bay). Both fish were mature (335 and 401 mm FL) when released and were at liberty for 301 and 299 days, respectively. Overall, the average distance moved by tagged fish along the coastline in a northeasterly and southwesterly direction was 44.3 km and 4.7 km, respectively.

Figure 6: Movement patterns of Trachinotus botla tagged in South Africa. Movement is described as the distance from the tagging site to recapture site, as either a function of time or length. Positive values depict movements in a northeast direction, while negative values depict movements in a southwest direction.

Mortality

-1 -1 -1 The total mortality estimate for Sodwana Bay was 1.32 y (ZCR = 1.26 y , ZCC = 1.37 y ), and the -1 -1 total mortality estimate for the St Lucia Marine Reserve was 1.30 y (ZCR = 1.27 y , ZCC = 1.55 y-1) resulting in an inverse-variance weighted mean of Z = 1.31 y-1. Natural mortality for T. botla was estimated as M = 1.04 y-1 and was calculated as the inverse-variance weighted mean of the -1 -1 two independent methods applied to data from the Sanctuary zone (ZCR = 1.03 y , ZCC = 1.13 y ). Fishing mortality was estimated as F = 0.27 y-1 (Fig 7).

Per-recruit analyses

The per-recruit analyses estimated that SBR was currently at 75% of pristine levels with the response of SBR to different values of fishing mortality (F) and age-at-50%-selectivity (S) are presented in Fig 8. At low values of S, maximum SBR was attained at correspondingly low levels of fishing mortality. At high values of F (>1.5 y-1), SBR was largely dependent on S and the effects of increased fishing effort became negligible. SBR decreased relatively rapidly when fish under the age of sexual maturity (< 2.3 years) are harvested after which increasing S makes no functional difference as there is always a reservoir of unexploited mature fish. The sensitivity of alternative natural mortality scenarios on both YPR and SBR were examined and are summarised in Table 2.

Discussion

Trachinotus botla abundance increases northwards, with Maputaland having a higher mean annual CPUE than any zones highlighting the tropical nature of the species and its affinity to warmer waters (McPhee 1995, Heemstra and Heemstra 2004). Overall, the shore fishery has shown relative long-term stability with regards to catch rates with peak catches occurring over the summer months, despite shore angling effort for the region peaking during winter with

page 248 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium anglers targeting Pomatomus saltatrix and Sarpa salpa (Brouwer et al. 1997). On the South Coast T. botla is a by-catch. On the North Coast, particularly north of St Lucia, it is actively targeted by both light-tackle anglers and subsistence fishers (Dunlop 2011). Trachinotus botla are susceptible to small lures and flies and the fairly recent development (since the early 2000s) of an angling technique known as “dropshot” fishing.

Table 2: The response of Trachinotus botla spawner biomass-per-recruit reference points to three natural mortality (M) scenarios.

-1 M( yr ) Fmax Fcurrent F0.1 FSB50 FSB40 0.94 ∞ 0.24 1.05 0.72 1.11 1.04 ∞ 0.27 1.29 0.84 1.32 1.14 ∞ 0.31 1.59 0.99 1.6

Figure 7: Length- and age-frequency distributions of Trachinotus botla from three different data sources. Estimates of Z (± standard error) are provided from both linearized catch-curve analysis (ZCC) and the Chapman and Robson estimator (ZCR).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 249 Figure 8: Isopleth plot describing the response of the percentage of spawner biomass-per- recruit to unexploited levels to different combinations of fishing mortality (F) and age-at-50%- selectivity (S) for Trachinotus botla in KwaZulu-Natal. Natural mortality was M = 1.04 yr-1 and the current status of the resource is denoted as “X”.

The promulgation of the beach vehicle ban in January 2002 has led to substantial decreases of shore angling effort in areas that are not directly adjacent to beach access areas (Mann and Pradervand 2007, Mann et al. 2008). This regulation has effectively created numerous inaccessible areas where fishing exploitation has been drastically reduced, in some cases to being negligible. The effects of this regulation on the T. botla fishery are likely to have been positive. An increasing trend in mean annual CPUE since 2002 suggests that the resource is increasing under lowered fishing effort conditions. The ban on beach driving appears to have had least effect on the South coast region, as access areas are more common in this region. It can also be argued that these regulations have merely shifted the fishing effort to more accessible areas, concentrating effort into a fraction of the original fishing area. In doing so, accessible areas have endured increased fishing effort which is potentially unsustainable and may have led to localised overexploitation. As T. botla appear to remain in relatively small areas (<7 km) for extended periods of time, localised depletion in accessible areas is possible. Mann and Pradervand (2007) noted that T. botla CPUE increased within the St Lucia Marine Reserve north of Cape Vidal between 2002 and 2005. In contrast, long-term CPUE trends at Sodwana Bay (± 70 km north of Cape Vidal) have shown a steady decline from 1987 to 2010. Sodwana Bay remains the only beach in South Africa where driving is still permitted within a 2 km stretch for purposes of beach parking. As such, the vast majority of the shore angling effort (and patrolling effort by EKZNW shore patrols) is localised within this 2 km stretch of beach. While this indicates the potential susceptibility of this species to localised overexploitation, the overall benefits of area protection remain and furthermore highlight the importance of Marine Protected Areas (MPA) in marine conservation. MPAs are regarded as a fundamental component of the precautionary approach to fisheries management (Clark 1996). One of the primary benefits of MPAs is the exportation of larvae, recruits and adult fish into adjacent fishing grounds; described as the “spillover” effect (Clark 1996, Attwood et al. 1997, McClanahan and Mangi 2000).

page 250 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The low tag recapture rate of T. botla is indicative of a large population, high tagging mortality, and/or tag shedding. While the data are limited to only 46 recaptures, evidence suggests that majority of the population resides within a relatively small area with a small proportion of the population exhibiting the tendency for large scale movements. Trachinotus botla is a surf zone species inhabiting an environment that is dynamic and is altered over extremely short time periods if there is inclement weather and rough sea conditions. The paucity of constant visual cues for defining a home range suggests that it may rely on other factors, such as prey availability (McPhee 1995). Prey items within a surf zone are generally motile and unevenly distributed (temporally and spatially) (Lasiak and McLachlan 1987). Individuals may move when prey encounter rates in their home range falls below a critical level, and continue to move until suitable concentrations of prey items are relocated. This hypothesis may explain the apparently random observed movement patterns.

The selection of any stock assessment methodology is largely based on data availability. In the case of T. botla, a per-recruit assessment approach was adopted because the only reliable data available were life-history data together with length frequency distributions from three different sources. Measurements of T. botla from Sodwana Bay (Parker 2012) and from the St Lucia Marine Reserve north of Cape Vidal were considered to accurately reflect the size structure of the T. botla population, while length data used from the ORI Tagging Project would have been biased by fish > 300 mm FL, which is the minimum required tagging length. Current SBR was estimated as 75% of pristine levels. It is generally accepted that the risk of recruitment overfishing is greatly increased if SBR levels drop below 40% of pristine. Based on the current mortality and selectivity estimates the target reference point would be reached if fishing mortality increased to 1.32 year-1, which is almost five times greater than the current fishing mortality estimate. This assessment suggests that the current levels of stock exploitation of T. botla in KZN are relatively low and that the species is underexploited.

To conclude, the assessment outcomes are not surprising given the life history traits of the species. T. botla exhibits fast growth, early maturation and has a short life span. These are all characteristics that facilitate a resource that is more suitable, and perhaps better able, to cope with high levels of exploitation. The T. botla fishery in KZN is exclusively shore-based and almost entirely recreational, with a limited subsistence sector. The commercial sale of T. botla is prohibited in South Africa and the fishery is strictly limited to rod and line angling. Therefore the nature of the fishery itself inherently limits its exploitation.

Acknowledgements

This study was funded by the National Research Foundation (NRF) of South Africa’s African Coelacanth Ecosystem Programme and Rhodes University. The iSimangaliso Wetland Park Authority is thanked for allowing access for this study at Sodwana Bay and the Oceanographic Research Institute (ORI) for making catch and effort and tagging data available for analyses. Matt Parkinson and Reece Wartenberg are thanked for assisting with the research.

References

Attwood CG, Harris JM, Williams AJ. 1997. International experience of marine protected areas and their relevance to South Africa. South African Journal of marine Science 18: 311-332. Chale-Matsau JR, Govender A, Beckley LE. 2001. Age, growth and retrospective stock assessment of an economically extinct sparid fish, Polysteganus undulosus, from South Africa. Fisheries Research 51: 87-92. Clark CW. 1996. Marine reserves and the precautionary management of fisheries. Ecological Applications 6: 369-370.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 251 Clark WG. 1993. The effect of recruitment variability on the choice of a target level of spawning stock biomass per recruit. In: Kruse G, Eggers DM, Jarasco RJ, Pautzke C, Quinn II TJ (eds), Proceedings of the international symposium on management of exploited fish populations. Fairbanks, Alaska, USA. University of Alaska Alaska Sea Grant Report 93–02: 233-246. Cooke SJ, Cowx IG. 2006. Contrasting recreational and commercial fishing: searching for common issues to promote unified conservation of fisheries resources and aquatic environments. Biological Conservation 128: 93-108. Dunlop SW. 2011. An assessment of the shore-based and offshore boat-based linefisheries of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. MSc thesis, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, 206pp. Dunlop SW, Mann BQ. 2011. ORI Tagging Project: Summary of tag and recapture data for largespot pompano (Trachinotus botla) caught along the South African coastline: 1984-2011. Unpublished Data Report Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban, 2011/07: 4pp. Heemstra P, Heemstra E. 2004. Coastal fishes of southern Africa Grahamstown: NISC & SAIAB. Hoenig JM. 1983. Empirical use of longevity data to estimate mortality rates. Fishery Bulletin 82: 898-903. Holtzhausen JA, Kirchner CH. 2001. Observations on the linefish resources of Namibia, 1990-2000, with special reference to west coast steenbras and silver kob. South African Journal of Marine Science 23: 135-144. Lasiak T, McLachlan A. 1987. Opportunistic utilization of mysid shoals by surf zone teleosts. Marine Ecology Progress Series 37: 1-7. Maggs JQ. 2011. National Marine Linefish System: Catches of largespot pompano (Trachinotus botla) in the KwaZulu-Natal shore-fishery, South Africa: 1985-2010. Unpublished Data Report, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban, 2011/08, 5pp. Mann BQ (ed.). 2000. South African Marine Linefish Status Reports. Special Publication, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban, 7: 260pp. Mann BQ. 2008. St Lucia Marine Reserve surf-zone fish monitoring and tagging project. Unpublished Report, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban. Mann BQ, James NC, Beckley LE. 2002. An assessment of the recreational fishery in the St Lucia estuarine system, KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 24: 263-279. Mann BQ, Pradervand P. 2007. Declining catch per unit effort of an estuarine-dependent fish, Rhabdosargus sarba (Teleostei: Sparidae), in the marine environment following closure of the St Lucia Estuarine System, South Africa. African Journal of Aquatic Science 32: 133-138. Mann BQ, Nanni G, Pradervand P. 2008. A monthly aerial survey of the KwaZulu-Natal marine shore fishery. Unpublished Report, Oceanographic Research Institute, Durban, 264: 12p. McClanahan TR, Mangi S. 2000. Spillover of exploitable fishes from a marine park and Its effect on the adjacent fishery. Ecological Applications 10: 1792-1805. McGrath MD, Horner CCM, Brouwer SL, Lamberth SJ, Mann BQ, Sauer WHH & Erasmus C. 1997. An economic valuation of the South African linefishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 203-211. McPhee DP. 1999. The biology and management of the surf zone carangid Trachinotus botla in Queensland, Australia. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Queensland Parker D. 2012. The life history and fishery assessment of largespot pompano, Trachinotus botla, in northern KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. MSc, Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa. Potts WM, Childs AR, Sauer WHH, Duarte ADC. 2009. Characteristics and economic contribution of a developing recreational fishery in southern Angola. Fisheries Management and Ecology 16: 14-20. Richardson TJ. 2010. The taxonomy, life-history and population dynamics of blacktail, Diplodus capensis (Perciformes: Sparidae), in southern Angola. MSc, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. Ricker WE. 1975. Computation and interpretation of biological statistics of fish populations. Vol. 191. Ottawa: Department of the Environment, Fisheries and Marine Service.

page 252 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Standardization of the Catch per Unit Effort for albacore (Thunnus alalunga) for the South African tuna-pole (baitboat) fleet for the time series 1999-2010

W West1, SE Kerwath1,2 and H Winker2

1Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Roggebaai 8012, Cape Town, South Africa. 2Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa.

Abstract

The tuna pole/baitboat fishery was initiated in the late 1970s and originally targeted yellowfin tuna, Thunnus albacares. To date, however, albacore Thunnus alalunga is the main target caught in waters up to 1000 km off the South and West coast of South Africa and off Namibia. The pole fishery sector exploits the majority of the albacore within South Africa and Namibian waters. The tuna pole fishery was initially managed as part of the linefishery but became a separate sector in 2000 at the onset of the declaration of the linefish emergency. The International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tuna (ICCAT) is one of the tuna Regional Fisheries Management Organisations (RFMOs) tasked with conducting stock assessments of albacore. In this study, a generalized linear model was developed to standardize the CPUE of albacore within the tuna pole sector. Covariates examined included area, distance from shore, vessel-type, season and species targeting. Standardized CPUE was found to be similar to the nominal CPUE with no overall significant temporal trend, an indication that South Africa’s baitboat fishery for albacore has been stable over the last decade. The inclusion of the effect of targeting other species of tuna, yellowfin in particular, caused the greatest improvement in explanatory power.

Introduction

Periodically, the tuna regional fisheries management organisations (RFMOs) conduct stock assessments on tuna and billfish. In this case the International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tuna (ICCAT) set out to update the stock assessment of albacore as the previous stock assessment was completed in 2007. ICCAT separates the albacore stocks in the Atlantic into the south Atlantic stock, north Atlantic stock and the Mediterranean stock. When stock assessments are conducted, each country fishing for albacore in these areas are tasked with formulating a standardized catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE) for their fishery. In South Africa, the majority of the harvest is made by the tuna pole sector in the Atlantic Ocean and a standardized CPUE index for albacore caught in the tuna pole fishery was formulated. The ICCAT stock assessment in 2007 concluded that there were concerns over the state of the south Atlantic albacore stock (Anon., 2008) and a similar concern was expressed in 2010 (Anon., 2011). The CPUE standardization for albacore has been conducted previously by South Africa in 1996 (Butterworth, 1996), 2000 (Leslie, 2000), 2004 (Leslie et al., 2004) and 2007 (Smith and Glazer, 2007). Each time, this analysis being no exception, an improvement on the methods and the model is sought after.

The fishery initiated in the late 1970s and originally targeted yellowfin tuna, T. albacares, but switched to albacore when yellowfin moved off the Cape waters in 1980 (Penney et al., 1992). This pattern repeated itself in the middle of the first decade of the 21st century when the yellowfin became abundant again around the Cape. The tuna pole fishery was originally managed as part of the linefishery (Penney, 1993), but it became a separate sector after an

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 253 emergency was declared in the linefishery in 2000 due to the collapse of most of the targeted sparid and sciaenid stocks. Since the medium term rights allocation in 2002 the tuna pole fishery sector consists of 191 vessels of more than 10 m length (to avoid conflict with the linefish fishery), of which 136 are active.

South Africa’s tuna pole fishery catches mainly juvenile to sub-adult albacore in surface waters. Albacore is of a much lower value than species such as yellowfin and bigeye tuna and the albacore are destined for canning overseas. Because yellowfin tuna is of a higher value, vessels will target this species when it is available. Skipjack and bigeye tuna are caught in smaller quantities as the albacore fishing grounds are at the edge of their distributions. The albacore fishing grounds are along the South West coast and Namibia and the fishery is very seasonal from around November to May. The average annual tuna pole albacore catch for South Africa is apprximately 5000t. The other major albacore fishing nations in the Atlantic Ocean are Chinese- Taipei, Brazil and Namibia using longline and tuna pole methods.

Time-series of standardized CPUE can be an indicator of abundance trends and are commonly used in stock assessments. Various methods are used to standardize CPUE the most common being generalized linear models (GLMs). The function of GLMs when standardizing CPUE is to reduce the influence of factors/variables other than fish abundance on the catchability. Once the series is standardized, trends between countries and fisheries and data over time can be compared and combined into a full assessment model.

Methods

Deciding on the most appropriate variables to include in a GLM can be challenging; too few variables and the model will not be able to account sufficiently for effects influencing CPUE, whereas too many variables and the model could remove trends that should be attributed to the year effect. Data were extracted from the National Marine Linefish System (NMLS) and two datasets were prepared for the analyses. The first dataset, Dataset 1, included all tuna pole vessels with tuna catch and effort records from 1999 to 2010. The second dataset, Dataset 2, contained of catch and effort records for 40 indicator vessels, which were selected based on the number of years they operated in the fishery, i.e. 11 or more years fishing in the sector. By using indicator vessels that fished over the entire time series, we aimed to minimize variation in the data caused by vessels that have fished intermittently over short periods, which might be less consistent in targeting and catch reporting.

The data was cleaned up with regards to targeting, unspecified tuna, constant multi-day catches and erroneous catches. To analyse albacore-directed trips, all trips with catches of albacore, yellowfin, big-eye, skipjack and unspecified tuna were extracted. Catches of unspecified tuna that could not be identified as albacore using a set of rules were removed from the datasets. In instances where the skipper totalled the catch for the entire trip instead of recording the weight caught per day, those data were removed. Catches may have been recorded as numbers instead of weight. Catches below small thresholds were removed from the datasets.

The covariates that were considered were year (1999 -2010), month, area (South: south of 33°, south west: 30° – 33° and north: north of 30°), distance from shore (Inshore: <100 nm, Offshore: <200 nm and High seas: >200 nm), vessel type (ski boat, ice and freezer) for Dataset 2 only, and target (the fraction of albacore in the total catch). The model was executed in R (R Development Core Team (2010).

The full GLM was formulated as:

Ln(CPUE + ∆) = β0 + βy + βm + βa + βd + βv + βln(t+1) +є (1), where Δ is the offset and є the error. Based on preliminary model runs, the offset was set at Δ = 0.1 as this value resulted in the most “normal-like” distribution of the residuals (Butterworth

1996). The intercept is denoted by β0 and the β’s with corresponding subscripts denote the

page 254 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium coefficients for each effect: y =year, m = month, a = area, d = offshore distance, v = vessel type and t = target. The factor target , the ratio of albacore to yellowfin catches (Battaile and Quinn 2004), was included to account for the large bycatch of yellowfin tuna, which periodically becomes available in the Cape waters and significantly affect the albacore catch. 95% confidence limits for standardized CPUE indices were determined by non-parametric bootstrapping.

Results and discussion

Analyses of deviance, based on a step-wise regression procedure, showed that all of the covariates considered were significant. Total variance explained by the full model was 49.4% for Dataset 1 and 41.3% for Dataset 2, which indicates a considerable improvement to earlier analysis, although not directly comparable (Table 1). The effect target explained by far the largest proportion of the deviance in both datasets, whereas distance offshore had the least effect. As in Smith and Glazier (2007), residuals were approximately normal (Figure 1) for both datasets.

The standardized CPUE trends derived from the analysis were fairly stable for both datasets, which is in agreement with the results by Smith and Glazer (2007). The standardized CPUE tracked the nominal CPUE closely with no significant upward or downward trends (Figure 2). The trend over the overlapping years was similar to those presented by Smith and Glazer (2007) with slight increases in 2001 and 2003. The analyses indicate that the CPUE for the South African baitboat fishery for albacore has been stable over the last decade. The model based on the full dataset (Dataset 1) should be adopted for standardization (Table 2). Further improvements are possible on all levels, i.e. improved reporting of species targeting and fishing position, more detailed classification of fishing time and vessel power and possibly the inclusion of environmental parameters such as sea surface temperature derived from satellite imagery.

The standardized CPUE based on the full dataset was submitted to ICCAT and used in the 2011 albacore stock assessment. The outcome of the stock assessment revealed that the standardized CPUE trends for other countries fishing in the south Atlantic using pelagic longline gear were generally declining (Figure 3). The albacore assessment calculated the Maximum Sustainable

Yield (MSY), however, with wide confidence limits. In response to the B/BMSY = 0.88 and the F/

FMSY = 1.07, the albacore quota in the south Atlantic was reduced from 29 900t to 24 000t. South Africa was allocated 10 000 t to share with Namibia. The data requirements from ICCAT for albacore have increased in an attempt to keep a tighter control over the fishery and the catches made in the year. South Africa manages the tuna pole fishery as a total applied effort (TAE) of 200 vessels and 3600 crew and in order to receive better quotas from RFMOs, South Africa aims to improve its catch performance with this management method. ICCAT does acknowledge that there are uncertainties in the stock assessment and that there is still missing data that was not included in the assessment. An example of this uncertainty is expressed in the albacore assessment that ‘[c]onsidering all scenarios, there is 54% probability for the stock to be both overfished and experiencing overfishing, 10% probability for the stock to be either overfished or experiencing overfishing, and 36% probability that biomass is above and fishing mortality is below the Convention objectives. (Anon., 2011)’

This is the fourth time that a standardization of catch and effort for albacore has been conducted by South Africa. Further scope for improvement has been identified and it will be implemented into the routine catch statistic data collection. With the strong RFMO involvement in stock assessments, steps have been put in place almost immediately at the end of 2011, in the form of quota adjustments and data collection requirements, to improve the albacore stock status in the south Atlantic. A dedicated tuna pole fishery at the onset of the emergency in 2000 was necessary for studies such as these to be conducted. There is, however, an overlap between the tuna pole fishery and sectors such as linefish (in reference to the yellowtail quota allocation) and small pelagics (in reference to the bait fish used by the tuna pole vessels). Overall, fishing sectors cannot be managed in isolation and it is important that management plans take conflicts of interest into account.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 255 References

Anon. 2008. Report of the 2007 albacore assessment meeting (Madrid, Spain, 5 – 12 July 2007). Collective Volume of Scientific Papers, SCRS/2007/015 Madrid, Spain. Anon. 2011. Report of the 2011 ICCAT South Atlantic and Mediterranean albacore stock assessment sessions (Madrid, Spain, 25 – 29 July 2011). Collective Volume of Scientific Papers, SCRS/2011/019. Madrid, Spain. Battaile B C, Quinn TJ 2004. Catch per unit effort standardization of the eastern Bering Sea walleye pollock (Theragra chalcogramma) fleet. Fisheries Research 70: 161-177. Butterworth, D.S. 1996. A possible alternative approach for generalized linear model analysis of tuna CPUE data. ICCAT Col. Vol. Sci. Pap. 45: 123–124. Leslie, R.W. 2000. Updated standardized south Atlantic albacore Thunnus alalunga CPUE for the South African baitboat fishery, 1985 – 1999. Col. Vol. Sci. Pap. ICCAT. Madrid, Spain. Leslie, R.W., Restrepo, V. and Antony, L. L. 2004. Standardized south Atlantic albacore CPUE for the South African baitboat fishery, 1985-2002. Col. Vol. Sci. Pap. ICCAT. Madrid, Spain. 56(4): 1504-1524. Penney, A.J., Krohn, R. G. and Wilke, C. G. 1992. A description of the South African tuna fishery in the southern Atlantic Ocean. Col. Vol. Sci. Pap. ICCAT. Madrid, Spain. 37: 218-229. Penney, A.J. 1993. The National Marine Linefish System. In Beckley, L.E. and R.P. van der Elst (eds). Fish, Fishers and Fisheries. ORI Spec. Publ. 2: 68-72. R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. ISBN 3-900051-07-0. URL http://www.R-project.org. Smith, C. D. and Glazer, J. 2007. New standardized south Atlantic albacore CPUE for the South African baitboat fishery, 1999-2005. Col. Vol. Sci. Pap. ICCAT. 60 (2): 481-491. Wood, S.N. 2000. Modelling and smoothing parameter estimation with multiple quadratic penalties. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society (B). 62 (2):413-428. Venables, W. N. and Ripley, B. D. 2002. Modern Applied Statistics with S. Fourth Edition. Springer, New York. ISBN 0-387-95457-0.

Table 1. Summary statistics of the model fits for (a) Full Dataset 1 (all vessels) and (b) Indicator Dataset 2 (indicator vessels). The terms were added sequentially, first to last. Interactions were not considered. Res. df: Residual degrees of freedom. a)

% Parameter Res. df Df AIC D AIC Res.Dev. D Dev p r2 explained adj

b0 30656 135686 150025

by 30645 11 134798 888 145638 4387 2.9 *** 0.03

bm 30637 8 134353 445 143463 2175 1.4 *** 0.04

ba 30635 2 133755 599 140670 2792 1.9 *** 0.06

bd 30633 2 133598 156 139936 734 0.5 *** 0.07

bln(t+1) 30632 1 114867 18732 75954 63983 42.6 *** 0.49 % deviance 49.4 explained

page 256 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium b) Res. % Parameter d.f. AIC D AIC Res.Dev. D Dev p r2 d.f. explained adj

b0 17882 74589 67807

by 17871 11 74390 198 66977 830 1.2 *** 0.01

bm 17863 8 74288 102 66536 441 0.7 *** 0.02

ba 17861 2 74005 283 65476 1060 1.6 *** 0.03

bd 17859 2 73980 25 65370 107 0.2 *** 0.03

bv 17857 2 73844 136 64861 508 0.8 *** 0.04 b ln(t+1) 1 65126 8853 39831 25030 36.9 *** 0.41 17856 % deviance 41.3 explained a)

Figure 1. Diagnostic plots of quantile and residual distributions for (a) Dataset 1, and (b Dataset 2.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 257 a)

Figure 2. Normalised CPUE for the base-case scenario for (a) Dataset 1 and (b) Dataset 2. Confidence intervals (2.5% and 97.5%) are shown by the stippled lines, nominal CPUE is depicted by open circles.

page 258 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 3. CPUE trends of albacore for the top five fishing nations contributing to catches in the south Atlantic from 1999 to 2010. LL = pelagic longline, BB = baitboat/pole fishing (Anon., 2011)

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 259 Session 10 – Miscellaneous: Chair Chris Wilke Variation in shore-angler effort on the South African coast 1994 -2011

JA Sterley1, BM Clark1, K Hutchings1, C Attwood2, W West3 1 Anchor Environmental Consultants, Tokai, Cape Town, South Africa. 2 MA-RE Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, South Africa. 3 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Cape Town, South Africa.

Abstract

Evidence of stock declines in all fishing sectors, seen by the decline in CPUE and shift in catch composition, have been reported since the 1980s; with over fishing considered to be the driving force. Knowledge on the shore angling fishery is sparse, particularly with regard to total national effort and CPUE, with the most comprehensive data collected being the National Line Fish Survey in 1995. Data was collected on the shore-angling effort by the Lotto Coastal Monitoring Programme from January 2010 to August 2011 using the Roving Creel survey technique in six areas, Kogelberg, Agulhas, Stilbaai, Mossel Bay, Plettenberg Bay and East London. A total of 1298 surveys from 1995 were compared to 2343 surveys conducted in 2011. The results indicated an overall decrease in shore-angling effort by 51%. In the five areas surveyed, significant declines in effort were recorded at both the Kogelberg sites (65% and 91%), two of the three Agulhas sites (46% and 88%), the Mossel Bay site (45%), and one of the two East London sites (27%). These declines are considered to be the result of a combination of factors; the major drivers being: the ban of vehicles on the beach restricting access to remote areas; the increased cost of living expenses such as fuel prices; and security concerns (a number of these sites are well-known for criminal activity). The mass decline in effort may have improved the shore- angling fishing stocks, a hypothesis that will be assessed during the analyses of the survey’s CPUE data.

page 260 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Baited Remote Underwater Video (BRUV) in the Stilbaai Marine Protected Area: a survey of reef fish with an assessment of monitoring requirements

L De Vos1, A Götz1, H Winker1 and C G Attwood1 1 Marine Research Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa.

Background

There is a need to objectively assess the progress of existing MPAs towards achieving biodiversity conservation and fisheries management goals (Hockey and Branch 1997, Tunley 2009). In order for these assessments to be effective for MPA management, monitoring efforts should be sustainable in the long-term (Gislason et al. 2000, Jones 2002, Colton and Swearer 2010). Baited remote underwater video (BRUV) surveys present a clear advantage for South African MPA management in that they are relatively cost-effective with a low environmental impact and modest requirements for skilled labour. BRUV monitoring was developed in Australia and has been tested internationally (Cappo et al. 2003, Harvey et al. 2007, Watson et al. 2010). Several studies have suggested that BRUV presents key advantages over traditional monitoring techniques, driving BRUV’s evolution from a purely research-orientated technique to a sustainable monitoring solution (Willis et al. 2000, Stobart et al. 2007, Langlois et al. 2010).

Controlled angling surveys (CAS) and underwater visual census (UVC) form part of the current preferred monitoring toolbox for South African MPAs. Whilst CAS are widely-accepted as a sound monitoring technique, the high post-release mortality rates associated with CAS (Götz et al. 2007) raise questions regarding their applicability within MPAs (Willis et al. 2000). This may conflict with MPA objectives and would be unsuitable for species-specific sampling where population numbers are either unknown, or low enough to be of conservation concern (Ackerman & Bellwood 2000, Willis et al. 2000). UVC surveys may be biased by the differential attraction to, and avoidance of, SCUBA divers (Watson et al. 2010). Furthermore, data collection is restricted because UVC is limited by depth, time spent underwater, and availability of experienced, scientifically-qualified divers (Stobart et al. 2007).

By contrast, BRUV requires lower manpower, time and boat requirements to collect sound scientific data with higher statistical power and lower variability (Langlois et al. 2010). The system is operational where SCUBA techniques are considered unsafe, increasing the underwater data-collection time and extending monitoring scope to deeper waters (Cappo et al. 2004, Stobart et al. 2007, Watson et al. 2010). As a non-extractive method, it falls in line with MPA objectives, and the retention of footage for independent re-analysis also opens opportunities for use in long-term ecosystem comparisons and public awareness (Parker et al. 1991, Willis et al. 2000, Langlois et al. 2010).

As South African MPAs are poorly resourced (Tunley 2009), there is a clear need to develop cost-effective, yet scientifically credible, monitoring techniques that can be applied across a number of MPAs. This study employed BRUV across the Stilbaai MPA to estimate the minimum length of camera deployment and number of deployments to achieve effective, long-term reef fish monitoring. The study provides a first assessment of species diversity and relative abundance since the closure of the Stilbaai MPA in 2008, and assesses whether measured environmental variables can explain patterns of reef fish distribution, abundance, and community composition within the MPA. This information can be reviewed to guide future management decisions and inform area-selection for possible expansion of the MPA.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 261 Methods

Situated west of Mossel Bay in the Western Cape, the Stilbaai MPA is one of South Africa’s newest proclaimed MPAs (Tunley 2009). The MPA protects a coastline of 13.5 km from Noordkapperspunt to the historical fish traps, and 15.7 km of the Goukou estuary. Skulpiesbaai, the Geelkrans reef, and the Goukou estuary are no-take zones where all commercial, recreational and subsistence fishing is prohibited.

GPS-linked echosounder data from transects across the Stilbaai MPA provided spatially referenced depth measurements. Based on this information, a study area was selected within the no-take zone that protects the Geelkrans reef where depth ranged from 5 m – 41 m. A random selection of 29 paired latitude and longitude values were plotted within the delineated study area and sampled sequentially from a randomly-ordered list. This approach was adopted so that no assumptions were made ahead of sampling about reef fish habitat association, and the monitoring protocol could be conducted in any of South Africa’s existing, or future, MPAs where little may be known of reef profile and where no bathymetry data are available.

Figure 1. The Stilbaai Marine Protected Area (MPA) in the context of the Western Cape (a) and South Africa (b). Shaded regions indicate the restricted (no-take) zones of the MPA. Interpolated depth is graded and ranges from 5 m to 37 m. The study area is indicated by a grey rectangular outline and sampling sites are indicated in white.

The BRUV set-up comprised a standard definition camera mounted facing horizontally from the apex of a weighted, stainless steel tripod (20 kg) and was deployed for one hour per sampling site. A stainless steel rod extended 1 m from the tripod and held a perforated PVC bait canister containing one kilogram of pilchard (Sardinops sagax) homogenate (Cappo et al. 2004) in the camera’s field of view. The camera was operated remotely using a surface control box. Recording started when the tripod had settled on the seafloor.

A temperature logger attached to the BRUV tripod logged sea temperature every five minutes for the study’s duration. Visibility was measured in metres with a secchi disc deployed from the boat before each BRUV deployment and depth was read from the boat’s echo sounder to verify with map bathymetry data. Reef profile and bottom sediment-type were described at each sampling site. One researcher identified all species in a video and a Max N measure was obtained for each species at every site. Max N is the maximum abundance of a species in any one frame for the duration of a video, to avoid pseudo-replication by recounting individuals that swim in and out of the camera’s field of view (FOV) (Willis and Babcock 2003).

page 262 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Patterns of habitat association were investigated by analysing differences in species composition between sites in PRIMER-E version 6 (Clarke and Gorley 2006). A cluster analysis and MDS plot assessed the similarity of species composition among the 29 sites, and ANOSIM tests on depth and profile assessed the significance of these two variables’ influence on species composition.

Results and Discussion

A total of 29 BRUV sites were completed during seven fieldtrips to Stilbaai spanning 11 October to 30 November 2011. Site depths averaged 22 (+ 9.6 SD) m. Only one site was classified as sand, whilst 17 sites represented low profile reef and 10 sites were classed high profile reef. Visibility ranged from 2.5 to 10 m and averaged 6.2 (+ 1.6 SD) m. Water temperature varied from 15 to 20°C, with an average of 17 (+ 1.2 SD) °C.

BRUV sampling in Stilbaai obtained a higher estimate of species diversity than UVC and CAS in the Castle Rocks, Goukamma and Tsitsikamma MPAs (Lechanteur 2000, Götz 2006, Bennett et al. 2009, Götz 2009), with 38 species from 14 families being recorded. Twenty-eight species representing 11 families were recorded by UVC surveys in the Castle Rocks MPA (Lechanteur 2000). It is expected, given biogeography, that more species would be recorded in the Stilbaai MPA (Turpie et al. 2000). It is worth noting, however, that these findings may also point to the ability of BRUV monitoring to overcome differential attraction to, and avoidance of, SCUBA divers (Watson et al. 2010).

An angling survey in Tsitsikamma recorded 14 species and UVC recorded 17 species (Bennett et al. 2009). It is unlikely that the Stilbaai MPA is more diverse than Tsitsikamma, given patterns of biogeography along the South African coastline (Turpie et al. 2000) and that the latter has a longer history of protection (Buxton 1992) and encompasses more high profile reef (Bernard 2012). These results appear to corroborate international findings that BRUV surveys record higher species richness, a wider range of families, and a higher abundance of predators than traditional monitoring methods such as UVC (Cappo et al. 2004, Watson et al. 2010) and suggest that BRUV is a more broadly representative monitoring tool.

In order to be useful for management, BRUV deployments must not only be representative, but efficient. In total, 88 point counts, 44 UVC transects and 10 angling hours at 16 stations were conducted to achieve the Tsitsikamma estimates (Bennett et al. 2009). When this effort is compared to the six sampling days in Stilbaai to achieve 29 samples and an overall higher species diversity estimate, it is clear that BRUV monitoring is more time-efficient.

A criticism that may be levelled against BRUV is that it tends to exclude species not attracted to bait. However, species composition obtained using UVC, CAS and BRUV are similar across Goukamma, Tsitsikamma and Stilbaai (Bennett et al. 2009, Götz et al. 2009b, Bernard 2012). This finding strengthens recommendations to apply BRUV as a monitoring technique. This study corroborates findings that BRUV samples many different species, including herbivorous fish, but may underrepresent their diversity (Watson et al. 2010).

Soupfin, smooth-hound and spotted-gully sharks feature more frequently in this study than in other studies employing UVC (Bennett et al. 2009, Götz et al. 2009b). This confirms the finding that BRUV records a higher presence of elasmobranch species due to bait attraction (Stobart et al. 2007, Colton and Swearer 2010). Controlled angling surveys in Goukamma also sampled smoothhound sharks, most likely as a similar result of bait attraction. However, the opportunity to obtain measures of a commercially exploited species without using an extractive method is more suited to research and monitoring of exploited species in MPAs (Willis et al. 2000).

Environmental variables explaining differences in species composition across sites

The understanding that some species are confined to favoured habitats is essential to ensure that monitoring is representative across habitats (Colton and Swearer 2010). Several reef fish species may be of special interest for monitoring in the Stilbaai MPA because they face fishing

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 263 pressure outside MPAs (Buxton and Clarke 1989, Buxton 1993). To detect significant change in these species’ abundance over time, an understanding of how environmental variables influence their distribution can direct monitoring efforts towards their preferred habitats. This is an important consideration for monitoring to be effective within a reasonable annual timeframe and with limited resources.

Understanding that species composition differs with substrate, depth, profile and sea temperature is important to direct future monitoring efforts, and will assist in a meaningful interpretation of the data (Colton and Swearer 2010). Whilst depth appeared to be the single- most important predictor of species distribution and abundance, it was the interaction between depth, sea temperature and reef profile that emerged as the best explanatory combination of variables in this and previous studies (Buxton and Smale 1989). The reason for this finding may be explained by what this combination of variables offers fish in feeding opportunities, shelter and mobility (Buxton and Smale 1989, McCormick 1994, Friedlander and Parrish 1998). This study suggests that BRUV can detect broad patterns of species composition and abundance across different habitats, just as traditional monitoring techniques do, which is important if BRUV is to be added to South African monitoring toolbox.

Required number of samples and deployment time for BRUV in Stilbaai

For an unstratified sampling design, it was found that a deployment of 49 minutes should record 95% of the species present across all depths and profiles in the MPA. Monitoring of changes in abundance is desirable for management to assess the efficacy of a MPA in achieving conservation goals (Kelleher 1996, Hockey and Branch 1997, Turpie et al. 2000). The potential for population increase from low levels of abundance is limited by the intrinsic rate of increase for a species (r), the rate of decrease in fishing mortality, and the abundance of the remnant population in a MPA (Jennings 2001). For many species, this r value typically falls in the region of 0.05 to 0.15 per year (Buxton and Clarke 1989). These low rates of increase are typical of long-lived reef fish (Buxton 1993, Pinnegar et al. 2000).)

To detect changes in abundance for long-lived species, it is expected that annual sampling over a period of at least five to ten years would be required. This study employed a power analysis to assess the number of samples required annually to detect a significant (α = 0.05) five percent increase in population abundance over ten years for roman (Chrysoblephus laticeps), santer (Cheimerius nufar), red steenbras (Petrus rupestris) and red stumpnose (Chrysoblephus gibbiceps) with a power of 80 % (Fig 2).

Figure 2. Results from a power analysis detailing the required sample size to detect a significant (α = 0.05) five-percent increase in population abundance over ten years, with a power of 80 %.

page 264 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium The required sample size increases with increasing rarity of the species in question. Thus, the annual sample size required for roman and santer is achievable on a management timescale. However, sample size requirements for red steenbras and red stumpnose of 50 samples and above are more impractical to attain within a reasonable annual timeframe. It is, in this instance, most important to consider the sampling effort required for UVC and CAS to achieve the same outcome and assess whether BRUV monitoring is significantly more time and labour efficient. Certainly, if one looks to the future evolution of the BRUV system, it appears that this is the case.

Conclusion

This study shows that BRUV monitoring is a practical and time efficient solution to the question of sustainable monitoring in the Stilbaai MPA. The increasing availability of affordable, high quality cameras makes the evolution of the BRUVs from a single-camera system to one which deploys multiple camera rigs to collect data simultaneously a plausible solution to annual monitoring. Certainly, a multiple-BRUV deployment approach will make the sample sizes required to detect long-term changes in the abundance of rare species a practical reality.

References

Ackerman JL Bellwood DR. 2003. Reef fish assemblages: a re-evaluation using enclosed rotenone stations. Marine Ecology Progress Series 206: 227 – 237. Bennett BA, Götz A, Sauer WHH, Cowley PD, Palmer RM. 2009. Optimisation of underwater visual census and controlled angling methods for monitoring subtidal temperate reef fish communities. African Journal of Marine Science 31: 277 – 287. Bernard A. 2012. Comparative assessment of subtidal temperate reef fish monitoring techniques. PhD thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. Buxton CD. 1993. Life history changes in exploited reef fishes on the east coast of South Africa. Environmental Biology of Fishes 36: 47 – 63. Buxton CD, Clarke JR. 1989. The growth of Cymatoceps nasutus (Teleostei: Sparidae) with comments on diet and reproduction. South African Journal of Marine Science 8: 57 – 65. Cappo M, Harvey E, Malcolm H, Speare p. 2003. Potential of video techniques to monitor diversity, abundance and size of fish in studies of marine protected areas. In: Beuner JP, Grant A, Smith DC, Mahon D. (eds). 2003. Aquatic protected areas: what works best and how do we know? Proceedings of the World Congress on Aquatic Protected Areas, Cairns, August 2002, pp. 455– 464. Cappo M, Speare P, De’ath G. 2004. Comparison of baited remote underwater video stations (BRUVS) and prawn (shrimp) trawls for assessments of fish biodiversity in inter-reefal areas of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 302: 123 – 152. Clarke KR, Gorley RN. 2006. PRIMER v6: User Manual/Tutorial. PRIMER-E, Plymouth. Colton MA, Swearer SE. 2010. A comparison of two survey methods: differences between underwater visual census and baited remote underwater video. Marine Ecology Progress Series 400: 19 – 36. Friedlander AM, Parrish JD. 1998. Habitat characteristics affecting fish assemblages on a Hawaiian coral reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 224: 1 – 30. Gislason H, Sinclair M, Sainsbury K, O’Boyle R. 2000. Symposium overview: incorporating ecosystem objectives within fisheries management. ICES Journal of Marine Science 57: 468 – 475. Götz A. 2006. Assessment of the effect of Goukamma Marine Protected Area on community structure and fishery dynamics. PhD thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. Götz A, Kerwath SE, Attwood CG, Sauer WHH. 2009a. A change of the seaward boundary of Goukamma Marine Protected Area could increase conservation and fishery benefits. South African Journal of Marine Science 105: 330 – 331.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 265 Götz A, Kerwath SE, Attwood CG, Sauer WHH. 2009b. Effects of fishing on a temperate reef community in South Africa 1: ichthyofauna. African Journal of Marine Science 31: 241 – 251. Harvey ES, Cappo M, Butler J, Hall N, Kendrick GA. 2007. Bait attraction affects the performance of remote underwater video stations in assessment of demersal fish community structure. Marine Ecology Progress Series 350: 245 – 254. Hockey PAR, Branch GM. 1997. Criteria, objectives and methodology for evaluating marine protected areas in South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 369 – 383. Jennings S. 2001. Patterns and prediction of population recovery in marine reserves. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 10: 209 – 231. Jones PJS. 2002. Marine protected area strategies: issues, divergences and the search for middle ground. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 11: 197 – 216. Kelleher G. 1996. A global representative system of marine protected areas. Ocean and Coastal Management 32: 123 – 126. Langlois TJ, Harvey ES, Fitzpatrick B, Meeuwig JJ, Shedrawi G, Watson DL. 2010. Cost-efficient sampling of fish assemblages: comparison of baited video stations and diver video transects. Aquatic Biology 9: 155 – 168. Lechanteur YAR. 2000. The ecology and management of reef fishes in False Bay, Southwestern Cape South Africa. PhD thesis, University of Cape Town. Cape Town. McCormick MI. 1994. Comparison of field methods for measuring surface topography and their associations with a tropical reef fish assemblage. Marine Ecology Progress Series 112: 87 – 96. Parker RO, Chester AJ, Nelson RS. 1991. A video transect method for estimating reef fish abundance, composition, and habitat utilization at Gray’s Reef National Marine Sanctuary, Georgia. Fishery Bulletin 92: 787 – 799. Pinnegar JK, Polunin NVC, Francour P, Badalamenti F, Chemello R, Harmelin-Vivien ML, Hereu B, Milazzo M, Zabala M, D’Anna G, Pipitone C. 2000. Trophic cascades in benthic marine ecosystems: lessons for fisheries and protected area management. Environmental Conservation 27: 179 – 200. Stobart B, García-Charton JA, Espejo C, Rochel E, Goñi Reñones O, Herrero A, Crec’hriou R, Polti S, Marcos C, Planes S, Pérez-Ruzafa A. 2007. A baited underwater video technique to assess shallow-water Mediterranean fish assemblages: methodological evaluation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 345: 158 – 174. Tunley K. 2009. State of management of South Africa’s marine protected areas. WWF South Africa Report Series – 2009/Marine/001. Turpie JK, Beckley LE, Katua SM. 2000. Biogeography and the selection of priority areas for conservation of South African coastal fishes. Biological Conservation 92: 59 – 72. Watson DL, Harvey ES, Fitzpatrick BM, Langlois TJ, Shedrawi G. 2010. Assessing reef fish assemblage structure: how do different stereo-video techniques compare? Marine Biology 157: 1237 – 1250. Willis TJ. 2001. Visual census methods underestimate density and diversity of cryptic reef fishes. Journal of Fish Biology 59: 1408 – 1411. Willis TJ, Millar RB, Babcock RC. 2003. Protection of exploited fish in temperate regions: high density and biomass of snapper Pagrus auratus (Sparidae) in northern New Zealand marine reserves. Journal of Applied Ecology 40: 214 – 227.

page 266 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Competition between line and trawl fisheries on the Cape south coast

C G Attwood1, S L Petersen2, S E Kerwath3, R Mussgnug1 and L Palframan4 1 Marine Research Institute, Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa. 2 WWF South Africa, PO Box 23273, Claremont 7735, South Africa. 3 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Private Bag X2, Rogge Bay 8012. 4 Zoology Department, University of Cape Town, Private Bag X3, Rondebosch 7701, South Africa.

Abstract

The inshore trawlers of the Cape south coast have been accused of impacting on non-target stocks and reducing fish available to the linefishery. The on-board observer programme which ran between 2002 and 2006, revealed that inshore trawlers take 130 species, but 20 of these constitute 98% of the pre-discard catch. Discarding is not estimated to be substantial. Only two bycatch species, silver kob and carpenter, are caught in similar quantities by trawlers and linefishers. Spatial overlap between the fisheries is between 10 and 35%, although, in most cases, the linefishery encroached more heavily on the trawl grounds than vice-versa. Precautionary catch limits administered by way of an industry-managed multispecies individual transferable quota system is recommended for the trawl fishery. Other restrictions could include additional closed areas and a night trawling ban on the hake grounds.

Introduction

The south coast inshore trawl fishery is South Africa’s oldest trawl fishery. The fishery is concentrated on unconsolidated sediment shallower than 110 m between Cape Infanta and Algoa Bay. The trawlers target east coast sole Austroglossus pectoralis, and shallow-water hake Merluccius capensis.

Given the recent attention on the worldwide failure of fisheries, it is remarkable that catches of east coast sole have remained stable over the course of a century (Fairweather and Glazer 2010). A possible reason for this persistence is the large area of untrawlable rough ground on the wide Agulhas Bank (Japp 1994). However, the fishery does incur a substantial bycatch, amounting to approximately 38% of the total catch by mass, constituting at least 130 species (Attwood et al 2011). Only two species, shallow water hake and the east coast sole, are controlled by quota in the inshore fishery, precautionary upper catch limits (PUCL) have been set for monkfish, kingklip, horse mackerel and silver kob.

Concerns over the consequences of bycatch and dumping by sole trawlers along South Africa’s south coast were discussed as early as 1931 (Marchand 1933). It was noted then that the sole grounds off Cape Infanta were inhabited by silver kob and young of other species in great quantity. The capture of young sole was also considered as a possible cause of the perceived decline in productivity on the sole grounds. Investigations of that period resulted in a recommendation to limit the mesh size to 3 inches (75 mm), which remains the regulation for

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 267 sole-directed trawlers today. The current mesh-size for hake-directed trawlers is 90 mm.

An important consideration for the management of the inshore trawl fishery is the extent to which the industry depends on by-catch species. The top twenty species in the pre-discard catches by mass are all marketable (Table 1), with the possible exception of Squalus spp, which, although marketed elsewhere, has no demand in South Africa (Attwood et al. 2010). That much of the by-catch is utilised is a positive feature of the fishery, in contrast to many other trawl fisheries which have high discard rates. Many of the non-target species make a useful contribution to the profitability of the fishery (Walmsley et al. 2007, SADSTIA 2010). For fishermen with small hake quotas, the bycatch species play a relatively more important role in their business.

Concerns regarding to the bycatch species is primarily directed towards the lack of monitoring and the Table 1. Average estimated annual catch taken by inshore trawlers in the years 2003 to 2006 (Attwood et al. 2011). The top 20 species are listed. Plurals indicate an assemblage of species, usually at the generic level. It is likely that much of the deep-water hake total was mis- classified and should be lumped with shallow-water hake.

Species Average annual catch (kg) % Cumulative % Shallow water hake 9653757 55.37 55.4 Horse mackerel 1345028 7.71 63.1 Panga 1050173 6.02 69.1 Skates 833321 4.78 73.9 Gurnards 824164 4.73 78.6 East coast sole 504049 2.89 81.5 St Joseph 503551 2.89 84.4 Deep-water hake 427844 2.45 86.9 Dogsharks 409203 2.35 89.2 Silver kob 294264 1.69 90.9 Chokka squid 283206 1.62 92.5 White stumpnose 230517 1.32 93.8 Kingklip 216156 1.24 95.1 Carpenter 107176 0.61 95.7 Monkfish 86891 0.50 96.2 Geelbek 83984 0.48 96.7 Houndsharks 82249 0.47 97.1 Snoek 56909 0.33 97.5 Ribbonfish 44138 0.25 97.7 Cape dory 41609 0.23 98.0 lack of an effective mechanism to retrain catches of species that are not quota-restricted. There is specific concern over the effect of catches of silver kob, and the small size at which it is caught, on the linefishery, particularly in the Still Bay area. Competition between the line and trawl fisheries on the Agulhas Bank is limited to only five species, of which silver kob and carpenter are the most equitably shared (Table 2).

The purpose of this paper is to outline a number of possible mechanisms to reduce the extent of bycatch. Broadly speaking, this can be achieved in two ways. In the first, it should be possible to extend the management of this fishery to explicitly include species other than shallow-water hake and east coast sole. The view expressed by Davies et al. (2009) is that any catch which is unused or unmanaged qualifies as bycatch. By specifically managing more species, the pool of

page 268 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium bycatch species is reduced. The second approach is to reduce the catches of unmanaged species relative to the nominal target species. We discuss MPAs and time-area closures. Walsmley et al. (2006) also listed a number of possible mechanisms to reduce bycatch, including alterations to mesh size, closure of certain areas, enforced observer coverage, individual transferable quotas, and fixed bycatch-proportion limits.

Table 2. Comparison of the total declared catch of selected species taken by the South African linefishery and inshore trawl fishery over the period 2003–2006.

Species Linefishery Trawl pre-discard Trawl landed weight (t) (t) (t) Argyrozona argyrozona 187 107 41 Atractoscion aequidens 546 84 11 Argyrosomus inodorus 339 294 197 Pterogymnus laniarius 27 1 050 910 Cheimerius nufar 75 1 Rhabdosargus globiceps 30 231 83 Galeorhinus galeus 44 38

Blank cells indicate unavailable estimates.

Managing a broader spectrum of species

Background

Only two species are effectively managed in the inshore trawl fishery, namely hake and east coast sole, notwithstanding The PUCLs that apply to four other species. These limits have yet to be tested. Chokka squid are also managed, but the controls on squid are applied in the squid- directed fishery only.

At the very least, the management of a fishery should entail (1) a set of objectives, (2) a set of indicators which can be used to measure the degree to which objectives are satisfied and (3) a mechanism to adjust the fishery to improve the likelihood of satisfying objectives. Although objectives may change of over time, it is the set of indicators and the adjustment mechanism which require regular, usually annual, revision. Recently abundance trends in most non-target species have been inferred from regressions of survey CPUE over the period 1985 to 2008. Although a crude assessment, this work could form the basis of more rigorous analyses on species where negative trends are apparent.

The general concern in multi-species fisheries is the inequality of the productive capacity of the constituent species in the catch. As is the case in the inshore trawl, the target species is often the dominant catch. Other species with lower surplus production are not likely to withstand the same effort that is applied to optimally harvest the target (Sparre and Venema 1998). It is not possible to manage every species at maximum sustainable yield (MSY). Some will be over- exploited, and may be reduced to unsafe levels, as a consequence of managing for the optimal benefit from the resources as a whole. An attempt to prevent over-exploitation of every species will result in a total harvest that is only about 10 % of the multi-species optimum (Branch and Hilborn 2008).

The various species that frequent the same grounds as hake (skates, panga, gurnard, white stumpnose etc) are very poorly managed. This situation is somewhat surprising, given the statement by the industry that many of these species represent an important economic resource, which it could not easily forgo. Would it be possible to attempt management of the 20 species? Following discussions at the recently constituted bycatch task team, lead by DAFF, a model

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 269 of multi-species catch control that involves government and industry in a co-management arrangement was suggested. The proposal is that a set of PUCLs be introduced for each of the main species. Suggested candidates are horse-mackerel, panga, silver kob, St Joseph, white stumpnose, carpenter and kingklip. A maximum annual tonnage is determined for each species for the entire inshore fleet. DAFF will review PCLs annually, based on assessments.

Whereas DAFF will manage the individual quota system with respect to hake and sole, it is proposed that the allocation of the PUCLs among the various rights holders be managed by South East Coast Inshore Fishing Association (SECIFA). As a starting point each vessel could get a pro-rata share of the PUCLs, in proportion to their effort allocation (based on the effort formula). Individual PUCL-quotas could be traded among companies, either in advance of the season or at an advanced stage during the season once it is known how the catches proportions have developed. It is suggested that DAFF does not manage the PUCL-quotas. This should be left to SECIFA in the spirit of co-management.

The intention is to offer the opportunity to SECIFA to ensure that PUCLs are not exceeded. By allowing trading of PUCL-quotas among right-holders, the incentive to dump fish will be reduced. The situation may arise when the combined catches approach the PUCLs of one or more species, after the PUCL-quotas have been allocated. SECIFA should be able to pre-empt such an event and issue instructions to relevant members to reduce or avoid catches of the affected specie(s) for the remainder of the year.

In the event that catches do exceed the PUCL of one or more species, DAFF will need to react, either to prevent further catches of that specie(s) for the remainder of the year, or to prevent a recurrence of over-catching in the following year. DAFF could achieve this in at least three ways:

• Close certain grounds for the remainder of the year, or part of the following year; • Reduce the effort allocation for the following year across the entire fleet, by adjusting the formula; • Reduce the hake or sole quota for the following year, which would have the effect of reducing the effort (sea-days) allocation.

These steps will act on the fleet as a whole, not as a punitive measure, but as a last resort to reduce mortality on affected species. Although the intention is that DAFF does not manage individual PUCL-quotas, the final allocation of PUCL quotas among right-holders will need to be recorded.

Reduction of the volume of bycatch by input controls and gear restrictions

The most direct method of reducing total bycatch is simply an overall reduction in effort (Alverson et al. 1996). As this will impact of total landings and revenue, other mechanisms need to be explored first. These include gear modifications and area and time closures.

Area and time closures

Marine protected areas (MPAs) have been declared in the coastal zone largely for the protection of coastal biodiversity and the management of non-quota regulated fisheries (Attwood et al. 1997). The application of MPAs offshore in South Africa is still untested, but it is the recommendation of the South Africa’s National Biodiversity Institute to establish MPAs for the conservation of offshore biodiversity, consistent with national policy guidelines (Sink and Attwood 2008). The closure of fishing grounds has long been regarded as a possible mechanism to regulate the impact of fisheries. Hilborn et al. (2002) list the potential applications in fisheries and the situations in which such regulations are more likely to be effective. They cite reduction of collateral damage as one such application, with reference to habitat damage and bycatch. However, they also caution that effort displacement may cause undesirable consequences elsewhere.

Attwood et al. (2010) identified several areas of similarity with respect to species assemblages in catches. Lombard et al. (2010) searched for potential areas for closure, using catch per unit

page 270 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium effort data averaged over 20’ x 20’ grid-blocks across as a surrogate for species abundance. These data were used in a decision support software tool, Marxan (Possingham et al. 2000) to identify areas that achieved quantitative targets for bycatch reduction, while minimizing the cost to the industry. Marxan uses an objective function to identify the best set of areas for closure, or a number of possible sets that will meet the objectives. The objective function does not explicitly consider effort displacement, so this component is handled separately, once the best set(s) has(ve) been identified. The objective function that was used to define the search required selection of areas that represented 20% for all 27 species (as measured by CPUE) while selecting grid-blocks for closure with the lowest recorded trawl effort. The rationale was that the industry would be less willing to forgo heavily-trawled than lightly-trawled areas. No attempt was made to clump the solutions, i.e. to choose grid-blocks that are adjacent. Although this may have presented a solution that is easier to manage, it generally comes at the cost of having to select more grid- blocks to achieve the objective.

Seven grid-blocks were selected for the most efficient solution. These included 553 (Blues), 513 (Mossel Bay), 515 (Knysna), 517 (Tsitsikamma), 629 (South of Algoa Bay), 632 (Bird Island) and 640 (Port Alfred). The cost amounted to a 10% loss of trawl tracks, i.e., the areas selected contained 10% of the trawling effort.

The fact that areas selected are widely separated reflects the need to protect the full diversity. Fig 1 shows the trawl tracks super-imposed on the ‘best solution’, from which it is clear why certain grid-blocks were selected. Marxan searched using average CPUE and not total catch, while selecting for grid-blocks with the lowest effort. Grid-block 553, for example, is representative of the ‘Blues’, but is only partially trawled, presumably as the north-western part of the grid-block is rough ground. Likewise the remaining inshore blocks contain relatively low effort, yet represented sole grounds (Algoa Bay region and Mossel Bay), and the cold water intrusion off Tsitsikamma. The lack of a grid-block selected off the Infanta to Still Bay coast reflects the intensity of trawling there, and the fact that similar species assemblage is found in the Algoa Bay region. Another explanation for the selection of lightly-trawled areas is that they represent marginal habitat for target species, and as a result contain a higher biomass of non-target species.

Figure 1. The best solution that achieves the target of representing 20% of the abundance of 27 bycatch species, while minimizing the loss of fishing ground. Red blocks represented grid-blocks selected for closure. Green represents the trawl tracks.

The danger of effort displacement is not a concern if the Marxan solution attempts to reduce effort as little as possible. A number of modeling studies have recommended effort reduction as a means to overcome the displacement problem (Guénette et al. 2000, Hilborn et al. 2006), but none of these have reckoned with the plasticity provided by spatial variation in species composition across the ground.

Are the selected grid-blocks a practical set for closure? It might not be practical to close the entire grid-blocks, where selections entirely block trawl tracks. The Marxan solution needs

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 271 to be treated with some flexibility. Closure would not have to follow grid-block shapes, or even be limited to the grid-block selected, but would need to be located in that region to be representative. Shapes should be selected to interfere with trawling as little as possible, and may need to be aligned with the tracks.

An advantage of opting for closed areas is that it may coincide with the recommendations emerging from the broader Protected Area Expansion Strategy. As there will be pressure to declare marine protected areas in the offshore environment, it would preferable to ensure that these will not disadvantage the industry, and that it will promote the protection of unregulated species after effort displacement.

The existing closed areas include all shallow bays, as defined by a series of straight lines joining prominent Capes. The rationale for these closures was to protect nurseries of fish such as shallow-water hake (Badenhorst and Smale 1991) and silver kob (Smale and Badenhorst 1991). The time-area closures have been suggested for the Infanta region as a possible means to protect silver kob (SADSTIA 2010). To assess this idea, we need to examine the seasonal trends in silver kob and other species.

Seasonal closures

Placing a moratorium on trawling in some months and in some areas may reduce the catch of species that are known to aggregate in those areas. The kingklip box south-west of Port Elizabeth is an example of such a restriction applied to the offshore fishery. In that case the restriction is applied to protect spawning aggregations of kingklip. Are there aggregations of species on the inshore trawl ground at certain times of the year? CPUE records from the observer data were averaged by month for each area. The areas used for this analysis were the seven broad areas defined in Attwood et al. (2010) (Fig 2).

Figure 2. A map showing demersal trawl grid and the seven areas defined on the basis of species composition.

Hake showed no clear seasonal trends in CPUE (Fig 3). No trend is evident on individual grounds either. The same is true of dogfishes which are 9th on the catch list. There is no

page 272 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium obvious explanation for the consistently low catch in June of dogfishes, and this merits further investigation. Gurnards catch rates across all areas were highest from August to November, but the variability was too high to confirm any trend. May to July showed unusually low catches rates of gurnard. In the case of east coast sole, 6th on the catch list, it would appear that January and February trawling yields the worst results, but again, no clear agreement with respect the remainder of the year on each of the grounds. It is quite conceivable that that sample sizes were too small to detect clear trends on individual grounds.

Figure 3. Seasonal trends in the catch per unit effort of species caught by inshore trawlers from 2003 to 2006. Where clear trends are evident, the data are split into the various zones. Data are only shown for zones where the species are commonly caught. The absence of a bar indicates insufficient data (n < 10 trawls). Error bars indicate standard error.

Clear seasonal trends were evident in a number of other species despite small sample sizes. The first of these is silver kob, which is tenth on the list. This species is clearly more available to

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 273 trawlers in winter on the three major grounds where it is caught. The inshore-offshore migration of this species was first mentioned by Griffiths (1996), who noted higher linefish catches in shallow water in summer. There is some indication of an east-west migration in panga, the third most abundant catch. These fish are abundant off Algoa Bay in winter and abundant off Still Bay in summer. This trend confirms previous findings (Uozumi et al. 1984, Badenhorst and Smale 1991). Panga seem to spawn predominantly in the east in late winter and recruit in the west. Average panga sizes increase from west to east.

White stumpnose is fairly low on the catch list (12th) and variances are high, but again there is an indication of higher CPUE in winter and spring. Similar to silver kob, this species spawns offshore in spring, and migrates to shallow water in summer (Griffiths et al. 2002).

The lumping of skate species is likely to obscure species-specific trends. Nevertheless, a seasonal trend is evident, again peaking in late winter. The trend for zone 3 (Blues) may in fact be spurious, because of one very large catch taken in July which pushed up the variance. The other two zones (4 and 6) show elevated catch rates in winter (July to September).

The onshore-offshore migration seems to be a pattern followed by several unrelated species. The shallow waters are more productive and warmer in summer. In winter these species seek refuge in the cooler and deeper water, less affected by the seasons, where they build gonads for spawning. For the reduction of bycatch, time-area closures could include zones 2, 4 and 6 during late winter.

Restrictions on night trawls

The fishery shows a strong diurnal pattern with typically four trawls in daylight hours, and, in approximately one third of voyages, two additional trawls at night. Night trawls are directed at sole. The net-on-bottom time was 2.6 h for day-time trawls and 4.7 h for night-time trawls. This difference is significant. Night trawls accounted for more than 15% of all trawls in grid-blocks 521, 523, 524, 536, 537 and 539 (i.e. zones 2 and 4). Night trawls in zone 6 made up about 8% of all trawls. Elsewhere night trawling was infrequent. Duration of net tow differed significantly between day and night.

Diversity per haul is partly a function of trawl duration. The longer the trawl, the greater diversity of habitat covered (Alverson et al. 1996). Survivorship of incidental bycatch is also reduced by longer tows. For bycatch species such as large sharks and turtles, it would be advisable to keep the tows short, to increase their chances of survival. However, the bycatch in the inshore trawl does not include incidental catches of large mammals, birds or reptiles. The majority of the bycatch are marketable fish and sharks, and there will not be much incentive to return fish. Survivorship of incidental bycatch is not a major concern in this fishery.

Figure 4. Comparison of catch per unit effort between day and night trawls by zone. The error bar refers to one standard error.

There may, however, be a difference in the availability of certain bycatch species to trawls between day and night. If so, restrictions could limit trawls to a particular time of day when a

page 274 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium cleaner catch can be expected. Given that night trawls were only a feature on sole grounds, the catches of east coast sole and silver kob were examined in these zone (Fig 4). For neither of these species was there a significant difference between day and night catch per unit effort, except for east coast sole in zone 2, where daytime catches were greater.

Other species were examined comprehensively during the Japan/South Africa joint trawling survey (Hatanaka et al. 1980). In these surveys, it was found that panga catches did not differ between day and night on the central Agulhas bank, but catches were greater in the daytime on the eastern Agulhas bank. Hake and horse mackerel catches were greater in the day everywhere. These two species migrate off the bottom at night. Investigations into other species were not attempted, as it does not seem there is much merit in a night trawling ban, given the good availability of east coast sole at night and the lack of diurnal differences in catch rates with respect to silver kob and panga.

Recommendations

The bycatch of the inshore trawl can be addressed simply by re-classifying many of commonly caught species from bycatch to targets. This shift will properly reflect the status of the fishery as a mixed trawl fishery, which depends on a variety of species. These multiple targets need to managed, which will entail setting objectives (targets and limit reference points), implementing an effective monitoring and assessment framework, and regulating the fishery to achieve these objectives. The recommendation to involve SECIFA in a co-management arrangement partly reflects the lack of capacity in DAFF, and partly the desire to prevent the implementation of strict quotas from providing an incentive to dump.

This document follows from a number of other documents (Japp 1994, Smale and Badenhorst 1996, Walmsley et al. 2006 and SADSTIA 2010), each recommending and evaluating options. There seems to be some commonality in respect of the desire to expand the quota system to other species and try closed areas. Above all, the value of the observer program is highlighted as the best method to gain insights into the bycatch problem.

References

Alverson DL, Freeberg MH, Murawski, SA, Pope JG. 1996. A global assessment of fisheries bycatch and discards. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper, 339. Attwood CG, Mann BQ, Beaumont J, Harris JM. 1997. Review of the state of marine protected areas in South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science, 18: 341-368. Attwood C, Petersen S. 2010. Bycatch in the South African inshore trawl fishery: observer records from 2003 to 2006. Demersal Working Group Document. Badenhorst A, Smale MJ. 1991. The distribution and abundance of seven commercial trawlfish from the Cape south coast of South Africa, 1986-1990. South African Journal of Marine Science, 11: 377-393. Branch TA. 2006. Discards and revenues in multispecies groundfish trawl fisheries managed by trip limits on the U.S. west coast and by ITQs in British Columbia. Bulletin of Marine Science, 78: 669–690. Branch TA, Hilborn R. 2008. Matching catches to quotas in a multispecies trawl fishery: targeting and avoidance behavior under individual transferable quotas. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science, 65: 1435-1446. Costello C, Gaines SD, Lynham J. 2008. Can catch shares prevent fisheries collapse? Science, 321: 1678-1681. Davies RWD, Cripps SJ, Nickson A, Porter G. 2009. Defining and estimating global marine fisheries bycatch. Marine Policy, 33: 661-672. Fairweather T, Glazer J. 2010. Sole GLM-standardized CPUE series. Demersal Working Group

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 275 report. MCM/2009/OCT/SWG-DEM/86. Fairweather T, Sims P, Cooper R. 2010. Bycatch in the South African trawl fisheries. Demersal Working Group report. FISHERIES/2010/NOVEMBER/SWG-DEM/69. Griffiths MH. 1996. The life history and stock separation of silver kob, Argyrosomus inodorus, in South Africa. Fishery Bulletin, 95: 47-67. Griffiths MH, Wilke C, Penney AJ, Melo Y. 2002. Life history of white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps (Pisces: Sparidae) off South Africa. South African Journal of Marine Science, 24: 281-300. Guénette S, Pitcher TJ, Walters CJ. 2000. The potential of marine reserves for the management of northern cod in Newfoundland. Bulletin of Marine Science, 66: 831-852 Hatanaka H, Sato T, Augustyn J, Payne A, Leslie R. 1983. Report on the Japan/South Africa joint trawling survey of the Agulhas Bank in November December 1980. Special Publication of the Marine Fisheries Resource Centre. 73 pp. Heales DS, Brewer DT, Kuhnert PM, Jones PN. 2007. Detecting declines in catch rates of diverse trawl bycatch species, and implications for monitoring. Fisheries Research, 84: 153-161. Hilborn R, Stokes K, Maguire J-J, Smith T, Botsford LW, Mangel M, Orensanz L, Parma A, Rice J, Bell J, Cochrane K, Garcia S, Hall SJ, Kirkwood GP, Sainsbury K, Stefansson G, Walters C 2002. When can marine protected areas improve fisheries management? Ocean and Coastal Management, 47: 197-205 Hilborn R, Micheli F, Leo GAD 2006. Integrating marine protected areas with catch regulation. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science, 63: 642-649 Japp DW, Sims P, Smale MJ. 1994. A review of fish resources of the Agulhas Bank. South African Journal of Science, 90: 123-134. Leslie, R 2008. Abundance trends for bycatch species taken in the demersal fishery. Unpublished document. MCM/2008/Mar/SWG/Dem/10. Marchand, JM. 1934. Savings-trawl investigations in relation to the the conservation and regulation of the Agulhas Bank sole fishery. Investigational Report No. 1. Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey Division, Department of Commerce and Industries. The Government Printer Pretoria, 61 p + 1 Chart. Murawski SA, Brown R, Lai H.-L, Rajo PJ, Hendrickson L. 2000. Large-scale closed areas as a fishery managaement tool in temperate marine systems: the George’s Bank. Bulletin on Marine Science, 66): 775-798. Possingham HP, Ball IR, Andelman SJ. 2000. Mathematical methods for identfying representative networks. In: Ferson S, Burgman MA (eds) Quantitative methods for conservation biology. Springer-Verlag, New York, p 291-306. Rademeyer RA, Butterworth DS, Plagányi ÉE. 2008a. Assessment of the South African hake resource taking its two-species nature into account. South African Journal of Marine Science, 30: 263-290. Rademeyer RA, Butterworth DS, Plagányi ÉE. 2008b. A history of recent bases for management and the development of a species-combined Operational Management Procedure for the South African hake resource. South African Journal of Marine Science, 30: 263-290. SADSTIA 2010 Report of the By-catch Management Plan Subcommittee. http://www.sadstia. co.za/?page_id=17 Sink K, Attwood C. 2008. Guidelines for Offshore Marine Protected Areas in South Africa. SANBI Biodiversity Series 9. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria. Smale MJ, Badenhorst A. 1991. The distribution and abundance of seven commercial trawlfish from the Cape south coast of South Africa, 1896-1990. South African Journal of Marine Science, 11: 395-407.

page 276 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Sparre P, Vanama SC. 1998 Introduction to tropical fish stock assessment. Part 1: manual. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper, 306/1. Uozumi Y, Hatanaka H, Payne A, Augustyn J 1985. Report on the Japan/South Africa joint trawling survey on the Agulhas Bank in June 1982. Publication of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory, S Series 13: 78 pp. Uozumi Y, Hatanaka H, Sato T, Augustyn J, Payne A, Leslie RW. 1984. Report on the Japan/ South Africa joint trawling survey on the Agulhas Bank in November/December 1981. 1982. Publication of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory, S Series 11: 91 pp. Wallace JH, Kok HM, Buxton CD, Bennett B. 1984 Inshore small-mesh trawling survey of the Cape south coast. Part 1. Introduction, methods, stations and catches. South African Journal of Zoology, 19:154-164. Walmsley SA, Leslie RW, Sauer WHH. 2006. Managing South Africa’s trawl bycatch. ICES Journal of Marine Science, 64: 405-412. Walmsley SA. Leslie RW, Sauer WHH. 2007. Bycatch and discarding in the South African demersal trawl fishery. Fisheries Research, 86: 15-30.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 277 Poster Contribution Shore-based recreational angling catches and catch per unit effort adjacent to Agulhas and West Coast National Parks

M T Dopolo

South African National Parks, Conservation Services Division Cape Research Centre, P. O. Box 216, Steenberg, 7947 South Africa.

Abstract

Marine resources are difficult to manage due to uncertainty regarding population sizes and recruitment variability as a result of shortfalls in data (i.e. monitoring). To address this, South African National Parks has established a marine resource monitoring program to assess shore- based recreational angling patterns adjacent to the Agulhas National Park (ANP) and West Coast National Park (WCNP, Langebaan Lagoon marine protected area). Data were collected using a roving creel survey where recreational, shore-based anglers were counted and a proportion interviewed. A total of 301 and 274 shore patrols were completed adjacent to ANP and Langebaan Lagoon marine protected area (MPA) respectively. A total of 11 families (6 teleosts and 5 elasmobranchs) representing 19 species of fish were recorded in the area adjacent to ANP, while only one family representing four teleosts species were recorded in Langebaan Lagoon MPA. Catches adjacent to ANP were dominated by silver kob Argyrosomus inodorus (26%), sand shark Rhinobatos annulatus (22%) and elf Pomatomus saltatrix (11%). At the WCNP, catches were dominated by white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps (64%) and steentjie Spondyliosoma emarginatum (30%). Overall shore angling catch per unit effort (cpue) adjacent to ANP was stable at about 2 fish per 10 angler days during the four month period, while Langebaan Lagoon MPA cpue was highly variable (1-6 fish per 10 angler days) over the three year period (2009-2011). Anglers adjacent to ANP appeared to be more knowledgeable about fishing regulations as they often released undersized fish, and most of the elasmobranchs. Even though temporal and spatial coverage of the study area was limited due to financial and logistical constraints, results provide useful insights into the catches and cpue for shore-based recreational fishing.

Introduction

The demand for access to marine natural resources for subsistence, recreational and commercial use is increasing, despite the decline in many of the actively managed resources (Love 2006). Marine resources are difficult to manage because of high levels of uncertainty regarding population sizes and recruitment variability, principally because of a lack of data (i.e. monitoring). In addition, poorly controlled fishing effort has resulted in the collapse of many of South Africa’s linefish stocks (Sauer et al. 2003). To address this challenge of a lack of data to support management decisions, South African National Parks (SANParks) developed a Biodiversity Monitoring System (BMS) (McGeoch et al. 2011) that guides the development of a prioritized system of Monitoring Programs. For example, the Resource Use Monitoring

page 278 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Program, aims to quantify the amount (e.g. catches or catch per unit effort) of various resources are being harvested for different purposes within National Parks (including marine protected areas) and areas adjacent to the Parks. Monitoring of recreational shore-based catches has previously been neglected for logistical reasons despite scientists highlighting the need for a standard monitoring approach to allow collation of the quantitative data on recreational fishing effort, catches, and cpue (Attwood 2003). Thus monitoring of catch and effort is essential for management interventions because changes in measured variables would highlight collapse of stocks or ecosystems, and can bring about a quicker response from management (Griffiths 2000). This study provides a snapshot assessment of shore-based recreational fishing catches and catch per unit effort (cpue) from a roving creel survey. These data will also contribute to the national recreational linefish research program.

Methods

Study Area

The Agulhas National Park is located approximately 260 km south east of Cape Town and 37 km south-west of Bredasdorp. It covers and area of approximately 72 km from Gansbaai (34º 35’ S, 19º 21’ E) in the west to Struisbaai (34º 49’ S, 20º 03’ E) in the east (Fig. 1a). The shoreline adjacent to the Park is however not a marine protected area. The West Coast National Park is located approximately 100 km northwest of Cape Town on the Atlantic seaboard in the Western Cape Province. The Park includes the Langebaan lagoon and the offshore islands of Marcus, Malgas, Schappen and Jutten (Fig. 1b).

The monitoring program in ANP was designed to cover the area between Buffelsjags on the east and De Mond Estuary on the far west adjacent to ANP, and the total length of the coastline covered by the program is approximately 70 km (Figure 1). The WCNP the monitoring program was designed to cover the area between Klein Oostewal within the Langebaan Lagoon MPA and Sea Harvest Fish Factory in Saldanha Bay. The total length of the coastline covered by the program is approximately 40 km (Figure 1). For the purpose of the shore patrols, the coastline was broken into short sections that could be covered on foot in a period of no more than 2-3 hours each, i.e. each patrol beat is in the range of 5-8 km. The end of each beat corresponded with a convenient access point at which monitors could be collected and/or dropped off.

Survey technique

A roving creel survey (RCS) was used to collect data from shore-based anglers. RCS is an on-site, intercept design method that is widely used to gather recreational fisheries catch and effort data. Monitoring patrols are set out according to a predetermined and randomised schedule, with randomised areas and start times. Because anglers are intercepted during the act of fishing, and not when trips are completed, this type of RCS is an incomplete survey and thus total catch is not estimated directly but calculated as the product of effort and catch rates. The randomised selection of areas and start times was constrained by budgetary and logistical constraints, as well as security of monitors.

The number of sampling days and patrol areas was allocated such that all the abovementioned constraints were minimised. Patrol days were randomly selected such that monitors worked five to seven days a week, including a weekend or public holiday. Start times were randomly selected such the start time ranged between 07h00 and 16h00.

On any sampling day, the monitor(s) moved unidirectionally through the coastal strip, stopping only for angler interviews. When more than two anglers fish as a group, only a representative number of a group of anglers is interviewed. The daily survey was terminated when all anglers were interviewed within that particular coastal strip. During the interview, the fishing start time and interview time were recorded. All captured fish were identified, and then measured individually (nearest millimetres total length, TL).

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 279 ANP PATROL AREAS (1) Buffelsjags – Quin Point (2) Quin Point – Caravan Park (3) Caravan Park – Ratelriviermond (4) Ratelriviermond – Rietfontein se Baai (5) Rietfontein se Baai – Brandfontein (6) Brandfontein – Doug Jeffery’s (7) Doug Jeffery’s – Suidestrand (8) Suidestrand – Agulhas Campsite (9) Agulhas Campsite – Struisbaai Harbour (10) Struisbaai Harbour – Andrews Field (11) Andrews Field – De Mond Estuary

WCNP PATROL AREAS (1) Klein Oostewal – Alabama Slipway (2) Alabama Slipway – Club Mykonos (3) Spruwall – Die Dam (4) Blue Water Bay – Sea Harvet (Saldanha Bay)

Figure 1: Site map showing the spatial location of the roving creel survey shore patrol areas adjacent to Agulhas and West Coast National Parks during the period of the study.

Catch per unit effort (cpue) The daily catch per unit effort (CPUE) for recreational shore anglers was estimated based on the formula described by Lo et al. (1992):

where TCmonth,i is the total number of fish caught each month, of an interviewed angler in the sample having caught per i month. Ei is the total effort per i month estimated as the total number of anglers interviewed during the total surveys conducted during each i month.

page 280 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Results

Sampling effort

A total number of 301 (75 ± 12.5 per month) shore patrols for the period December 2011 until end of March 2012 were completed in the coastal areas adjacent to ANP, whereas only 274 (11 ± 1.8 per month) shore patrols were completed off the Langebaan Lagoon MPA for the period September 2009 until end of December 2011. The average number of patrols per month off the Langebaan Lagoon MPA was substantially lower than that completed off ANP or any other area monitored by SANParks. The monitor’s effort in this area was split between Boat Point Count Survey and Roving Creel Survey thus the average and total effort was substantially lower. This will in the near future change as Boat Point Count Surveys will no longer be conducted due to unreliability of the data and a Shore-Based Boat Count Program will be initiated, which is envisaged to minimise the amount of error in the data.

Species catch composition

In total, 11 families (six teleosts and five elasmobranchs) representing 19 species were recorded during the roving creel survey shore patrols adjacent to Agulhas National Park during the four month study period (Table 1). Teleosts dominated the species composition by constituting 14 species, and elasmobranchs constituting the remaining 6 species. Silver kob Argyrosomus inodorus, sand shark Rhinobatos annulatus and elf Pomatomus saltatrix were the dominant species caught by shore-based anglers, accounting for over 70% of the catch composition adjacent to ANP.

Only one teleost family that represented four species recorded during the roving creel survey shore patrols adjacent to West Coast National Park (Langebaan lagoon MPA) during the over two year study period (Table 2). White stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps and steentjie Spondyliosoma emarginatum were the dominant species caught by shore-based anglers, accounting for over 90% of the catch composition.

Size frequency distribution

Size frequency distributions for the most commonly caught fish by shore-based anglers adjacent to ANP and WCNP are illustrated in Figure 2. The size frequency distribution of silver kob was bimodal with a primary peak at 60-75 cm TL, and a secondary peak at 15-20 cm. The distribution was right skewed, with the largest fish caught recorded at 1.7 m and the smallest at 15 cm (Fig. 2a). The size distribution for white stumpnose was unimodal with a peak between 26 and 32 cm (Fig. 2b). The size distribution for steentjie was bimodal with a primary peak between 22 and 30 cm, and a secondary peak at 64 cm. The curve was right skewed with the largest fish caught recorded at 66 cm and the smallest at 18 cm (Fig. 2c). These results show that a substantial proportion of silver kob were below the minimum size limit of 50 cm despite the numbers caught being very low. For white stumpnose, only a small proportion of fish recorded were below the minimum size limits of 25 cm. There is no minimum size limit for steentjie.

Catch per unit effort (cpue) Figure 3 illustrates a pooled monthly cpue during the four months period in the area adjacent to the ANP and the two year period in the area adjacent to the WCNP (Langebaan Lagoon MPA). Pooled cpue was stable at approximately two fish per 10 angler days adjacent to ANP (Fig. 3a).

The highest pooled cpue was recorded in September in Langebaan Lagoon MPA, and subsequent to that it ranged just below 1 and 2 fish per 10 angler days. The highest cpue was only observed at the start of the program in 2009. This is possibly an artefact of the change in sampling effort. During the first year (2009), monitoring was conducted throughout the week to include weekends and public holidays. This changed in the subsequent years due to labour practice regulations.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 281 Table 1: Recorded species composition for shore-anglers adjacent to ANP for the period December 2011 until end of March 2011. Note this list is subject to misreporting by anglers and / or monitors.

Species Number Percentage Teleosts Carangindae Lichia amia 3 1 Clinidae Several species 4 2 Dichistiidae Dichistius capensis 8 3 Pomatomidae Pomatomus saltatrix 27 11 Sciaenidae Argyrosomus inodorus 63 27 Umbrina species 7 3 Sparidae Argyrozona argyrozona 1 0 Diplodus sargus 5 2 Diplodus hottentotus 4 2 Pachymetopon blochii 8 3 Lithognathus lithognathus 6 2 Sarpa salpa 25 10 Sparodon durbanensis 8 3 Elasmobranchs Carcharhinidae Carcharhinus brachyurus 3 1 Dasyatidae Dasyatis pastinaca 1 0 Ondontaspidae Carcharias taurus 4 2 Scyliorhinidae Haploblepharus pictus 4 2 Poroderma africanum 2 1 Rhinobatidae Rhinobatos annulatus 52 21

page 282 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Table 2: Recorded species composition for shore-anglers adjacent to Langebaan Lagoon MPA (WCNP) for the period September 2009 until end of December 2011. Note this list is subject to misreporting by anglers and /or monitors.

Species Number Percentage Sparidae Diplodus sargus 11 2 Rhabdosargus globiceps 296 64 Sarpa salpa 18 4 Spondyliosoma emarginatum 140 30

Discussion

Understanding the level of catch and effort associated with shore-based recreational fishing is essential for the sustainable management of several fish stocks along the South African coastline. However, surveying recreational shore-based fishing can be complex because it occurs over wide spread areas and temporal scales and it is challenging to design a robust survey (Smallwood et al. 2011). The monthly average shore-based fishing effort was estimated to be 362 (SE± 25.8) at ANP and 195 (SE± 7.7) at WCNP. The differences in angler effort may be an artifact of sampling effort as the number of shore patrols was substantially low in WCNP (11 ± 1.8) than in ANP (75 ± 12.5). The catch data showed that the shore-based recreational angling adjacent to ANP was targeting a diverse range of species, which is attributed the highly dynamic hydrographic nature of the Agulhas Bank region (Shannon 1966). Silver kob is the most sought after species in the area. Most (~95%) of the elasmobranchs species caught were released back into the water. The Langebaan Lagoon MPA catch composition was characterized by less diverse species family (Spariade only) and species level (only four species recorded) than ANP. The roving creel surveys is the only method from which data on trip length and the catch of shore-based fishers could be obtained, which will subsequently enable calculation of catch rate. This information cannot be collected cost-effectively using other methods, such as phone/ diary surveys, without a known sampling frame. These preliminary findings will contribute to the establishment of a benchmark from which changes in catches and cpue of shore-based recreational fishing activity can be monitored by the South African National Parks.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to Alban Blake (Research assistant for the Cape Research Centre based in Langebaan) for capturing the data sheets. Zishan Ebrahim (Biodiversity Data Scientist/ GIS Technician, Cape Research Centre) is thanked for producing the maps. Jolene Waller (Administrative Assistant, Cape Research Centre) is thanked for proof reading the first draft manuscript. A special thanks to my boss, Professor Extraordinary Melodie McGeoch, Head of the Cape Research Centre for invaluable comments to improve the quality of this extended abstract.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 283 References

Attwood CG. 2003. Dynamics of the fishery for galjoen Dichistus capensis, with an assessment of monitoring methods. African Journal of Marine Science 25: 311-330. Fairhurst L, Attwood CG, Durholtz MD, Moloney CL. 2007. Life history of the steentjie Spondyliosoma emarginatum (Cuvier 1830) in Langebaan Lagoon, South Africa. African Journal of Marine Science 29: 79-92. Griffiths MH. 2000. Long-term trends in catch and effort of commercial linefish off South Africa’s Cape Province: snapshots of the 20th century. South African Journal of Marine Science 22: 81-110 Love MS. 2006. Subsistence, Commercial, and Recreational Fisheries, L.G. Allen, D.J. Pondella, and M. H. Horn (eds.) In: The Ecology of Marine Fishes: California and Adjacent Waters. 2006. University of California Press, Berkeley, p. 567-594. McGeoch MA, Dopolo M, Novellie P, Hendriks H, Freitag S, Ferreira S, Grant R, Kruger J, Bezuidenhout H, Randall RM, Vermeulen W, Kraaij T, Russell IA, Knight MH, Holness S, Oosthuizen A. 2011. A strategic framework for biodiversity monitoring in South African National Parks. Koedoe 53: 1-10. Sauer WHH, Penney AJ, Erasmus C, Mann BQ, Brouwer SL, Lamberth SJ, Stewart TJ. 1997. An evaluation of attitudes and responses to monitoring and management measures for the South African boat-based linefishery. South African Journal of Marine Science 18: 147-163. Shannon LV. 1966. Hydrology of the south and west coasts of South Africa. Investigative Report Division of Sea Fisheries 58: 1-62. Smallwood CB, Pollock KH, Wise BS, Hall NG, Gaughan DJ. 2011. Quantifying recreational fishing catch and effort: a pilot study of shore-based fishers in the Perth Metropolitan area. Fisheries Research Report No. 216. Final NRM Report - Project No. 09040. Department of Fisheries, Western Australia. 60pp.

page 284 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium Figure 2: Size frequency distributions of the most common species (a) silver kob Argyrosomus inodorus, (b) white stumpnose Rhabdosargus globiceps and (c) steentjie Spondyliosoma emarginatum caught by shore-based anglers recorded off the ANP and WCN coastlines during the study period. Note: The dotted vertical line marks the minimum size limit for each species. In Fig. 2c, the dotted vertical line marks what might be a minimum size limit for steentjie based on the life history parameters reported by Fairhurst et al. (2007), which currently has no minimum size limit. Note: The scales on the y-axes are not equal between figures.

A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium | page 285 Figure 3: Pooled monthly catch per unit effort (CPUE) per 10 angler days adjacent to (a) Agulhas National Park and (b) West Coast National Park for the duration of the study.

page 286 | A Decade After the Emergency: The Proceedings of the 4th Linefish Symposium

Report at a Glance: 2013

21 Number of marine protected areas along South Africa’s coastline T he Procee d ings of the 4 250 Species caught in local linefishery th 450 Linefish S ym p osium Number of commercial linefish boats

1658 The year that Jan Van Riebeeck passed the first linefishing regulation in South Africa